Introduction

Who is this book for?
You have just finished 10th class. Maybe you're looking for a skill that can get you a job. Maybe someone told you "accounting mein scope hai" and you wondered — what even is accounting?
This book is for you.
It doesn't matter if you've never opened a computer. It doesn't matter if the word "GST" sounds scary. By the time you finish this book, you will be able to:
- Keep accounts for any small business
- File GST returns
- Use ERP software confidently
- Apply for jobs as a bookkeeper, GST practitioner, or CA office assistant
Meet the characters
This is not a boring textbook. This is a story.
You'll follow Meera Joshi, an 18-year-old from Bageshwar who joins a CA's office in Haldwani as a trainee. She knows nothing about accounting on Day 1. By the end, she's running the show.
Along the way, you'll also meet:
- Sharma Sir — the CA who mentors Meera. Patient, practical, full of real-world examples.
- Negi Bhaiya — the junior accountant who shows Meera the daily work, the software, and the shortcuts.
- Rawat Aunty — runs a kirana shop in Almora. Meera's first real client.
- Bisht Ji — runs a wholesale spice business. GST-registered, bigger transactions. Meera's second client.
- Pooja — Meera's friend who works at a bank. Shows up later to talk about career options.
Their stories are fictional, but every problem they face is real. Every concept in this book is taught through something Meera encounters, struggles with, or figures out.
How this book is organized
The book has six parts:
Part 1: Foundation — What is accounting? Why do businesses keep accounts? What do debit and credit mean? You start here even if you know nothing.
Part 2: Bookkeeping by Hand — Vouchers, journals, ledgers, trial balance, financial statements. Meera learns to do everything on paper first.
Part 3: Accounting on Computer — Meera learns to use Udyamo ERPLite, an ERP software. Everything she did by hand, she now does faster on computer.
Part 4: GST — What is GST? How to calculate it. How to file returns. This is the skill that gets you hired.
Part 5: Beyond Basics — TDS, payroll, fixed assets, bank reconciliation. The extra skills that make you stand out.
Part 6: Your Career — Where can this knowledge take you? How to get your first job.
Read Part 1 first. Then go in order. Each chapter builds on the last.
One more thing
Every chapter follows the same pattern:
- A story — what Meera encounters that day
- The lesson — Sharma Sir explains the concept
- Hands-on practice — Meera does it herself
- Quick recap — key points in bullet form
- Practice exercise — now YOU try it
Don't just read. Do the exercises. That's how Meera learned, and that's how you will too.
Let's begin. It's Meera's first day at Sharma Sir's office.
What is Accounting & Why It Matters
Meera stepped off the bus at Haldwani bus stand, her backpack heavy with notebooks and a water bottle. She had a printed letter in her hand — an offer to join Sharma Sir's CA office as a trainee. She didn't know what a CA actually did all day. She didn't know what "accounting" really meant. But her father had said, "Meera, yeh seekh lo toh naukri pakki hai." So here she was, walking down a narrow lane behind the market, looking for a small blue board that read: V.K. Sharma & Associates, Chartered Accountants.

Meera's First Morning
Meera found the office on the first floor above a stationery shop. It was a small room with three desks, a printer, and shelves full of thick files. A ceiling fan wobbled slowly.
A young man looked up from his computer. "You must be Meera? I'm Negi. Come, sit here. Sharma Sir will be in by 11."
Meera sat on a plastic chair and looked around. Numbers. Numbers everywhere. Printouts taped to the wall. A calendar with tax dates circled in red. Stacks of paper with rows and columns.
"Negi Bhaiya, what is all this?" she asked.
Negi smiled. "This? This is accounting. Every number here tells a story about someone's business — how much they earned, how much they spent, how much tax they need to pay."
Meera blinked. "But... isn't that just writing down numbers?"
Negi shook his head. "That's what most people think. But there's a big difference between writing down numbers and doing accounting. You'll understand soon."
What is Accounting?
At 11 o'clock sharp, Sharma Sir walked in. He was a tall man with silver hair, reading glasses on a chain around his neck, and a calm smile. He carried a steel tiffin box and a newspaper.
"Ah, Meera! Welcome, welcome. Sit, sit. Negi, chai lao."
After the tea arrived, Sharma Sir pulled his chair close.
"So, Meera. Tell me. Do you keep track of your own money?"
Meera thought for a moment. "Yes, Sir. When Papa gives me money for the month, I write down what I spend — bus fare, notebooks, food."
"Good! That little notebook of yours — that is the beginning of accounting. You are keeping a record of money coming in and money going out."
He picked up a pen and wrote on a piece of paper:
Accounting = Keeping a complete, organized record of all the money that comes into a business and all the money that goes out — so that you always know where the money is and how the business is doing.
"That's it?" Meera asked.
"That's the heart of it," Sharma Sir said. "But the key word is organized. Anyone can scribble numbers in a diary. Accounting means recording them in a systematic way — following certain rules — so that the information is useful."

Your Personal Khata vs a Business Khata
Sharma Sir leaned back. "Meera, your personal notebook where you write expenses — that's your personal khata. It works for you because your life is simple. You have one source of money: Papa. You have a few expenses: bus, food, books."
"But a business? Even a small kirana shop? It has hundreds of things happening every day."
He counted on his fingers:
- Buying goods — The shop buys rice, dal, soap, oil from different suppliers.
- Selling goods — Customers buy things every hour.
- Paying bills — Electricity, rent, phone.
- Giving credit — Some customers say "likho, baad mein dunga" (write it down, I'll pay later).
- Taking credit — The shop owner buys goods from a wholesaler and says "next week payment karunga."
- Paying salaries — If there is a helper in the shop.
- Paying taxes — GST, income tax.
- Taking loans — Maybe from a bank to expand the shop.
"If you just scribble all of this in one diary with no system, you will get lost in a week," Sharma Sir said.
| Your Personal Khata | A Business Khata (Accounting) |
|---|---|
| One source of money (pocket money, salary) | Many sources (sales, loans, interest) |
| A few expenses | Hundreds of transactions every day |
| You only need it for yourself | The government, banks, and partners also need it |
| No rules — write however you like | Must follow rules (so everyone understands it) |
| Mistakes don't matter much | Mistakes can mean wrong tax, penalties, or losses |
"So accounting is like my personal notebook," Meera said slowly, "but with rules, and for a business."
"Exactly right," Sharma Sir said.
The Torn Notebook — Rawat Aunty's Visit
Just then, the office door swung open and a woman walked in, slightly out of breath. She wore a simple salwar-kameez and carried a cloth bag.
"Sharma ji! I need help. The bank is asking for my accounts. I don't have any accounts. I have this."
She pulled out a battered notebook from her bag. The cover was torn. Pages were falling out. Some entries were in pencil, some in pen, some in blue ink, some in red. Dates were missing. Names were abbreviated. Some pages had tea stains covering the numbers.
This was Rawat Aunty — she ran Rawat General Store, a kirana shop in Almora.
Sharma Sir opened the notebook gently. "Rawat ji, let me see..."
He turned a few pages and read aloud:
- "Ramesh — 500" (Who is Ramesh? 500 for what? When?)
- "Oil — 2000" (Which oil? Bought or sold? From whom?)
- "Cash — 15000" (Cash came in or went out? On which date?)

Sharma Sir sighed kindly. "Rawat ji, I understand. You've been writing things down. That's good. But this is not accounting. This is just... notes. Let me show you the difference."
He called Negi over. "Negi, show Rawat ji the ledger for Bisht Traders."
Negi opened his computer and turned the screen toward Rawat Aunty. On it was a clean, organized table:
| Date | Description | Money In (₹) | Money Out (₹) | Balance (₹) |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 01-Apr-2025 | Opening Balance | — | — | 50,000 |
| 02-Apr-2025 | Sold turmeric to Gupta Store | 12,000 | — | 62,000 |
| 03-Apr-2025 | Bought jeera from Dehradun supplier | — | 8,000 | 54,000 |
| 05-Apr-2025 | Paid electricity bill | — | 1,200 | 52,800 |
| 06-Apr-2025 | Received payment from Mehta Kirana | 5,000 | — | 57,800 |
Rawat Aunty stared. "This is so clean. I can actually see what's happening."
"Yes," Sharma Sir said. "At any point, you can tell how much money you have. You can tell who owes you money. You can tell whom you owe money. You can tell if your business is making a profit or a loss."
"And this," he said, pointing at Rawat Aunty's torn notebook, "tells you nothing."
Rawat Aunty looked embarrassed. "But I'm just a small shopkeeper..."
Sharma Sir held up his hand. "Even the smallest shop needs proper accounts. Let me tell you why."
Why Even a Small Kirana Shop Needs Accounting
Sharma Sir poured more tea and settled in. Meera took out a fresh notebook to write everything down.
"There are five big reasons why every business — even a tiny one — needs to keep proper accounts."
Reason 1: Know if You Are Making Money or Losing Money
"Rawat ji, tell me honestly — is your shop making a profit?"
Rawat Aunty hesitated. "I think so... I mean, there is money coming in every day..."
"But do you know how much you spend every month? On buying stock, on rent, on electricity, on transport?"
She shook her head.
"Without proper accounts, you might FEEL like you are making money, but actually be losing money slowly. Many small shops close because the owner never realized they were spending more than they were earning."
The danger of no accounts: A shopkeeper in Pithoragarh once told Sharma Sir that his business was "going well." When they sat down and calculated properly, they found that the shop had been losing ₹3,000 every month for two years. The owner had been slowly spending his own savings without realizing it.
Reason 2: Get a Bank Loan
"You came to me today because the bank asked for your accounts. Banks need to see your accounts before giving a loan. They want to know: Is this business healthy? Can this person repay?"
"Without proper accounts, the bank cannot trust you. Your loan application will be rejected."
Reason 3: Pay the Right Amount of Tax
"The government collects tax from businesses. If you don't keep records, two things can happen:"
- You pay too much tax — because you can't prove your expenses, so the government assumes you earned more than you did.
- You pay too little tax — by mistake, and then the government charges you a penalty (extra money as punishment).
"Both are bad. Proper accounts mean you pay exactly the right amount. Not one rupee more, not one rupee less."
Reason 4: Keep Track of Udhar (Credit)
"Rawat ji, how many customers owe you money right now?"
Rawat Aunty thought hard. "Maybe... fifteen? Twenty?"
"How much total?"
"I... I'm not sure."
"See? You have given goods on credit to people and you don't even know how much they owe you. That's YOUR money. Without a record, some people will simply forget — or pretend to forget."
Reason 5: Make Better Decisions
"If you keep good accounts, you can answer questions like:"
- Which items sell the most?
- Which month has the highest sales?
- Am I spending too much on transport?
- Should I stock more of this item or less?
"Accounting gives you information. Information helps you make decisions. Good decisions help your business grow."

Rawat Aunty nodded slowly. "Sharma ji, I understand now. But where do I start?"
Sharma Sir smiled. "Don't worry. We'll help you. In fact, Meera here is going to learn accounting step by step. And as she learns, we'll organize your books too."
He turned to Meera. "Meera, you've just heard your first lesson. Let's make sure you understand it properly."
Writing Down Numbers vs Real Accounting
Meera had been scribbling notes furiously. Sharma Sir noticed and said, "Good. Now let me make the difference very clear."
| Just Writing Down Numbers | Real Accounting |
|---|---|
| No fixed format — write anywhere, anyhow | Fixed format — every entry has a date, description, and amount |
| No rules for what to record | Rules tell you exactly how to record each type of transaction |
| Only the writer understands it (sometimes not even them!) | Anyone who knows accounting can read and understand it |
| Can't calculate profit or loss easily | Profit or loss can be calculated at any time |
| Can't show it to a bank, government, or partner | Can be shown to anyone — it's a standard language |
| Numbers might not add up | Numbers MUST add up — there are checks built in |
"Think of it like this," Sharma Sir said. "You know how doctors write prescriptions?"
"Yes, in that terrible handwriting," Meera laughed.
"Exactly. But even though the handwriting is bad, every pharmacist in India can read it. Why? Because it follows a system. The drug name, the dosage, the frequency — it's always in a certain format. That's what accounting does for business numbers. It creates a system that everyone can follow."
What Happens When You DON'T Keep Accounts
Sharma Sir became serious. "Let me tell you some real problems I've seen in my thirty years as a CA."
Problem 1: Tax Notices and Penalties
"A shopkeeper in Rudrapur never kept any records. One day, he got a notice from the Income Tax Department. They estimated his income at ₹12 lakh and demanded tax on that amount. His actual income was only ₹4 lakh — but he had no records to prove it. He ended up paying tax on ₹12 lakh plus a penalty."
Problem 2: Loan Rejection
"A woman in Kashipur wanted to expand her tailoring business. She went to the bank for a ₹2 lakh loan. The bank asked for her accounts. She had nothing. Loan rejected. She had a good business, but she couldn't prove it on paper."
Problem 3: Partnership Fights
"Two brothers ran a hardware shop together in Ramnagar. No proper accounts. After five years, they fought bitterly. One said 'I put in more money.' The other said 'No, I did.' There was no record. The family was torn apart."
Problem 4: Invisible Theft
"A shop owner in Haldwani had a helper who was stealing ₹500 every day from the cash box. Without accounting, the owner never noticed. It went on for two years. That's ₹3,65,000 lost."
Problem 5: Business Failure Without Warning
"A restaurant owner thought his business was doing great because customers were always coming in. But he never tracked his expenses properly. By the time he realized he was spending more than earning, he was already ₹5 lakh in debt."

Meera looked at Rawat Aunty. Rawat Aunty looked worried.
"Don't worry," Sharma Sir said gently. "These problems happen when there is NO accounting. That's exactly what we are here to fix."
Accounting is a Language
Sharma Sir stood up and walked to the whiteboard on the wall.
"One last thing for today, Meera. I want you to think of accounting as a language."
"Hindi is a language. English is a language. And accounting? It is the language of business."
"Just like Hindi has grammar rules — subject, verb, object — accounting has rules too. Just like you learn Hindi words one by one as a child, you'll learn accounting words one by one."
"And just like knowing Hindi helps you talk to people across India, knowing accounting helps you understand any business anywhere in the world."
He wrote on the whiteboard:
Accounting = The language of business. It tells the story of a business in numbers. Anyone who knows this language can read any business's story.
"A shop in Almora and a company in Mumbai — both use the same accounting rules. That's the beauty of it. Once you learn this language, you can work anywhere."
Meera smiled for the first time that day. She could learn a language. She had learned Hindi and English. She could learn this too.

Meera's Task for the Day
Before Rawat Aunty left, Sharma Sir gave Meera her first task.
"Meera, I want you to sit with Rawat Aunty for ten minutes. Look at her notebook. Try to list all the things that are wrong with it. What information is missing? What would make it better?"
Meera sat with Rawat Aunty and examined the notebook page by page. After ten minutes, she had a list:
- No dates on many entries — you can't tell when something happened.
- No full names — just "Ramesh" or "oil." Who is Ramesh? Which oil?
- No description — "500" doesn't tell you if it was received or paid.
- Mixed up entries — buying, selling, expenses, all mixed on the same page with no separation.
- No totals — the pages just go on and on with no monthly total or running balance.
- Missing pages — some pages were torn out.
- Two different handwritings — sometimes Rawat Aunty wrote it, sometimes her son did, in different styles.
- No distinction between cash and credit — you can't tell if money actually changed hands or if it was udhar.
Sharma Sir read her list and nodded. "Excellent. Every single one of these problems is something that accounting solves. Over the next few weeks, I'll teach you exactly how."
Quick Recap — Chapter 1
What is accounting? — A systematic way of recording all the money that comes into and goes out of a business.
Why is it different from just writing numbers? — It follows rules, has a fixed format, and produces information that anyone can read and understand.
Why does every business need it?
- To know if you are making a profit or loss
- To get bank loans
- To pay the right taxes
- To track who owes you and whom you owe
- To make smart business decisions
What happens without it? — Tax penalties, loan rejection, fights, theft, business failure.
Key idea: Accounting is the language of business. Learn it, and you can work anywhere.
Practice Exercise — Try This Yourself
You don't need a shop to practice. Try this with your own life or your family's small expenses.
Exercise 1: Take a blank notebook. For the next three days, write down EVERY money transaction in your house. Follow this format:
| Date | What Happened | Money In (₹) | Money Out (₹) |
|---|---|---|---|
| Example: 12-Jun-2025 | Papa received salary | 25,000 | — |
| Example: 12-Jun-2025 | Bought vegetables from market | — | 200 |
Write at least 10 entries.
Exercise 2: After three days, add up all the "Money In" and all the "Money Out." Find the difference. What does that number tell you?
Exercise 3: Think about a small shop in your town or village. List at least 8 different types of transactions that happen in that shop every day. (Hint: buying stock, selling to customers, paying rent, giving credit...)
Exercise 4: Look at Rawat Aunty's messy notebook (the problems Meera listed). Which of these problems does YOUR notebook have? How will you fix them?
Fun Fact — The World's Oldest Accounts
Did you know that accounting is one of the oldest skills in the world? People in ancient Mesopotamia (modern-day Iraq) were keeping accounts on clay tablets over 5,000 years ago! They recorded how many bags of grain they had, how many sheep they sold, and who owed them what.
In India, Kautilya's Arthashastra (written around 300 BC) has detailed instructions on how a kingdom should keep its accounts. So when you learn accounting, you are learning a skill that is thousands of years old — and still one of the most useful skills on the planet.
And here's the best part: accounting will never go out of demand. As long as people do business, they will need someone to keep their books. That someone could be you.
Tomorrow, Meera will learn about the most basic building block of accounting — the transaction. What exactly counts as a transaction? Let's find out.
Money In, Money Out — Transactions
It was Meera's second day at the office. She arrived early, made tea for everyone, and sat at her desk with her notebook open. Yesterday she had learned WHY accounting matters. Today, Sharma Sir had promised to teach her the first real concept. "Today," he said, putting his steel tiffin on the desk, "we learn about transactions. This is the atom of accounting. Everything is built from this."

What is a Transaction?
Sharma Sir picked up two things from his desk: a pen and a ten-rupee note.
"Meera, I'll give you this pen. You give me ten rupees."
Meera laughed but played along. She took the pen. He took the ten-rupee note.
"What just happened?" he asked.
"You sold me a pen for ten rupees," Meera said.
"Correct. Something was exchanged. I gave you a pen. You gave me money. This exchange — this is a transaction."
He wrote on the whiteboard:
Transaction = Any exchange that involves money or something of money value.
"Every time money changes hands, or goods change hands, or a promise to pay is made — that is a transaction."
"Let me give you more examples from everyday life."
| Example | Is it a Transaction? | Why? |
|---|---|---|
| You buy chai from a stall for ₹15 | Yes | Money (₹15) was exchanged for chai |
| You pay your phone bill of ₹199 | Yes | Money was exchanged for a service |
| You borrow ₹500 from a friend | Yes | Money was received with a promise to return it |
| You wave hello to your neighbor | No | No money or value was exchanged |
| You donate ₹100 to a temple | Yes | Money went out (even though nothing came back to you physically, it's still a transaction) |
| Rain falls on your roof | No | No money or value is involved |
"So a transaction is not just buying and selling?" Meera asked.
"No! Paying rent is a transaction. Receiving a loan is a transaction. Paying salary to a helper is a transaction. Even putting your own money into your business — that is a transaction. Any event that changes the money picture of a business is a transaction."
Cash Transactions vs Credit Transactions
"Now," Sharma Sir said, "transactions come in two main types. This is important. Pay close attention."
Cash Transaction — Money Right Now
"When you buy chai and pay ₹15 immediately — the money changes hands on the spot. This is a cash transaction."
Cash Transaction = The payment happens immediately, at the time of the exchange.
"Note: 'Cash' here doesn't only mean paper notes and coins. If you pay by UPI, debit card, or bank transfer at the time of buying — it is still a cash transaction. The point is: the payment happened right away."
Credit Transaction — Money Later
"But sometimes the payment does NOT happen immediately. Rawat Aunty buys rice from a wholesaler. The rice is delivered today. But she pays the wholesaler next week. This is a credit transaction."
Credit Transaction = The goods or services are exchanged now, but the payment happens later. In Hindi, we call this udhar (उधार).
"Meera, do people in your village buy things on udhar?"
"All the time!" Meera said. "At our local shop, people say 'likh lo, mahine mein dunga.' The shopkeeper writes it in his bahi khata."
"Exactly. That bahi khata entry? That's recording a credit transaction."

Here is a comparison:
| Cash Transaction | Credit Transaction | |
|---|---|---|
| When is payment made? | Right now, at the time of exchange | Later — after days, weeks, or months |
| Example (buying) | Buy soap, pay ₹40 immediately | Buy rice worth ₹5,000, pay next week |
| Example (selling) | Customer buys dal, pays ₹120 cash | Customer takes goods, says "I'll pay on Friday" |
| Risk | No risk — you have the money | Risk — the other person might not pay |
| Hindi term | Naqad (नकद) | Udhar (उधार) |
| Record needed? | Yes | Yes — and you must also track WHEN payment is due |
Money In vs Money Out
Sharma Sir drew two arrows on the whiteboard — one pointing inward, one pointing outward.
"Every transaction does one of two things from the business's point of view:"
Money In (Inflow)
"Money comes INTO the business. Examples:"
- A customer pays you for goods
- A customer repays an old udhar
- You receive a loan from a bank
- You put your own savings into the business
Money Out (Outflow)
"Money goes OUT of the business. Examples:"
- You buy stock from a supplier
- You pay rent
- You pay electricity bill
- You pay salary to your helper
- You repay a loan installment
"Some transactions involve money coming in. Some involve money going out. Your job as an accountant is to record BOTH — clearly, accurately, and on time."

Meera Visits Rawat Aunty's Shop
In the afternoon, Sharma Sir sent Meera and Negi Bhaiya to Rawat Aunty's shop in Almora. The bus ride from Haldwani took about three hours through winding mountain roads.
Rawat General Store was a small but busy kirana shop on the main road. Shelves were stacked with rice, dal, oil, soap, biscuits, spices, and detergent. Rawat Aunty's son helped her at the counter.
"Meera, I want you to sit here for two hours," Negi Bhaiya said. "Watch every transaction that happens. Write it down in your notebook. For each one, note down:"
- What happened (description)
- How much money (amount)
- Cash or credit?
- Money in or money out?
"I'm going to check on Bisht Ji's warehouse nearby. I'll be back by 5."
Meera sat on a stool near the counter, notebook in hand, and watched.
Two Hours at Rawat General Store
The shop was busier than Meera expected. In just two hours, she observed and recorded the following:
Transaction 1: A woman bought 2 kg rice (₹80), 1 kg dal (₹120), and a soap bar (₹35). She paid ₹235 in cash.
Transaction 2: Rawat Aunty's son unloaded a delivery from a supplier — 10 packets of biscuits, 5 kg turmeric, and 20 bars of soap. The delivery man had a bill for ₹4,200. Rawat Aunty said, "I'll pay on Saturday." The delivery man noted it and left.
Transaction 3: An old man came in and said, "Rawat ji, last month I took oil and dal on udhar. Here's ₹650." Rawat Aunty took the money and tried to find his name in her notebook.
Transaction 4: Rawat Aunty's son went to the post office next door and paid the electricity bill — ₹1,100.
Transaction 5: A school boy came in and bought a packet of biscuits (₹20) and a cold drink (₹30). Paid ₹50 in cash.
Transaction 6: Rawat Aunty gave a bundle of goods to a woman who said, "Didi, likho na, pension aayegi toh de dungi." The goods were worth ₹380. This was udhar.
Transaction 7: A man bought 5 kg flour (₹200) and paid through UPI. The phone beeped with "₹200 received."
Transaction 8: Rawat Aunty paid ₹200 to a boy who helped carry heavy sacks in the morning — his daily wage.
Transaction 9: A regular customer bought a large order — 10 kg rice, 5 kg sugar, 2 liters oil, and other items totaling ₹1,850. He paid ₹1,000 in cash and said, "Baaki next week." So ₹850 was on udhar.
Transaction 10: Rawat Aunty counted some cash from the register and put ₹5,000 in an envelope. "This is for the landlord," she told her son. "Give it to him tomorrow." She set it aside as rent.
Transaction 11: A woman returned a packet of dal saying it had insects. Rawat Aunty took it back and returned ₹120 in cash.
Transaction 12: Near closing time, Rawat Aunty bought tea and samosas from the stall next door for herself and her son — ₹60.

Meera Organizes Her Notes
On the bus ride back to Haldwani, Negi Bhaiya looked at Meera's notebook. "Good observations. Now let's organize them. Put everything in a table."
Meera drew a table and filled it in carefully:
| # | What Happened | Amount (₹) | Cash or Credit? | Money In or Out? |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | Customer bought rice, dal, soap | 235 | Cash | Money In |
| 2 | Received delivery of biscuits, turmeric, soap from supplier | 4,200 | Credit (pay Saturday) | Money Out (later) |
| 3 | Old man repaid last month's udhar | 650 | Cash | Money In |
| 4 | Paid electricity bill | 1,100 | Cash | Money Out |
| 5 | School boy bought biscuits and cold drink | 50 | Cash | Money In |
| 6 | Woman took goods on udhar | 380 | Credit (pay when pension comes) | Money Out (goods given) |
| 7 | Customer bought flour, paid by UPI | 200 | Cash (UPI = immediate) | Money In |
| 8 | Paid daily wage to helper boy | 200 | Cash | Money Out |
| 9 | Large order — ₹1,000 paid now, ₹850 on udhar | 1,850 | Part cash, part credit | Money In (₹1,000 now, ₹850 later) |
| 10 | Set aside rent money for landlord | 5,000 | Cash | Money Out |
| 11 | Returned money for bad dal packet | 120 | Cash | Money Out |
| 12 | Bought tea and samosas for self | 60 | Cash | Money Out |
Negi Bhaiya nodded approvingly. "This is much better than Rawat Aunty's torn notebook, isn't it?"
"So much better!" Meera said. "I can actually see what happened today."
Important Observations
Back at the office the next morning, Sharma Sir reviewed Meera's table. He pointed out several important things.
1. UPI is Still a Cash Transaction
"See transaction 7? The customer paid by UPI. You correctly marked it as 'Cash.' Many students get confused by this. Remember: cash transaction means payment is immediate. It doesn't matter if the payment is in notes, coins, UPI, bank transfer, or debit card. If the money moves right away, it's cash."
2. Part Cash, Part Credit is Common
"Transaction 9 is very realistic. A customer pays some amount now and some later. This happens all the time in Indian businesses. You need to record both parts clearly — the cash portion and the credit portion."
3. Returns are Transactions Too
"Transaction 11 — the customer returned bad dal and got a refund. This is called a sales return. It is a real transaction. Money went out. You must record it."
4. The Owner's Personal Expenses
"Transaction 12 — Rawat Aunty bought tea for herself. This is tricky. Is it a business expense or a personal expense? In proper accounting, we need to separate business expenses from personal expenses. We'll learn more about this later."
5. Setting Aside Money is Not Yet a Transaction
"Transaction 10 — she put money in an envelope for rent. Strictly speaking, the transaction happens when the money is actually PAID to the landlord. Putting it in an envelope is just preparation. But for simplicity at this stage, we recorded it because the money is committed."
Types of Transactions in a Small Business
Sharma Sir drew a chart on the whiteboard summarizing the different types of transactions a small shop like Rawat Aunty's deals with:
1. Sales Transactions
Selling goods to customers.
- Cash sales (customer pays now)
- Credit sales (customer pays later — udhar)
2. Purchase Transactions
Buying goods from suppliers to sell in the shop.
- Cash purchases (pay the supplier now)
- Credit purchases (pay the supplier later)
3. Expense Transactions
Spending money to run the business (not buying goods for resale).
- Rent
- Electricity
- Wages/salary
- Repairs
- Transport
4. Receipt Transactions
Receiving money that was owed to you.
- Customer repays udhar
- Receiving a refund from a supplier
5. Payment Transactions
Paying money that you owe.
- Paying a supplier for goods bought on credit
- Repaying a loan installment
6. Return Transactions
Goods coming back.
- Sales return (customer returns goods to you)
- Purchase return (you return goods to supplier)
7. Owner-Related Transactions
- Owner puts personal money into business (Capital)
- Owner takes business money for personal use (Drawings)

"Don't try to memorize all of these right now," Sharma Sir said. "Over the next weeks, you'll see each type many times. The important thing today is: you now know what a transaction is, the difference between cash and credit, and the difference between money in and money out."
Why Every Transaction Must Be Recorded
"Meera, one final thought," Sharma Sir said. "You watched Rawat Aunty's shop for just two hours and counted twelve transactions. In a full day, there might be fifty or sixty. In a month? Over a thousand."
"If you miss even one, the numbers won't add up at the end. Imagine losing track of just one ₹4,200 credit purchase. At the end of the month, your records will show ₹4,200 more than you actually have. The supplier will come asking for money, and you'll be confused."
"That's why accountants are careful people. Every. Single. Transaction. Must. Be. Recorded."
He tapped the table for emphasis.
"You'll learn HOW to record them properly in the coming chapters. For now, the skill you are building is: observation. Learning to notice every transaction as it happens. That's what you practiced today at Rawat Aunty's shop."
Quick Recap — Chapter 2
What is a transaction? — Any exchange that involves money or something of money value.
Two main types:
- Cash transaction — payment happens immediately (includes UPI, card, bank transfer)
- Credit transaction — goods/services now, payment later (udhar)
Two directions:
- Money In — money comes into the business (sales, repayments, loans received)
- Money Out — money goes out of the business (purchases, rent, salaries, bills)
Seven categories of transactions: Sales, Purchases, Expenses, Receipts, Payments, Returns, Owner-related.
Golden rule: Every single transaction must be recorded. Miss one, and your numbers won't add up.
Practice Exercise — Try This Yourself
Exercise 1: Visit a small shop near your home (kirana, stationery, chai stall — anything). Sit there for 30 minutes to one hour. Write down every transaction you observe in this format:
| # | What Happened | Amount (₹) | Cash or Credit? | Money In or Out? |
|---|---|---|---|---|
Try to record at least 8 transactions.
Exercise 2: For each transaction below, say whether it is Cash or Credit, and Money In or Money Out (from the shopkeeper's point of view):
| Transaction | Cash or Credit? | Money In or Out? |
|---|---|---|
| A customer buys soap for ₹45 and pays by UPI | ? | ? |
| The shopkeeper buys 50 kg rice from a supplier, to pay next week | ? | ? |
| A customer who bought goods last month comes and pays ₹800 | ? | ? |
| The shopkeeper pays ₹500 to the electrician for repairing a light | ? | ? |
| A customer buys ₹2,000 worth of goods and says "I'll pay on the 1st" | ? | ? |
| The shopkeeper pays ₹15,000 rent to the landlord in cash | ? | ? |
| A customer returns a broken torch and gets ₹150 back | ? | ? |
| The shopkeeper transfers ₹10,000 from personal savings into the shop's cash box | ? | ? |
Exercise 3: Think about your own household for one day. List every transaction that happens. Morning chai (₹ spent on milk, sugar, gas), school fees, bus fare, vegetable shopping, phone recharge — everything. You'll be surprised how many transactions happen in a single day!
Fun Fact — The Bahi Khata Tradition
India has one of the oldest accounting traditions in the world. The bahi khata (बही खाता) system has been used by Indian traders for centuries. Marwari businessmen, Gujarati traders, and shopkeepers across the country have kept their bahis in handwritten books with red cloth covers.
On Diwali, many Indian businesses start a new bahi khata — a fresh book for the new financial year. This is why Diwali is also called the festival of new beginnings for businesses. The old book is closed, and a new one is opened with a prayer to Goddess Lakshmi.
And in the hills of Uttarakhand, shopkeepers have kept their own style of udhar records for generations — often with just a name and an amount in a small notebook. What you are learning now is the organized, professional version of what your grandparents already knew by instinct.
The skill is in your blood. You are just learning to make it professional.
Next chapter, Meera learns the most powerful idea in all of accounting — the double-entry system. Every transaction has TWO sides. This changes everything.
The Double-Entry Magic
Meera came into the office on Day 3 with a question that had kept her up at night. "Sharma Sir, yesterday I recorded twelve transactions from Rawat Aunty's shop. I wrote what happened and how much money came in or went out. Is that not enough? What else is there?" Sharma Sir smiled his slow, knowing smile. "Meera, what you did yesterday was like describing a coin by looking at only one side. Today, I'm going to flip the coin over. Today, you learn the biggest idea in accounting. After today, you'll never look at money the same way again."

Every Transaction Has Two Sides
Sharma Sir placed a ₹100 note on the desk.
"Meera, suppose Rawat Aunty sells a packet of dal for ₹100. Cash payment. Simple transaction. What happens?"
"She gets ₹100," Meera said.
"Yes. Her cash increases by ₹100. But what else changes?"
Meera paused. "Um... her stock? She had one packet of dal. Now she doesn't."
Sharma Sir slapped the desk lightly in excitement. "Exactly! Two things changed. Her cash went up by ₹100. And her stock of dal went down by some amount. One transaction — TWO effects."
He walked to the whiteboard.
"Let me give you another example. Rawat Aunty pays ₹1,100 for the electricity bill. What changes?"
Meera thought. "Her cash goes down by ₹1,100."
"And?"
"And... she has used electricity. So there's an expense?"
"Perfect. Her cash decreased and her electricity expense increased. Again — one transaction, two effects."
He underlined the key idea on the whiteboard:
Every single transaction affects at least TWO accounts.
This is the fundamental rule of accounting. It is called the Double-Entry System.
"This idea," Sharma Sir said, turning to face Meera, "was described by an Italian mathematician named Luca Pacioli in the year 1494. More than 500 years ago. And it is still used by every business, bank, and government in the world today. It is one of the greatest inventions in the history of business."
The Seesaw Analogy
"Think of a seesaw," Sharma Sir said. "The kind children play on in the park."
"When one side goes up, the other side goes down. The seesaw always balances. If you put weight on one side, you must put equal weight on the other."
"Accounting works the same way. When one account is affected on one side, another account must be affected on the other side by the same amount. The books must always balance."

"If your books don't balance — if the two sides are not equal — it means you made a mistake somewhere. This built-in check is what makes double-entry so powerful. It catches errors automatically."
Debit and Credit — Left and Right
"Now, Meera, I need to teach you two words that confuse almost everyone in the beginning. But I'll make it simple."
He wrote two words in big letters:
DEBIT and CREDIT
"Forget everything you think you know about these words. Forget 'debit means minus' or 'credit means plus.' That's wrong. Those meanings come from banking, not accounting."
"In accounting:"
Debit = The LEFT side of an account
Credit = The RIGHT side of an account
"That's it. Debit means left. Credit means right. Nothing more."
He drew a simple T-shape on the whiteboard:
Cash Account
________________________
| DEBIT | CREDIT |
| (Left) | (Right) |
|___________|___________|
| | |
| | |
"Every account in accounting looks like this. It's called a T-account because of the T shape. The left side is Debit. The right side is Credit."
"When we record a transaction, we put an amount on the Debit side of one account and the same amount on the Credit side of another account. That's double-entry. Two entries. Always equal."
The Three Golden Rules
"Now comes the important part. How do you know which side to put the amount on? There are three simple rules. Accountants call them the Golden Rules of Accounting."
"But first, I need to tell you about three types of accounts."
Three Types of Accounts
| Type | What it means | Examples |
|---|---|---|
| Real Account | An account for things you can touch or measure — assets and possessions | Cash, Stock, Furniture, Land, Machinery |
| Personal Account | An account for a person or organization | Rawat Aunty, Bisht Traders, State Bank, Ramesh (a customer) |
| Nominal Account | An account for expenses, losses, incomes, and gains | Rent Expense, Electricity Expense, Sales Income, Interest Received |
"Don't worry if this feels new. You'll get used to it quickly. Now, the three Golden Rules."
Golden Rule 1: Real Account
Debit what comes IN. Credit what goes OUT.
"If cash comes into the business, you debit the Cash account. If cash goes out, you credit the Cash account. If stock comes in, you debit Stock. If stock goes out, you credit Stock."
Golden Rule 2: Personal Account
Debit the receiver. Credit the giver.
"If you pay money to the landlord (the landlord receives it), you debit the Landlord's account. If a customer pays you money (the customer is giving it), you credit the Customer's account."
Golden Rule 3: Nominal Account
Debit all expenses and losses. Credit all incomes and gains.
"If you pay rent, Rent is an expense — debit Rent. If you earn money from sales, Sales is income — credit Sales."
Sharma Sir drew a summary table:
| Type of Account | Debit Rule | Credit Rule |
|---|---|---|
| Real Account (things) | What comes IN | What goes OUT |
| Personal Account (people) | The receiver | The giver |
| Nominal Account (expenses/incomes) | Expenses & losses | Incomes & gains |

"Meera, these three rules will guide you through every single transaction you ever record. Learn them. Memorize them. They are the grammar of accounting."
Meera's First Practice — One Transaction at a Time
"Enough theory," Sharma Sir said. "Let's practice. I'll take the transactions you recorded at Rawat Aunty's shop and we'll apply double-entry to each one."
Negi Bhaiya pulled up a chair. "I'll help too. I remember being confused at this stage."
Transaction 1: Customer buys rice, dal, and soap for ₹235, pays cash
"Two things change," Sharma Sir said. "Cash comes in. And goods (stock) go out."
- Cash is a Real Account. Cash is coming IN. So: Debit Cash ₹235
- Sales is a Nominal Account. It's income. So: Credit Sales ₹235
| Account | Debit (₹) | Credit (₹) |
|---|---|---|
| Cash | 235 | |
| Sales | 235 |
"See? Debit = Credit. The seesaw balances."
Transaction 2: Received delivery from supplier worth ₹4,200 on credit (pay Saturday)
"Goods came into the shop. But no cash went out. Instead, Rawat Aunty now owes the supplier."
- Purchases (or Stock) is a Real Account. Goods came IN. So: Debit Purchases ₹4,200
- Supplier's Account is a Personal Account. The supplier gave the goods. So: Credit Supplier ₹4,200
| Account | Debit (₹) | Credit (₹) |
|---|---|---|
| Purchases | 4,200 | |
| Supplier Account | 4,200 |
"No cash moved. But two accounts were still affected."
Transaction 3: Old man repays last month's udhar of ₹650
"Cash comes in. And the old man's debt to Rawat Aunty decreases."
- Cash is a Real Account. Cash comes IN. So: Debit Cash ₹650
- Old Man's Account (Debtor) is a Personal Account. He is giving money. So: Credit Old Man ₹650
| Account | Debit (₹) | Credit (₹) |
|---|---|---|
| Cash | 650 | |
| Old Man (Debtor) | 650 |
Transaction 4: Paid electricity bill of ₹1,100
"Cash goes out. Electricity is an expense."
- Electricity Expense is a Nominal Account. It's an expense. So: Debit Electricity Expense ₹1,100
- Cash is a Real Account. Cash goes OUT. So: Credit Cash ₹1,100
| Account | Debit (₹) | Credit (₹) |
|---|---|---|
| Electricity Expense | 1,100 | |
| Cash | 1,100 |
Transaction 5: School boy buys biscuits and cold drink for ₹50, pays cash
- Cash — Real Account, comes IN: Debit Cash ₹50
- Sales — Nominal Account, income: Credit Sales ₹50
| Account | Debit (₹) | Credit (₹) |
|---|---|---|
| Cash | 50 | |
| Sales | 50 |
Transaction 6: Woman takes goods worth ₹380 on udhar
"Goods went out. But no cash came in. Instead, the woman now owes Rawat Aunty."
- Woman's Account (Debtor) is a Personal Account. She received goods. So: Debit Woman ₹380
- Sales is a Nominal Account. Income. So: Credit Sales ₹380
| Account | Debit (₹) | Credit (₹) |
|---|---|---|
| Woman (Debtor) | 380 | |
| Sales | 380 |
"Notice: even though no cash moved, we still recorded the sale. The sale happened. The money will come later."
Transaction 7: Customer buys flour for ₹200, pays by UPI
"Same as a cash sale. UPI is immediate payment."
- Bank/UPI Account — Real Account, money comes IN: Debit Bank ₹200
- Sales — Nominal Account, income: Credit Sales ₹200
| Account | Debit (₹) | Credit (₹) |
|---|---|---|
| Bank (UPI) | 200 | |
| Sales | 200 |
Transaction 8: Paid ₹200 daily wage to helper boy
- Wages Expense — Nominal Account, expense: Debit Wages ₹200
- Cash — Real Account, goes OUT: Credit Cash ₹200
| Account | Debit (₹) | Credit (₹) |
|---|---|---|
| Wages Expense | 200 | |
| Cash | 200 |
Transaction 9: Large order ₹1,850 — ₹1,000 cash, ₹850 on credit
"This one has three entries! Cash comes in, a debtor is created, and a sale is made."
- Cash — Real Account, comes IN: Debit Cash ₹1,000
- Customer (Debtor) — Personal Account, receives goods on credit: Debit Customer ₹850
- Sales — Nominal Account, income: Credit Sales ₹1,850
| Account | Debit (₹) | Credit (₹) |
|---|---|---|
| Cash | 1,000 | |
| Customer (Debtor) | 850 | |
| Sales | 1,850 |
Total Debit: 1,000 + 850 = ₹1,850. Total Credit: ₹1,850. Balanced!
"See, Meera? Sometimes a transaction can affect THREE accounts. But the rule is the same: total debit must always equal total credit."
Transaction 10: Paid rent ₹5,000 in cash
- Rent Expense — Nominal Account, expense: Debit Rent ₹5,000
- Cash — Real Account, goes OUT: Credit Cash ₹5,000
| Account | Debit (₹) | Credit (₹) |
|---|---|---|
| Rent Expense | 5,000 | |
| Cash | 5,000 |
The Complete Picture — All 10 Transactions
Meera now had all ten transactions recorded with double-entry. Sharma Sir asked her to make one big summary table.
| # | Transaction | Debit Account | Debit ₹ | Credit Account | Credit ₹ |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | Cash sale: rice, dal, soap | Cash | 235 | Sales | 235 |
| 2 | Credit purchase from supplier | Purchases | 4,200 | Supplier | 4,200 |
| 3 | Debtor repays udhar | Cash | 650 | Old Man (Debtor) | 650 |
| 4 | Electricity bill paid | Electricity Expense | 1,100 | Cash | 1,100 |
| 5 | Cash sale: biscuits, cold drink | Cash | 50 | Sales | 50 |
| 6 | Credit sale: goods on udhar | Woman (Debtor) | 380 | Sales | 380 |
| 7 | UPI sale: flour | Bank (UPI) | 200 | Sales | 200 |
| 8 | Wages paid to helper | Wages Expense | 200 | Cash | 200 |
| 9 | Part cash, part credit sale | Cash + Customer | 1,850 | Sales | 1,850 |
| 10 | Rent paid | Rent Expense | 5,000 | Cash | 5,000 |
Meera added up all the Debits: 235 + 4,200 + 650 + 1,100 + 50 + 380 + 200 + 200 + 1,850 + 5,000 = ₹13,865
She added up all the Credits: 235 + 4,200 + 650 + 1,100 + 50 + 380 + 200 + 200 + 1,850 + 5,000 = ₹13,865
"They match!" she said, eyes wide.
"They ALWAYS match," Sharma Sir said. "If they don't, you've made an error. That's the magic of double-entry. It has a built-in error detector."

Why Does This Matter?
Meera leaned back. "OK, Sharma Sir. I understand the system. But why go through all this trouble? Why not just write 'Cash In' and 'Cash Out' like I did yesterday?"
Sharma Sir nodded. He had expected this question.
"Three reasons."
Reason 1: Completeness
"Yesterday, when you wrote 'Cash In ₹235 for sale,' you only captured one side. You didn't capture that stock went down. With double-entry, you capture EVERYTHING. Nothing is hidden."
Reason 2: Automatic Error Checking
"If your debits don't equal your credits, you KNOW there's a mistake. Without double-entry, you could make errors and never notice."
Reason 3: You Can Build Financial Statements
"At the end of the month or year, all these debit and credit entries allow you to create powerful reports — Profit & Loss Statement, Balance Sheet. These reports tell you the complete health of a business. You can't build them from a simple 'cash in, cash out' list."
"Think of it this way," he said. "Your single-entry list from yesterday was like looking at a building from the front. You see the facade. Double-entry is like having the full blueprint — the front, back, inside, plumbing, wiring, everything."
Common Beginner Mistakes
Negi Bhaiya chimed in. "Meera, let me tell you the mistakes I made when I was learning this."
Mistake 1: Thinking Debit = Bad and Credit = Good
"No! Debit just means left. Credit just means right. Debiting Cash means your cash increased — that's good. Debiting Rent Expense means you spent money on rent — that's an expense. Debit is neither good nor bad."
Mistake 2: Forgetting to Identify the Account Type
"Before you can apply the Golden Rules, you must identify: Is this a Real, Personal, or Nominal account? If you skip this step, you'll put the amount on the wrong side."
Mistake 3: Recording Only One Side
"Sometimes beginners are so focused on one side that they forget the other. Always ask: 'What's the other side?' Every transaction has two sides. Always."
Mistake 4: Confusing the Business with the Owner
"If Rawat Aunty takes ₹500 from the shop's cash box for personal use, that's a transaction. The business is paying Rawat Aunty. Many beginners forget to record this because 'it's her own money.' No! In accounting, the business is a separate entity from the owner."

A Simple Way to Think About It
Sharma Sir could see Meera processing everything. He offered one more tool.
"Meera, whenever you face a transaction, ask yourself these three questions in order:"
Step 1: What are the two (or more) accounts involved?
Step 2: What type is each account — Real, Personal, or Nominal?
Step 3: Apply the Golden Rule for that type.
"Do this every time, and you'll never go wrong. After a few hundred transactions, it'll become automatic. Like riding a bicycle — you won't have to think about it."
Here is a quick reference you can keep handy:
| If the account is... | And the situation is... | Then... |
|---|---|---|
| Real Account | Something comes INTO the business | Debit |
| Real Account | Something goes OUT of the business | Credit |
| Personal Account | The person/entity RECEIVES something | Debit |
| Personal Account | The person/entity GIVES something | Credit |
| Nominal Account | It's an expense or loss | Debit |
| Nominal Account | It's an income or gain | Credit |
Quick Recap — Chapter 3
The big idea: Every transaction affects at least two accounts. This is called the Double-Entry System.
Debit and Credit are not plus and minus. They mean Left and Right side of an account.
Three types of accounts:
- Real Account (things: cash, stock, furniture)
- Personal Account (people/organizations)
- Nominal Account (expenses, losses, incomes, gains)
Three Golden Rules:
- Real Account: Debit what comes in, Credit what goes out
- Personal Account: Debit the receiver, Credit the giver
- Nominal Account: Debit expenses/losses, Credit incomes/gains
The test: Total Debits must ALWAYS equal Total Credits. If they don't, you made a mistake.
Practice Exercise — Try This Yourself
Exercise 1: For each transaction below, identify: (a) the accounts involved, (b) the type of each account (Real, Personal, or Nominal), and (c) which account to Debit and which to Credit.
| # | Transaction |
|---|---|
| 1 | Meera's father gives her ₹2,000 for the month (from Meera's personal point of view) |
| 2 | A kirana shop buys 20 kg sugar for ₹800, paying cash |
| 3 | A customer buys goods worth ₹450 and pays by UPI |
| 4 | The shop pays ₹3,000 rent to the landlord |
| 5 | A supplier delivers ₹6,000 worth of goods on credit |
| 6 | A customer who owed ₹1,200 comes and pays in full |
| 7 | The shop owner puts ₹50,000 of personal savings into the business |
| 8 | The shop pays ₹250 for repairing a broken shelf |
Exercise 2: Here are some transactions already recorded. Check if they are correct. If not, fix them.
| Transaction | Debit | Credit | Correct? |
|---|---|---|---|
| Sold goods for ₹300 cash | Cash ₹300 | Sales ₹300 | ? |
| Paid salary ₹5,000 | Cash ₹5,000 | Salary Expense ₹5,000 | ? |
| Bought furniture for ₹10,000 cash | Furniture ₹10,000 | Cash ₹10,000 | ? |
| Received ₹2,000 from a debtor | Debtor ₹2,000 | Cash ₹2,000 | ? |
Exercise 3: Go back to the transactions you recorded during your shop visit (Exercise 1 from Chapter 2). Now apply double-entry to each one. Create a table like Meera did — with Debit Account, Debit Amount, Credit Account, Credit Amount. Do the totals match?
Fun Fact — The Man Who Changed Everything
Luca Pacioli was a Franciscan friar (a type of monk) and mathematician who lived in Italy in the 1400s. In 1494, he published a book called Summa de Arithmetica, which included a section on double-entry bookkeeping.
He didn't invent the system — Venetian merchants had been using it for at least a hundred years. But he was the first to write it down clearly in a book. For this, he is called the "Father of Accounting."
Here's the amazing thing: the system he described 530 years ago is basically the same system used by every company in the world today — from Rawat Aunty's kirana shop to Tata, Reliance, and Apple. The scale changes, the technology changes, but the core idea remains: every debit has a credit, and the books must balance.
Meera was learning a skill older than the printing press. And she was only on Day 3.
Next chapter, Meera learns the vocabulary of accounting — Assets, Liabilities, Capital, Revenue, Expenses. These are the building blocks that every account fits into.
Accounting Language — Words You Must Know
On Day 4, Meera arrived at the office to find Sharma Sir arranging a set of printed cards on his desk. Each card had one word written on it in big bold letters: ASSETS, LIABILITIES, CAPITAL, REVENUE, EXPENSES. "Today," he said, "we learn the vocabulary. Every profession has its own language. Doctors say 'fracture,' not 'broken bone.' Lawyers say 'plaintiff,' not 'the person who complained.' And accountants have their words too. After today, you will speak like an accountant."

Why Learn These Words?
Meera looked at the cards and felt a small knot of worry. "Sharma Sir, these sound complicated."
"They sound complicated," he agreed. "But they are not. Each word describes something you already know from everyday life. I'm just going to give you the professional name for it."
"Think of it like this. You know what dhaniya is, right?"
"Coriander," Meera said.
"Right. In English, it's coriander. In Latin, it's Coriandrum sativum. Three names for the same thing. Accounting words are the same — they're just professional names for things you already understand."
"Let's start. And we'll use Rawat Aunty's shop for every example, so everything feels real."
Assets — What You OWN
Sharma Sir held up the first card: ASSETS.
"An asset is anything valuable that the business owns or controls."
Asset = Something the business owns that has value. It helps the business earn money now or in the future.
"Let's walk through Rawat Aunty's shop and point to the assets."
He took out a photo of the shop interior (Negi Bhaiya had clicked it on his phone during their visit).
What are Rawat Aunty's Assets?
| Asset | What Is It? | Why Is It Valuable? |
|---|---|---|
| Cash in the register | The money sitting in the cash box | She can use it to buy more stock, pay bills |
| Cash in bank account | Money in her savings account linked to the shop | Same — available money |
| Stock (Inventory) | All the goods on the shelves — rice, dal, soap, oil, biscuits | She will sell these and earn money |
| Shop furniture | The shelves, counter, display rack, weighing scale | She needs these to run the shop |
| Refrigerator | The fridge where she keeps cold drinks and butter | Without it, she can't sell cold items |
| Amounts owed by customers | The ₹380 the woman took on udhar, the ₹850 the large-order customer owes | This is money that will come in later |
| The shop building (if she owns it) | The physical shop | Without it, she has no place to do business |
"Every single one of these is an asset," Sharma Sir said. "They all have value. They all help the business."
Meera raised her hand. "What about the udhar amounts? That's not cash. How is it an asset?"
"Excellent question! When a customer owes you money, that money is still yours — the customer just hasn't paid yet. It's called a receivable. It IS an asset because you expect to receive it. Of course, there's a risk the customer might not pay, but we treat it as an asset until we have reason to think otherwise."
Types of Assets
Sharma Sir drew a quick table:
| Category | Examples | How Long You Keep Them |
|---|---|---|
| Current Assets | Cash, bank balance, stock, amounts owed by customers | Short-term — used up or converted to cash within a year |
| Fixed Assets | Shop building, furniture, refrigerator, computer | Long-term — used for many years |
"Current assets keep changing — stock gets sold, cash comes and goes. Fixed assets stay for a long time."

Liabilities — What You OWE
Sharma Sir held up the second card: LIABILITIES.
"A liability is the opposite of an asset. It's something you owe to someone else."
Liability = An amount the business owes to others. A debt or obligation.
"Back to Rawat Aunty's shop. What does she owe?"
| Liability | What Is It? | To Whom? |
|---|---|---|
| Supplier's bill: ₹4,200 | The delivery she received on credit | The supplier who delivered biscuits, turmeric, soap |
| Bank loan (if any) | If she took a loan to start or expand the shop | The bank |
| Unpaid electricity bill | If the bill is due but not yet paid | The electricity company |
| Advance from a customer | If a customer paid in advance for a large order not yet delivered | The customer (she owes them goods) |
"Liabilities are like promises," Sharma Sir said. "You promised to pay the supplier on Saturday. That promise is a liability. You promised to repay the bank loan over three years. That promise is a liability."
Types of Liabilities
| Category | Examples | When Must You Pay? |
|---|---|---|
| Current Liabilities | Supplier bills, short-term loans, unpaid salary, unpaid rent | Within one year |
| Non-Current (Long-Term) Liabilities | Bank loans for 3-5 years, long-term borrowings | After more than one year |
Meera nodded. "So assets are what you have, and liabilities are what you owe."
"Exactly. Now here's the interesting part."
Capital — The Owner's Own Money
Sharma Sir held up the third card: CAPITAL.
"When Rawat Aunty started her shop years ago, she put in her own savings. Maybe ₹2,00,000 from her personal money. That money — her own money that she invested in the business — is called capital."
Capital = The owner's own money invested in the business. Also called Owner's Equity.
"Think about it this way. The business has assets. Some of those assets were bought with borrowed money (liabilities). The rest were bought with the owner's own money (capital)."
This leads to the most important equation in all of accounting:
Assets = Liabilities + Capital
"Everything the business owns (assets) was funded by either borrowing (liabilities) or the owner's own investment (capital). Always. Without exception."
Let's test it with Rawat Aunty's shop:
| Amount (₹) | |
|---|---|
| Total Assets | |
| Cash in register | 15,000 |
| Cash in bank | 25,000 |
| Stock on shelves | 1,20,000 |
| Furniture & fridge | 40,000 |
| Amounts owed by customers | 12,000 |
| Total Assets | 2,12,000 |
| Liabilities | |
| Owed to suppliers | 32,000 |
| Bank loan | 50,000 |
| Total Liabilities | 82,000 |
| Capital (Owner's Equity) | |
| Rawat Aunty's investment | 1,30,000 |
| Check: Liabilities + Capital | 82,000 + 1,30,000 = 2,12,000 |
"See? Assets (₹2,12,000) = Liabilities (₹82,000) + Capital (₹1,30,000). It balances. It ALWAYS balances. This is called the Accounting Equation."

Meera stared at the numbers. "So if I know any two, I can calculate the third?"
"Yes! If you know Assets and Liabilities, you can calculate Capital. If you know Assets and Capital, you can calculate Liabilities. This equation is the backbone of accounting."
What About Drawings?
"One more thing about capital," Negi Bhaiya added. "Sometimes the owner takes money OUT of the business for personal use. Rawat Aunty might take ₹2,000 from the shop's cash box to pay for her son's school fees. This is called drawings."
Drawings = Money or goods the owner takes out of the business for personal use.
"Drawings reduce capital. If the owner puts money in (capital goes up) and takes money out (drawings reduce capital), the net capital at any time is:"
Net Capital = Capital Invested + Profits - Drawings
Revenue — Money Earned
Sharma Sir held up the fourth card: REVENUE.
"Revenue is the money the business earns from its main activity."
Revenue (also called Income or Sales) = Money earned by the business from selling goods or providing services.
"For Rawat Aunty, revenue is the money she earns from selling goods in her shop. If she sells ₹5,000 worth of goods in a day, her revenue for that day is ₹5,000."
"Note: revenue is NOT the same as profit. Revenue is the total money earned from sales. From this, you still have to subtract all your costs. What's left after subtracting costs is profit."
Types of Revenue
| Type | Description | Example for Rawat Aunty's Shop |
|---|---|---|
| Sales Revenue | Money from selling goods | Selling rice, dal, soap to customers |
| Service Revenue | Money from providing services | If she charges ₹5 for home delivery (most kirana shops don't, but some do) |
| Other Income | Money earned from non-main activities | Interest on her bank savings account, or rent from a small storage space she sub-lets |
"For most small shops, almost all revenue comes from sales."
Expenses — Money Spent to Run the Business
Sharma Sir held up the fifth and final card: EXPENSES.
"Expenses are the costs of running the business."
Expense = Money spent to run the business and earn revenue. The cost of doing business.
"Rawat Aunty earns revenue by selling goods. But to earn that revenue, she has to spend money too."
| Expense | Description | Typical Amount for a Small Shop |
|---|---|---|
| Cost of Goods Sold | The price she paid for the goods she sells. If she sells rice for ₹80/kg that she bought for ₹60/kg, her cost is ₹60 | This is usually the biggest expense |
| Rent | Monthly rent for the shop space | ₹3,000 - ₹10,000 |
| Electricity | Power for lights, fan, fridge | ₹800 - ₹2,000 |
| Wages | Payment to helpers | ₹4,000 - ₹8,000 |
| Transport | Cost of getting goods from the wholesaler to the shop | ₹500 - ₹2,000 |
| Phone/Internet | Mobile bill, UPI charges | ₹200 - ₹500 |
| Repairs | Fixing things that break | Varies |
| Packaging | Bags, wrapping material | ₹200 - ₹500 |
The Profit Formula
"Now, Meera, you know what revenue is and what expenses are. The formula for profit is beautifully simple."
Profit = Revenue - Expenses
"If Rawat Aunty earns ₹1,50,000 in revenue in a month and her total expenses are ₹1,20,000, her profit is ₹30,000."
"If her expenses are MORE than her revenue — say revenue is ₹1,00,000 but expenses are ₹1,10,000 — then she has a loss of ₹10,000."
| Situation | Revenue (₹) | Expenses (₹) | Result |
|---|---|---|---|
| Good month | 1,50,000 | 1,20,000 | Profit of ₹30,000 |
| Bad month | 1,00,000 | 1,10,000 | Loss of ₹10,000 |
| Break-even | 1,20,000 | 1,20,000 | No profit, no loss |
"This is why accounting matters. Without it, Rawat Aunty cannot tell if she is having a good month, a bad month, or breaking even."
More Important Words
"We've covered the Big Five," Sharma Sir said. "Now let me teach you a few more words that come up every single day."
Debtor — Someone Who Owes You Money
Debtor = A person or business that owes money TO your business. Usually a customer who bought on credit.
"Remember the woman who took goods worth ₹380 on udhar? She is Rawat Aunty's debtor. She owes Rawat Aunty money."
"In Rawat Aunty's books, the total amount that all customers owe her is called Sundry Debtors or Accounts Receivable."
"A debtor is an ASSET — because it's money that should come in."
Creditor — Someone You Owe Money To
Creditor = A person or business to whom YOUR business owes money. Usually a supplier who gave you goods on credit.
"The supplier who delivered ₹4,200 of goods and is waiting for payment on Saturday — he is Rawat Aunty's creditor."
"In Rawat Aunty's books, the total amount she owes to all suppliers is called Sundry Creditors or Accounts Payable."
"A creditor is a LIABILITY — because it's money you have to pay."
| Term | Who? | From Shop's Point of View | Asset or Liability? |
|---|---|---|---|
| Debtor | Customer who owes you | They owe you money | Asset (you'll receive money) |
| Creditor | Supplier you owe | You owe them money | Liability (you have to pay) |
"An easy way to remember: Debtor — they are in your debt. Creditor — they gave you credit."

Stock / Inventory — Goods You Have for Selling
Stock (or Inventory) = The goods a business currently has available for sale.
"Everything on Rawat Aunty's shelves right now — every bag of rice, every bottle of oil, every packet of biscuits — is her stock. When she sells something, stock goes down. When she buys new goods from a supplier, stock goes up."
"Stock is an asset. It sits on the shelves waiting to be converted into cash through sales."
| When Stock... | What Happens? |
|---|---|
| Goods are bought from a supplier | Stock increases |
| Goods are sold to a customer | Stock decreases |
| Goods are damaged or expired | Stock decreases (and it's a loss) |
| A stock count reveals missing items | Stock decreases (possible theft or error) |
"At the end of every month or year, the shop owner counts all the goods physically. This is called a stock count or physical inventory. It's important because the actual stock on the shelf might be different from what the books say — due to theft, damage, or recording errors."
Goodwill — The Invisible Value
"Meera, one more interesting term. Suppose Rawat Aunty decides to sell her shop. The furniture is worth ₹40,000. The stock is worth ₹1,20,000. But a buyer might pay ₹2,00,000 for the whole business. Why?"
"Because... the shop has regular customers? People know it and trust it?" Meera guessed.
"Exactly! The shop has a reputation. Customers come to it out of habit and trust. That invisible value — the name, the reputation, the customer loyalty — is called goodwill."
Goodwill = The value of a business's reputation, customer relationships, and brand name. It's real value, but you can't touch it or see it.
"Goodwill is an asset, but a special kind. You can't weigh it or put it on a shelf. It only shows up in the books when a business is bought or sold."
"In Uttarakhand, many old shops have been running for two or three generations. People go there because their grandparents went there. That loyalty is goodwill. It has real value."
Putting It All Together — Rawat Aunty's Shop Map
Sharma Sir drew a large diagram on the whiteboard. "Let me map Rawat Aunty's entire shop to our accounting words."
| Accounting Term | What It Means | Rawat Aunty's Shop Example |
|---|---|---|
| Assets | What you own | Cash (₹15,000), bank balance (₹25,000), stock (₹1,20,000), furniture & fridge (₹40,000), debtors (₹12,000) |
| Liabilities | What you owe | Supplier bills (₹32,000), bank loan (₹50,000) |
| Capital | Owner's investment | Rawat Aunty's own money in the business (₹1,30,000) |
| Revenue | Money earned | Daily sales from the shop |
| Expenses | Cost of running business | Rent, electricity, wages, transport, purchases |
| Debtors | Customers who owe you | Customers who bought on udhar |
| Creditors | Suppliers you owe | Wholesalers who delivered on credit |
| Stock | Goods for sale | Everything on the shelves |
| Drawings | Owner takes money out | Rawat Aunty taking ₹2,000 for son's school fees |
| Goodwill | Reputation value | Customers who come because they trust the shop |

The Five Categories — One More Look
Sharma Sir wanted to make sure Meera could classify anything into the right category. He gave her a rapid-fire quiz.
"I'll say something from Rawat Aunty's shop. You tell me: Asset, Liability, Capital, Revenue, or Expense."
| Sharma Sir Says... | Meera's Answer | Explanation |
|---|---|---|
| Cash in the cash box | Asset | Something the business owns |
| The ₹4,200 owed to the supplier | Liability | Something the business owes |
| Rawat Aunty's original ₹2,00,000 investment | Capital | Owner's own money in the business |
| Today's sales of ₹3,500 | Revenue | Money earned from selling goods |
| Monthly rent of ₹5,000 | Expense | Cost of running the business |
| The weighing scale | Asset | Equipment the business owns |
| ₹12,000 owed by various customers | Asset | Debtors — money due to the business |
| Interest on the bank loan | Expense | Cost of borrowing money |
| Bank loan of ₹50,000 | Liability | Money owed to the bank |
| Selling ₹200 worth of flour | Revenue | Money earned from a sale |
| Electricity bill of ₹1,100 | Expense | Cost of running the shop |
| Bags of rice on the shelf | Asset | Stock — goods for sale |
| ₹500 commission paid to delivery boy for bringing customers | Expense | Cost incurred to earn revenue |
| Rawat Aunty takes ₹1,000 for personal use | Drawings | Reduces capital |
"14 out of 14!" Negi Bhaiya clapped.
Meera grinned. She was starting to think in accounting language.
How These Words Connect to Double-Entry
"One last thing, Meera," Sharma Sir said. "Remember the double-entry system from yesterday? Let me show you how today's vocabulary connects to it."
"Every account in accounting falls into one of these five categories: Asset, Liability, Capital, Revenue, or Expense."
"And there are rules for how each category behaves with Debit and Credit."
| Category | Increases with... | Decreases with... | Normal Balance |
|---|---|---|---|
| Asset | Debit | Credit | Debit |
| Liability | Credit | Debit | Credit |
| Capital | Credit | Debit | Credit |
| Revenue | Credit | Debit | Credit |
| Expense | Debit | Credit | Debit |
"What does 'Normal Balance' mean? It means the side where you usually find the balance. Cash is an asset — its balance is usually on the Debit side. A bank loan is a liability — its balance is usually on the Credit side."
"You don't need to memorize this table right now. As you practice more transactions, it will become natural. But keep this page bookmarked. You'll come back to it many times."

The Story So Far
Meera closed her notebook and looked at the four days of notes she had taken.
- Day 1: She learned WHAT accounting is and WHY it matters.
- Day 2: She learned what a TRANSACTION is — the building block.
- Day 3: She learned that every transaction has TWO sides — double-entry.
- Day 4: She learned the LANGUAGE — Assets, Liabilities, Capital, Revenue, Expenses.
"Sharma Sir," she said, "I feel like I've just learned the alphabet. I know the letters. But I haven't written a sentence yet."
Sharma Sir smiled widely. "That's the perfect way to put it. In Part 2, you'll start writing sentences — recording transactions in journals, posting them to ledgers, and preparing financial statements. The real work begins."
"But remember: without the alphabet, you cannot write sentences. These four days gave you the foundation. Everything else is built on this."
Quick Recap — Chapter 4
Assets = What the business owns (cash, stock, furniture, debtors). Assets HELP the business.
Liabilities = What the business owes (supplier bills, bank loans). Liabilities are OBLIGATIONS.
Capital = The owner's own money invested in the business.
Revenue = Money earned from selling goods or services.
Expenses = Money spent to run the business.
The Accounting Equation: Assets = Liabilities + Capital. Always.
Other key terms:
- Debtor — a customer who owes you money (Asset)
- Creditor — a supplier you owe money to (Liability)
- Stock/Inventory — goods available for sale (Asset)
- Drawings — owner takes money out for personal use (reduces Capital)
- Goodwill — the invisible value of reputation and trust (Asset)
Practice Exercise — Try This Yourself
Exercise 1: Think of a real shop or business in your town. List at least 5 assets, 3 liabilities, and identify what the capital might be. Use the table format:
| Category | Item | Estimated Value (₹) |
|---|---|---|
| Asset | ||
| Liability | ||
| Capital |
Does your equation balance? (Assets = Liabilities + Capital)
Exercise 2: Classify each item as Asset, Liability, Capital, Revenue, or Expense:
| Item | Category |
|---|---|
| A computer in the office | ? |
| Monthly internet bill of ₹600 | ? |
| ₹8,000 owed by a customer | ? |
| Owner invests ₹3,00,000 to start the business | ? |
| Selling samosas and chai for ₹2,500 in a day | ? |
| ₹15,000 owed to a rice supplier | ? |
| Salary paid to a helper: ₹7,000 | ? |
| Money in the bank account: ₹45,000 | ? |
| A delivery van used for the business | ? |
| Interest earned on fixed deposit: ₹1,200 | ? |
Exercise 3: Rawat Aunty's shop has the following at the end of the month. Calculate her Capital using the Accounting Equation.
| Item | Amount (₹) |
|---|---|
| Cash | 18,000 |
| Bank balance | 30,000 |
| Stock | 1,35,000 |
| Furniture & fridge | 38,000 |
| Debtors (customers who owe her) | 9,500 |
| Total Assets | ? |
| Owed to suppliers | 28,000 |
| Bank loan | 45,000 |
| Total Liabilities | ? |
| Capital | ? |
Exercise 4: From the debtor/creditor section, answer these:
- Ram bought goods worth ₹500 on credit from your shop. Is Ram a debtor or creditor?
- You bought goods worth ₹3,000 on credit from Gupta Wholesale. Is Gupta Wholesale a debtor or creditor?
- You are a debtor of whom? You are a creditor of whom?
Fun Fact — Accounting Runs the World
Every business in the world — from a tiny chai stall in Munsiyari to Apple Inc. in California — uses the same five categories: Assets, Liabilities, Capital, Revenue, Expenses. And they all follow the same Accounting Equation.
When you watch the news and hear "Reliance reported a profit of ₹15,000 crore," that number came from the same system you are learning. When the government announces its budget, the Finance Minister is essentially presenting a giant set of accounts for the entire country.
And here is something to motivate you: India has about 7 crore small businesses (MSMEs). Most of them need someone who understands accounting. Not all of them can afford a CA. Many of them need a trained bookkeeper — someone who can keep their books clean, file their GST, and help them understand their own numbers.
That person could be you. Four chapters in, and you already know the foundation. The language is yours. Now it is time to start using it.
In Part 2, Meera picks up her pen and starts recording transactions in a proper journal. The real bookkeeping begins.
Vouchers — The Proof of Every Transaction
Meera's second week at Sharma Sir's office. She walks in Monday morning and finds Negi Bhaiya surrounded by small slips of paper — some printed, some handwritten. "What are all these?" she asks. Negi Bhaiya grins. "These are vouchers. Every single rupee that moves — in or out — needs a voucher. No voucher, no proof. No proof, no accounting." He picks up one slip. "Rawat Aunty dropped these off Saturday. Her whole week's transactions. Today, you and I are going to sort them."
Why Vouchers Matter
Imagine this. You lend Rs. 500 to a friend in your village. A month later, your friend says, "I never borrowed money from you." You have no proof. No witness. No written note. What can you do? Nothing.
Now imagine the same thing in a business. Rawat Aunty buys goods worth Rs. 10,000 from a supplier. She pays cash. But there is no paper, no record. Later, the supplier says, "You still owe me Rs. 10,000." What will Rawat Aunty do?
This is why vouchers exist.
A voucher is a written document that proves a transaction happened.
It is the foundation of all accounting. Before you write anything in a journal or ledger, you need a voucher. The voucher is the source document — the original proof.
Think of it like this:
- A bus ticket is proof you paid for the ride.
- A receipt from a medical shop is proof you bought medicine.
- A bank deposit slip is proof you put money in the bank.
In accounting, a voucher is proof that money moved.
Sharma Sir puts it simply:
"Meera, remember this rule for life — no voucher, no entry. If there is no document to support a transaction, you do not record it. Ever."
The 6 Types of Vouchers
Not all transactions are the same. Money comes in. Money goes out. Money moves between accounts. Goods are sold. Goods are bought. Each type of transaction gets its own type of voucher.
Here are the six vouchers you must know:
| # | Voucher Type | When to Use | Money Direction |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | Receipt Voucher | When the business receives money | Money comes IN |
| 2 | Payment Voucher | When the business pays money | Money goes OUT |
| 3 | Contra Voucher | When money moves between cash and bank (no outside party) | Money moves INTERNALLY |
| 4 | Journal Voucher | For non-cash adjustments (depreciation, corrections, etc.) | No actual cash moves |
| 5 | Sales Voucher | When the business sells goods or services | Goods go OUT |
| 6 | Purchase Voucher | When the business buys goods or services | Goods come IN |
Let us look at each one with a real example from Rawat Aunty's shop.

1. Receipt Voucher
Use when: The business receives money from someone.
Rawat Aunty sells groceries to a customer. The customer pays Rs. 350 in cash. Money is coming into the shop. This needs a receipt voucher.
Other examples:
- A customer pays an old bill
- The owner brings personal money into the business
- The business receives a refund from a supplier
Key point: Cash or bank balance increases.
2. Payment Voucher
Use when: The business pays money to someone.
Rawat Aunty pays her monthly shop rent of Rs. 5,000 to the landlord. Money is going out of the shop. This needs a payment voucher.
Other examples:
- Paying a supplier's bill
- Paying electricity bill
- Paying salary to a helper
- Buying office supplies
Key point: Cash or bank balance decreases.
3. Contra Voucher
Use when: Money moves between the business's own cash and bank accounts. No outside person is involved.
Rawat Aunty takes Rs. 20,000 cash from her shop counter and deposits it in her bank account at the SBI branch in Almora. The money is still hers. It just moved from one place (cash box) to another place (bank). This needs a contra voucher.
Other examples:
- Withdrawing cash from bank for shop use
- Transferring money from one bank account to another
Key point: Total money stays the same. It just changes location.
Think of it like pouring water from one glass to another. You still have the same amount of water.
4. Journal Voucher
Use when: There is no actual cash involved, but you still need to make an accounting entry.
At the end of the year, Sharma Sir tells Rawat Aunty that her wooden shelves (worth Rs. 15,000) have lost Rs. 1,500 in value due to wear and tear. This is called depreciation. No cash is paid to anyone. But the value of the shelves has gone down, so it must be recorded. This needs a journal voucher.
Other examples:
- Correcting a mistake in a previous entry
- Writing off a bad debt (a customer who will never pay)
- Adjusting prepaid expenses
Key point: No cash moves. But the books need to be updated.
5. Sales Voucher (or Sales Invoice)
Use when: The business sells goods or services.
Rawat Aunty sells 10 kg of rice, 5 kg of sugar, and 2 packets of tea to a customer. She makes a bill. This bill is the sales voucher.
Other examples:
- Any sale of goods — whether cash or credit
- Providing a service and billing for it
Key point: Goods or services go out. Revenue comes in.
6. Purchase Voucher (or Purchase Invoice)
Use when: The business buys goods or services.
Rawat Aunty buys stock for her shop — 50 kg rice, 20 kg dal, 10 kg sugar — from a wholesaler in Haldwani. The wholesaler gives her a bill. This bill is the purchase voucher.
Other examples:
- Buying raw materials
- Buying goods for resale
- Buying a service (like getting the shop painted)
Key point: Goods or services come in. Money goes out (or a payable is created).
What Goes on a Voucher?
Every voucher — no matter which type — must contain certain information. Think of it as the voucher's "ID card."
Here are the essential parts:
| Field | What It Means | Example |
|---|---|---|
| Date | When did the transaction happen? | 15-Jul-2025 |
| Voucher Number | A unique serial number for tracking | PV-042 (Payment Voucher #42) |
| Voucher Type | Which of the 6 types is it? | Payment Voucher |
| Paid To / Received From | Who is the other party? | Landlord — Shri Pant Ji |
| Amount (in figures) | The amount in numbers | Rs. 5,000 |
| Amount (in words) | The amount written out | Rupees Five Thousand Only |
| Account Debited | Which account is debited? | Rent Account |
| Account Credited | Which account is credited? | Cash Account |
| Narration | A short description of the transaction | Being rent paid for July 2025 |
| Authorized By | Who approved this payment? | Signature of Rawat Aunty |
Sharma Sir explains:
"The narration is very important, Meera. It tells the story of the transaction. Write it clearly. Years later, if someone reads this voucher, they should understand what happened."
Sample Vouchers — Filled Out
Let us now see three real vouchers that Meera fills out for Rawat Aunty's shop.
Sample 1: Payment Voucher
Rawat Aunty pays rent of Rs. 5,000 for her shop for the month of July 2025.
╔══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ RAWAT GENERAL STORE ║
║ Main Road, Almora, Uttarakhand ║
║ ║
║ PAYMENT VOUCHER ║
║ ║
║ Voucher No.: PV-042 Date: 15-Jul-2025 ║
║ ║
║ Paid To: Shri Pant Ji (Landlord) ║
║ ║
║ Account Debited: Rent Account ║
║ Account Credited: Cash Account ║
║ ║
║ Amount: Rs. 5,000.00 ║
║ (Rupees Five Thousand Only) ║
║ ║
║ Narration: Being shop rent paid for the month of ║
║ July 2025 to Shri Pant Ji, landlord. ║
║ ║
║ ║
║ Prepared By: Meera Authorized By: Rawat Aunty ║
║ ║
╚══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
Why is Rent Account debited? Because rent is an expense. Expenses increase on the debit side.
Why is Cash Account credited? Because cash is going out. When cash goes out, you credit the Cash Account.
Sample 2: Receipt Voucher
A regular customer, Dimri Ji, pays Rs. 2,500 in cash to settle his old bill.
╔══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ RAWAT GENERAL STORE ║
║ Main Road, Almora, Uttarakhand ║
║ ║
║ RECEIPT VOUCHER ║
║ ║
║ Voucher No.: RV-078 Date: 15-Jul-2025 ║
║ ║
║ Received From: Shri Dimri Ji ║
║ ║
║ Account Debited: Cash Account ║
║ Account Credited: Dimri Ji's Account (Debtor) ║
║ ║
║ Amount: Rs. 2,500.00 ║
║ (Rupees Two Thousand Five Hundred Only) ║
║ ║
║ Narration: Being cash received from Shri Dimri Ji ║
║ against his outstanding balance. ║
║ ║
║ ║
║ Prepared By: Meera Authorized By: Rawat Aunty ║
║ ║
╚══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
Why is Cash Account debited? Because cash is coming in. When cash comes in, you debit the Cash Account.
Why is Dimri Ji's Account credited? Because he owed money (he was a debtor). Now that he has paid, his balance goes down. Crediting his account reduces what he owes.
Sample 3: Contra Voucher
Rawat Aunty deposits Rs. 20,000 cash into her SBI bank account.
╔══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ RAWAT GENERAL STORE ║
║ Main Road, Almora, Uttarakhand ║
║ ║
║ CONTRA VOUCHER ║
║ ║
║ Voucher No.: CV-011 Date: 15-Jul-2025 ║
║ ║
║ Account Debited: SBI Bank Account ║
║ Account Credited: Cash Account ║
║ ║
║ Amount: Rs. 20,000.00 ║
║ (Rupees Twenty Thousand Only) ║
║ ║
║ Narration: Being cash deposited into SBI Almora ║
║ branch account. ║
║ ║
║ ║
║ Prepared By: Meera Authorized By: Rawat Aunty ║
║ ║
╚══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
Why is Bank Account debited? Because the bank balance is increasing. Bank is an asset. Assets increase on the debit side.
Why is Cash Account credited? Because cash is going out of the cash box. Cash is decreasing.
Notice: no outside party is involved. The money simply moved from one pocket to another.
How Meera Remembers the Types
Negi Bhaiya teaches Meera a simple trick:
"Ask yourself two questions. First — is cash involved? Second — which direction is the money going?"
Here is the decision flow:
Step 1: Is cash or bank involved in this transaction?
- YES, and money is coming IN → Receipt Voucher
- YES, and money is going OUT → Payment Voucher
- YES, but it is moving between our OWN cash and bank → Contra Voucher
- NO cash involved at all → Journal Voucher
Step 2: Is this a sale or purchase of goods?
- Selling goods → Sales Voucher
- Buying goods → Purchase Voucher
(Note: A cash sale will have both a sales voucher for the sale and a receipt voucher for the cash. In practice, many small businesses combine them into one document — the sales bill.)

Voucher Numbering
Sharma Sir is particular about numbering.
"Every voucher must have a unique number, Meera. This is how we track them. If voucher PV-042 goes missing, we know immediately because PV-041 exists and PV-043 exists, but 042 is gone."
The common system:
| Voucher Type | Prefix | Example |
|---|---|---|
| Receipt Voucher | RV- | RV-001, RV-002, RV-003... |
| Payment Voucher | PV- | PV-001, PV-002, PV-003... |
| Contra Voucher | CV- | CV-001, CV-002, CV-003... |
| Journal Voucher | JV- | JV-001, JV-002, JV-003... |
| Sales Voucher | SV- | SV-001, SV-002, SV-003... |
| Purchase Voucher | PUR- | PUR-001, PUR-002, PUR-003... |
Numbering starts fresh at the beginning of each financial year (April 1).
Supporting Documents
A voucher alone is not enough. It should be attached to a supporting document — the original bill, receipt, or invoice that proves the transaction.
For example:
| Voucher | Supporting Document |
|---|---|
| Payment voucher for rent | Rent receipt from landlord |
| Purchase voucher for stock | Supplier's bill/invoice |
| Receipt voucher for customer payment | Shop's receipt copy |
| Contra voucher for bank deposit | Bank deposit slip |
| Payment voucher for electricity | Electricity bill |
Sharma Sir keeps all vouchers in a file, organized by date. Each voucher has its supporting document stapled behind it.
"If the Income Tax officer ever visits, or if there is a GST audit," Sharma Sir says, "they will ask for vouchers. If you have them neat and organized, you are safe. If not..." He shakes his head. "Trouble."
Meera's First Voucher
It is 11 AM. Rawat Aunty calls the office.
"Sharma Sir, my helper Kamla needs her salary. Rs. 4,000 for July. Can Meera make the voucher?"
Sharma Sir nods at Meera. "Go ahead. You know what to do."
Meera thinks it through:
- What is happening? Rawat Aunty is paying salary to Kamla.
- Is cash involved? Yes.
- Which direction? Cash is going out.
- So which voucher? Payment Voucher.
- Which account is debited? Salary Account (it is an expense — expenses are debited).
- Which account is credited? Cash Account (cash is going out — cash is credited).
She fills it out carefully:
╔══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ RAWAT GENERAL STORE ║
║ Main Road, Almora, Uttarakhand ║
║ ║
║ PAYMENT VOUCHER ║
║ ║
║ Voucher No.: PV-043 Date: 15-Jul-2025 ║
║ ║
║ Paid To: Smt. Kamla Devi (Helper) ║
║ ║
║ Account Debited: Salary Account ║
║ Account Credited: Cash Account ║
║ ║
║ Amount: Rs. 4,000.00 ║
║ (Rupees Four Thousand Only) ║
║ ║
║ Narration: Being salary paid to Smt. Kamla Devi ║
║ for the month of July 2025. ║
║ ║
║ ║
║ Prepared By: Meera Authorized By: Rawat Aunty ║
║ ║
╚══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
Sharma Sir checks it. "Perfect," he says. "Your first voucher. Many more to come."
Meera smiles. It is a small piece of paper. But it means something. She just created an official accounting document.
Quick Recap
- A voucher is a written document that proves a transaction happened.
- There are 6 types: Receipt, Payment, Contra, Journal, Sales, Purchase.
- Receipt Voucher = money comes in.
- Payment Voucher = money goes out.
- Contra Voucher = money moves between cash and bank (internal).
- Journal Voucher = no cash involved, just adjustments.
- Sales Voucher = goods or services sold.
- Purchase Voucher = goods or services bought.
- Every voucher must have: date, voucher number, amount (figures and words), accounts affected, narration, and authorization.
- No voucher = no entry. This is a golden rule.
- Always attach supporting documents (bills, receipts) to vouchers.
Practice Exercise — Try This Yourself
Identify the correct voucher type for each transaction below. Then fill out a complete voucher for any two of them.
| # | Transaction | Voucher Type? |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Rawat Aunty buys 100 kg rice from a wholesaler for Rs. 4,500, paying cash | ________ |
| 2 | A customer buys goods worth Rs. 800 and pays by UPI | ________ |
| 3 | Rawat Aunty withdraws Rs. 10,000 from the bank for shop expenses | ________ |
| 4 | Rawat Aunty pays Rs. 1,200 electricity bill in cash | ________ |
| 5 | A debtor, Joshi Ji, pays Rs. 3,000 to settle his account | ________ |
| 6 | Rawat Aunty sells goods worth Rs. 1,500 on credit to Bisht Ji | ________ |
| 7 | Sharma Sir records Rs. 2,000 depreciation on shop furniture at year-end | ________ |
| 8 | Rawat Aunty transfers Rs. 15,000 from SBI account to PNB account | ________ |
Answers:
- Purchase Voucher (and Payment Voucher for the cash payment)
- Receipt Voucher (and Sales Voucher for the sale)
- Contra Voucher
- Payment Voucher
- Receipt Voucher
- Sales Voucher
- Journal Voucher
- Contra Voucher
Bonus: Pick any two transactions above and write out the complete voucher — with date, voucher number, accounts debited and credited, amount in words and figures, narration, and authorization.
Fun Fact
In ancient India, merchants kept records on palm leaves and cloth. The Arthashastra, written by Chanakya over 2,000 years ago, describes rules for keeping financial records and auditing them. Even back then, the principle was the same — write it down, keep proof, and check the numbers. When you fill out a voucher today, you are following a tradition that is older than most countries in the world!
In the next chapter, Meera will take all these vouchers and write them into a journal — the "diary" of accounting. The real bookkeeping begins.
The Journal — Writing It Down
It is Wednesday morning. Meera arrives at Sharma Sir's office to find a neat stack of vouchers on her desk — all from Rawat Aunty's shop. Yesterday, she learned what vouchers are. Today, Negi Bhaiya places a thick ruled notebook in front of her. "This," he says, tapping the cover, "is a journal. You know how people write diaries? Every night they write what happened that day? A journal is the diary of a business. Every transaction, in the order it happened, written here." He opens it to a blank page. "Today, you will fill an entire page."
What is a Journal?
In your personal life, you might keep a diary. You write the date, then you write what happened that day. "Went to the market. Met Priya. Bought new chappal for Rs. 300."
A journal is the same thing — but for a business.
It is a book where you record every transaction, one by one, in the order they happened. Each entry has the date, the accounts affected, the amounts, and a short description.
The journal is also called the "Book of Original Entry" because this is the first place a transaction gets recorded. The voucher is the proof. The journal is the record.
Sharma Sir explains:
"Think of it this way, Meera. The voucher is like a photograph — it captures one moment. The journal is like a film — it tells the whole story, scene by scene, in order."
The Journal Format
Every journal has five columns. Meera looks at the blank page and sees the column headings:
| Date | Particulars | L.F. | Debit (Rs.) | Credit (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|---|---|
Let us understand each column:
Date — The date when the transaction happened. You write it once. If multiple transactions happen on the same date, you write the date only for the first entry. For the rest, you write "—" or leave it blank.
Particulars — This is where you write the account names and a narration. It follows a specific pattern:
- First line: The account being debited, followed by the letters "Dr."
- Second line: Starts with "To" and then the account being credited
- Third line: The narration in brackets — a short description of what happened
L.F. (Ledger Folio) — This is the page number in the ledger where this account is posted. You fill this later, when you transfer entries to the ledger. For now, leave it blank.
Debit (Rs.) — The amount being debited. Written on the same line as the debit account.
Credit (Rs.) — The amount being credited. Written on the same line as the credit account.

How to Write a Journal Entry — Step by Step
Sharma Sir walks Meera through the process:
Step 1: Read the voucher carefully. What happened? Who paid whom? How much?
Step 2: Identify the two accounts involved. Every transaction affects at least two accounts. (Remember double-entry from the earlier chapter?)
Step 3: Decide which account is debited and which is credited. Apply the rules:
- Assets increase → Debit
- Assets decrease → Credit
- Expenses increase → Debit
- Income increases → Credit
- Liabilities increase → Credit
- Liabilities decrease → Debit
Step 4: Write it in the journal. Follow the format exactly.
Step 5: Write the narration. Keep it short and clear.
Step 6: Draw a line under the entry. This separates one entry from the next.
Let us see a simple example.
Example Entry
Voucher: Rawat Aunty pays Rs. 5,000 rent for July 2025.
Step 1: Rent paid in cash. Rs. 5,000.
Step 2: Two accounts — Rent Account and Cash Account.
Step 3: Rent is an expense. Expenses increase on the debit side. So Rent A/c is debited. Cash is going out. Assets decrease on the credit side. So Cash A/c is credited.
Step 4 & 5: Write it:
| Date | Particulars | L.F. | Debit (Rs.) | Credit (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15-Jul-2025 | Rent A/c Dr. | 5,000 | ||
| To Cash A/c | 5,000 | |||
| (Being rent paid for July 2025) |
That is one complete journal entry. Let us now do a full day.
Meera Journals a Full Day
It is 15th July 2025. Rawat Aunty had a busy day. Here are all the transactions that happened at Rawat General Store. Meera has the vouchers in front of her. She is going to record every single one.
Transaction 1: Opening Cash Balance
Rawat Aunty starts the day with Rs. 25,000 in the cash box. (This was already recorded. Meera does not need a new entry for this — it is the closing balance from yesterday.)
Transaction 2: Purchased Goods for Cash
Rawat Aunty bought stock (rice, dal, sugar, oil) from Haldwani wholesaler for Rs. 12,000. Paid in cash.
| Date | Particulars | L.F. | Debit (Rs.) | Credit (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15-Jul-2025 | Purchases A/c Dr. | 12,000 | ||
| To Cash A/c | 12,000 | |||
| (Being goods purchased for cash from Haldwani wholesaler) |
Why? Purchases is an expense — debit it. Cash is going out — credit it.
Transaction 3: Sold Goods for Cash
A customer bought groceries worth Rs. 1,800. Paid cash.
| Date | Particulars | L.F. | Debit (Rs.) | Credit (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| " | Cash A/c Dr. | 1,800 | ||
| To Sales A/c | 1,800 | |||
| (Being goods sold for cash) |
Why? Cash is coming in — debit Cash A/c. Sales is income — credit it.
Transaction 4: Sold Goods on Credit
Joshi Ji, a regular customer, bought goods worth Rs. 3,500 on credit (he will pay later).
| Date | Particulars | L.F. | Debit (Rs.) | Credit (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| " | Joshi Ji A/c Dr. | 3,500 | ||
| To Sales A/c | 3,500 | |||
| (Being goods sold on credit to Joshi Ji) |
Why? Joshi Ji now owes money — he is a debtor. Debtors are assets. Assets increase on the debit side. Sales is income — credit it.
Notice: Cash A/c is NOT involved here. No cash was exchanged. Instead, Joshi Ji's personal account is debited.
Transaction 5: Received Cash from a Debtor
Dimri Ji, who owed Rs. 2,500 from last week, came and paid his full balance in cash.
| Date | Particulars | L.F. | Debit (Rs.) | Credit (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| " | Cash A/c Dr. | 2,500 | ||
| To Dimri Ji A/c | 2,500 | |||
| (Being cash received from Dimri Ji in full settlement) |
Why? Cash coming in — debit Cash. Dimri Ji's debt is now settled — credit his account to reduce what he owes.
Transaction 6: Paid Salary
Paid Rs. 4,000 salary to helper Kamla Devi.
| Date | Particulars | L.F. | Debit (Rs.) | Credit (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| " | Salary A/c Dr. | 4,000 | ||
| To Cash A/c | 4,000 | |||
| (Being salary paid to Kamla Devi for July 2025) |
Why? Salary is an expense — debit it. Cash going out — credit it.
Transaction 7: Paid Rent
Paid Rs. 5,000 shop rent to landlord Pant Ji.
| Date | Particulars | L.F. | Debit (Rs.) | Credit (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| " | Rent A/c Dr. | 5,000 | ||
| To Cash A/c | 5,000 | |||
| (Being shop rent paid for July 2025) |
Transaction 8: Paid Electricity Bill
Paid Rs. 1,200 electricity bill in cash.
| Date | Particulars | L.F. | Debit (Rs.) | Credit (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| " | Electricity Expense A/c Dr. | 1,200 | ||
| To Cash A/c | 1,200 | |||
| (Being electricity bill paid for July 2025) |
Transaction 9: Deposited Cash into Bank
Rawat Aunty deposited Rs. 5,000 into her SBI bank account.
| Date | Particulars | L.F. | Debit (Rs.) | Credit (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| " | SBI Bank A/c Dr. | 5,000 | ||
| To Cash A/c | 5,000 | |||
| (Being cash deposited into SBI Almora branch) |
Transaction 10: Purchased Goods on Credit
Bought goods worth Rs. 8,000 from Bisht Traders on credit (will pay next month).
| Date | Particulars | L.F. | Debit (Rs.) | Credit (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| " | Purchases A/c Dr. | 8,000 | ||
| To Bisht Traders A/c | 8,000 | |||
| (Being goods purchased on credit from Bisht Traders) |
Why? Purchases is an expense — debit. Bisht Traders is a creditor now (we owe them) — credit.
Transaction 11: Sold Goods for Cash
Afternoon sale. Various customers bought goods totaling Rs. 4,200. All cash.
| Date | Particulars | L.F. | Debit (Rs.) | Credit (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| " | Cash A/c Dr. | 4,200 | ||
| To Sales A/c | 4,200 | |||
| (Being goods sold for cash — afternoon sales) |
Transaction 12: Owner's Drawing
Rawat Aunty took Rs. 2,000 from the shop cash for personal use (her daughter's school fees).
| Date | Particulars | L.F. | Debit (Rs.) | Credit (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| " | Drawings A/c Dr. | 2,000 | ||
| To Cash A/c | 2,000 | |||
| (Being cash withdrawn by proprietor for personal use) |
Why? Drawings reduce the owner's capital — debit Drawings A/c. Cash goes out — credit Cash A/c.
This is important: when the owner takes money for personal use, it is NOT a business expense. It is a drawing. It reduces the owner's stake in the business.
The Complete Journal Page
Here is Meera's completed journal page for 15th July 2025:
| Date | Particulars | L.F. | Debit (Rs.) | Credit (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15-Jul-2025 | Purchases A/c Dr. | 12,000 | ||
| To Cash A/c | 12,000 | |||
| (Being goods purchased for cash) | ||||
| " | Cash A/c Dr. | 1,800 | ||
| To Sales A/c | 1,800 | |||
| (Being goods sold for cash) | ||||
| " | Joshi Ji A/c Dr. | 3,500 | ||
| To Sales A/c | 3,500 | |||
| (Being goods sold on credit to Joshi Ji) | ||||
| " | Cash A/c Dr. | 2,500 | ||
| To Dimri Ji A/c | 2,500 | |||
| (Being cash received from Dimri Ji) | ||||
| " | Salary A/c Dr. | 4,000 | ||
| To Cash A/c | 4,000 | |||
| (Being salary paid to Kamla Devi) | ||||
| " | Rent A/c Dr. | 5,000 | ||
| To Cash A/c | 5,000 | |||
| (Being rent paid for July 2025) | ||||
| " | Electricity Expense A/c Dr. | 1,200 | ||
| To Cash A/c | 1,200 | |||
| (Being electricity bill paid) | ||||
| " | SBI Bank A/c Dr. | 5,000 | ||
| To Cash A/c | 5,000 | |||
| (Being cash deposited into bank) | ||||
| " | Purchases A/c Dr. | 8,000 | ||
| To Bisht Traders A/c | 8,000 | |||
| (Being goods purchased on credit) | ||||
| " | Cash A/c Dr. | 4,200 | ||
| To Sales A/c | 4,200 | |||
| (Being goods sold for cash — afternoon) | ||||
| " | Drawings A/c Dr. | 2,000 | ||
| To Cash A/c | 2,000 | |||
| (Being cash drawn by proprietor) | ||||
| Total | 49,200 | 49,200 |
Meera adds up both columns. Debit total = Rs. 49,200. Credit total = Rs. 49,200. They match!
Sharma Sir looks over her shoulder. "Good. The totals match. That is how you know you have not made a mistake. In the journal, the total of all debits must ALWAYS equal the total of all credits."
Compound Journal Entries
Sometimes, a single transaction involves more than two accounts. This is called a compound entry.
Example: Rawat Aunty buys goods worth Rs. 6,000 from a supplier. She pays Rs. 4,000 in cash and the remaining Rs. 2,000 on credit.
Three accounts are involved:
- Purchases A/c (goods coming in) — Debit Rs. 6,000
- Cash A/c (cash going out) — Credit Rs. 4,000
- Supplier A/c (credit balance) — Credit Rs. 2,000
| Date | Particulars | L.F. | Debit (Rs.) | Credit (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 16-Jul-2025 | Purchases A/c Dr. | 6,000 | ||
| To Cash A/c | 4,000 | |||
| To Supplier A/c | 2,000 | |||
| (Being goods purchased, partly cash, partly credit) |
Notice: The debit side (Rs. 6,000) still equals the credit side (Rs. 4,000 + Rs. 2,000 = Rs. 6,000). The golden rule of double-entry never breaks.
Common Mistakes Beginners Make
Negi Bhaiya warns Meera about mistakes he used to make:
-
Forgetting the narration. Without a narration, no one will know what the entry means six months later.
-
Writing the credit account first. Always write the debit account first, then the credit account with "To" before it.
-
Not drawing a line between entries. Without lines, entries blur together and it becomes confusing.
-
Wrong debit/credit. If you are unsure, go back to basics. Ask: what type of account is it (asset, liability, expense, income, capital)? Then apply the rule.
-
Mismatched totals. If your debit total and credit total do not match at the bottom of the page, there is a mistake. Go back and check every entry.
Quick Recap
- A journal is the book of original entry — the "diary" of a business.
- Format: Date | Particulars | L.F. | Debit | Credit
- The debit account is written first, followed by "Dr."
- The credit account is written second, starting with "To."
- The narration (in brackets) explains what happened.
- L.F. (Ledger Folio) is the page number in the ledger — filled in later.
- In a compound entry, more than two accounts are involved, but debits still equal credits.
- At the bottom of every page, total debits must equal total credits.
- No narration = unclear entry. Always write the narration.
Practice Exercise — Try This Yourself
Record the following transactions in journal format for Rawat General Store on 20th July 2025:
- Started business with Rs. 50,000 cash.
- Opened a bank account with SBI and deposited Rs. 30,000.
- Bought shop furniture for Rs. 12,000, paid by cheque.
- Purchased goods worth Rs. 15,000 on credit from Bisht Traders.
- Sold goods for Rs. 6,000 cash.
- Sold goods worth Rs. 4,000 on credit to Dimri Ji.
- Received Rs. 2,000 from Dimri Ji.
- Paid Rs. 800 for shop cleaning (miscellaneous expense).
After recording all entries, add up the debit and credit columns. Do they match?
Hints:
- Transaction 1: Cash A/c Dr., To Capital A/c
- Transaction 2: SBI Bank A/c Dr., To Cash A/c (this is a contra entry)
- Transaction 3: Furniture A/c Dr., To SBI Bank A/c
- For the rest, follow the same logic. Identify the two accounts. Decide debit and credit. Write the narration.
Fun Fact
The word "journal" comes from the French word jour, which means "day." So a journal is literally a "daily" record. And the French got it from the Latin word diurnalis, meaning "of the day." Across languages and centuries, the idea is the same — write down what happened, every day, without fail. Meera is now part of this centuries-old tradition!
In the next chapter, Meera will take all these journal entries and organize them into separate accounts — that is called the ledger. Think of the journal as a story told in order. The ledger is the same story, sorted by character.
Ledger — Organizing Accounts
Thursday morning. Meera opens the journal she filled yesterday and stares at the eleven entries. "I can see everything that happened on July 15th," she says. "But what if Rawat Aunty asks me — how much total cash do we have? Or how much does Joshi Ji owe us? I would have to read through every single entry and pick out the ones that mention cash or Joshi Ji." Negi Bhaiya nods. "Exactly. That is why we have the ledger. The journal tells you what happened, in order. The ledger tells you the complete story of each account, all in one place."
What is a Ledger?
Imagine you have a school notebook. You write Hindi notes, English notes, Math notes, Science notes — all mixed together, in the order the classes happen during the day. If someone asks, "Show me all your Math notes," you would have to flip through every page, picking out the Math parts. Messy, right?
Now imagine you have a separate notebook for each subject. All Math in one place. All Hindi in another. Much easier to find things.
That is exactly what a ledger does.
A ledger is a book where each account gets its own separate page.
- One page for Cash Account — all cash-related entries go here.
- One page for Sales Account — all sales entries go here.
- One page for Rent Account — all rent entries go here.
- One page for Joshi Ji's Account — everything about Joshi Ji goes here.
The journal is organized by date (what happened first, second, third...). The ledger is organized by account (everything about cash, everything about sales...).
Sharma Sir says:
"The journal is like a CCTV camera — it records everything in order. The ledger is like an album sorted by person — all photos of one person in one place."
The T-Account Format
Each ledger account is written in a special format that looks like the letter "T." That is why it is called a T-account.
Here is the basic structure:
Account Name
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Dr. (Debit Side) | Cr. (Credit Side)
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Date | Particulars | Amt | Date | Particulars | Amt
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────
| | | | |
| | | | |
The left side is the Debit (Dr.) side. The right side is the Credit (Cr.) side.
Each side has three columns:
- Date — when the transaction happened
- Particulars — the name of the other account involved (very important!)
- Amount — the rupee amount

How to Post from Journal to Ledger
"Posting" means copying information from the journal into the correct ledger account. Here is the process, step by step.
Step 1: Pick a journal entry.
Step 2: Look at the account that was debited. Go to that account's ledger page. Write the entry on the left (debit) side. In the "Particulars" column, write "To [name of the credited account]."
Step 3: Look at the account that was credited. Go to that account's ledger page. Write the entry on the right (credit) side. In the "Particulars" column, write "By [name of the debited account]."
The key rule: In the Particulars column of a ledger, you always write the name of the OTHER account — the one on the opposite side of the journal entry.
Let us see how this works with one example.
Example: Posting a Rent Payment
Journal entry:
| Date | Particulars | L.F. | Debit | Credit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 15-Jul | Rent A/c Dr. | 5,000 | ||
| To Cash A/c | 5,000 |
Posting to Rent Account (debited in journal, so write on the LEFT side):
Rent Account
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Dr. (Debit Side) | Cr. (Credit Side)
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Date | Particulars| Amt | Date | Particulars| Amt
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────
15-Jul | To Cash |5,000| | |
Posting to Cash Account (credited in journal, so write on the RIGHT side):
Cash Account
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Dr. (Debit Side) | Cr. (Credit Side)
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Date | Particulars| Amt | Date | Particulars| Amt
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────
| | |15-Jul| By Rent |5,000
Notice how in the Rent Account, the Particulars says "To Cash" — telling you where the money went. And in the Cash Account, the Particulars says "By Rent" — telling you why the cash went out.
Meera Posts All Entries to Ledgers
Now Meera will post all 11 journal entries from July 15th into their respective ledger accounts. Let us build each ledger account one by one.
She has the following accounts to create:
- Cash Account
- Purchases Account
- Sales Account
- Joshi Ji Account
- Dimri Ji Account
- Salary Account
- Rent Account
- Electricity Expense Account
- SBI Bank Account
- Bisht Traders Account
- Drawings Account
Let us do the most important ones in detail.
Ledger 1: Cash Account
Cash appears in many transactions on July 15th. Meera collects all of them:
Cash was debited (cash came in) in these entries:
- Cash sale: Rs. 1,800
- Received from Dimri Ji: Rs. 2,500
- Cash sale (afternoon): Rs. 4,200
Cash was credited (cash went out) in these entries:
- Purchased goods: Rs. 12,000
- Salary to Kamla: Rs. 4,000
- Rent: Rs. 5,000
- Electricity: Rs. 1,200
- Deposited in bank: Rs. 5,000
- Drawings: Rs. 2,000
Remember, Rawat Aunty started the day with Rs. 25,000 cash (balance brought forward from July 14th).
Cash Account
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Dr. (Debit Side) | Cr. (Credit Side)
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Date | Particulars | Amt | Date | Particulars | Amt
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1-Jul | To Balance b/d|25,000 | 15-Jul | By Purchases |12,000
15-Jul | To Sales | 1,800 | 15-Jul | By Salary | 4,000
15-Jul | To Dimri Ji | 2,500 | 15-Jul | By Rent | 5,000
15-Jul | To Sales | 4,200 | 15-Jul | By Electricity | 1,200
| | | 15-Jul | By SBI Bank | 5,000
| | | 15-Jul | By Drawings | 2,000
| | | 15-Jul | By Balance c/d | 4,300
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
| Total |33,500 | | Total |33,500
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
16-Jul | To Balance b/d| 4,300 | | |
How to read this:
-
The left side shows all the times cash came in: opening balance (Rs. 25,000), two cash sales (Rs. 1,800 and Rs. 4,200), and receipt from Dimri Ji (Rs. 2,500). Total debit = Rs. 33,500.
-
The right side shows all the times cash went out: purchases, salary, rent, electricity, bank deposit, and drawings. Total = Rs. 29,200.
-
The difference is: Rs. 33,500 - Rs. 29,200 = Rs. 4,300. This is the closing balance (Balance c/d = "carried down").
-
The closing balance is written on the smaller side to make both sides equal (Rs. 33,500 = Rs. 33,500).
-
The next day starts with this balance as the opening balance (Balance b/d = "brought down") on the debit side (because cash is an asset, and assets have debit balances).
Ledger 2: Sales Account
Sales was credited in three entries:
Sales Account
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Dr. (Debit Side) | Cr. (Credit Side)
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Date | Particulars | Amt | Date | Particulars | Amt
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
15-Jul | To Balance c/d| 9,500 | 15-Jul | By Cash | 1,800
| | | 15-Jul | By Joshi Ji | 3,500
| | | 15-Jul | By Cash | 4,200
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
| Total | 9,500 | | Total | 9,500
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
| | | 16-Jul | By Balance b/d| 9,500
Sales is an income account. Income has a credit balance. So the closing balance goes on the debit side (the smaller side), and the opening balance for the next day goes on the credit side.
Total sales for the day = Rs. 1,800 + Rs. 3,500 + Rs. 4,200 = Rs. 9,500.
Ledger 3: Purchases Account
Purchases was debited in two entries:
Purchases Account
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Dr. (Debit Side) | Cr. (Credit Side)
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Date | Particulars | Amt | Date | Particulars | Amt
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
15-Jul | To Cash |12,000 | 15-Jul | By Balance c/d|20,000
15-Jul | To Bisht Traders | 8,000 | | |
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
| Total |20,000 | | Total |20,000
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
16-Jul | To Balance b/d |20,000 | | |
Purchases is an expense. Expenses have a debit balance. Total purchases = Rs. 12,000 + Rs. 8,000 = Rs. 20,000.
Ledger 4: Joshi Ji Account (Debtor)
Joshi Ji bought goods on credit. He owes Rs. 3,500.
Joshi Ji Account
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Dr. (Debit Side) | Cr. (Credit Side)
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Date | Particulars | Amt | Date | Particulars | Amt
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
15-Jul | To Sales | 3,500 | 15-Jul | By Balance c/d| 3,500
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
| Total | 3,500 | | Total | 3,500
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
16-Jul | To Balance b/d| 3,500 | | |
Joshi Ji is a debtor (someone who owes us). Debtors are assets. Assets have debit balances.
Ledger 5: Bisht Traders Account (Creditor)
We bought goods on credit from Bisht Traders. We owe them Rs. 8,000.
Bisht Traders Account
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Dr. (Debit Side) | Cr. (Credit Side)
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Date | Particulars | Amt | Date | Particulars | Amt
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
15-Jul | To Balance c/d| 8,000 | 15-Jul | By Purchases | 8,000
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
| Total | 8,000 | | Total | 8,000
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
| | | 16-Jul | By Balance b/d| 8,000
Bisht Traders is a creditor (someone we owe money to). Creditors are liabilities. Liabilities have credit balances.
Ledger 6: Rent Account
Rent Account
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Dr. (Debit Side) | Cr. (Credit Side)
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Date | Particulars | Amt | Date | Particulars | Amt
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
15-Jul | To Cash | 5,000 | 15-Jul | By Balance c/d| 5,000
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
| Total | 5,000 | | Total | 5,000
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
16-Jul | To Balance b/d| 5,000 | | |
Rent is an expense. Debit balance.
Balancing an Account — Step by Step
Meera asks Sharma Sir, "How exactly do I balance an account?"
Sharma Sir explains the steps:
Step 1: Add up all the amounts on the debit side. Add up all the amounts on the credit side.
Step 2: Find the difference between the two totals.
Step 3: Write the difference on the smaller side with the words "Balance c/d" (carried down). This makes both sides equal.
Step 4: Write the same amount on the bigger side below the total line, with the words "Balance b/d" (brought down) and the next date. This becomes the opening balance for the next period.
Which side does the balance go?
| Account Type | Normal Balance | Balance b/d appears on |
|---|---|---|
| Asset (Cash, Bank, Debtors, Furniture) | Debit | Debit side |
| Expense (Rent, Salary, Purchases) | Debit | Debit side |
| Liability (Creditors, Loans) | Credit | Credit side |
| Income (Sales, Commission) | Credit | Credit side |
| Capital | Credit | Credit side |
Meera writes this in her notebook and underlines it twice.
The "Particulars" Column — An Important Detail
Negi Bhaiya points out something that confuses many beginners:
"In the journal, you write 'Rent A/c Dr., To Cash A/c.' But in the ledger, you do it differently. On the Rent Account's debit side, you write 'To Cash.' On the Cash Account's credit side, you write 'By Rent.' You always write the name of the OTHER account."
Here is the rule:
- On the debit side of a ledger, write "To" followed by the name of the account that was credited.
- On the credit side of a ledger, write "By" followed by the name of the account that was debited.
This creates a cross-reference. If you are looking at the Cash Account and you see "By Rent — Rs. 5,000" on the credit side, you know immediately: Rs. 5,000 went out, and it went toward rent. You can then go to the Rent Account to see the other side.
Journal vs. Ledger — A Quick Comparison
| Feature | Journal | Ledger |
|---|---|---|
| Also called | Book of Original Entry | Book of Final Entry |
| Organized by | Date (chronological) | Account (by topic) |
| Format | Date, Particulars, LF, Dr, Cr | T-account (Dr side, Cr side) |
| Purpose | Record transactions as they happen | Classify and summarize by account |
| Balancing | Totals match at page bottom | Each account is balanced individually |
| Written first? | Yes — always first | No — posted from the journal |
Think of it like cooking: the journal is your recipe (step-by-step instructions). The ledger is your kitchen organized by shelf — spices on one shelf, dal on another, rice on another.
Filling in the L.F. Column
Remember the "L.F." column in the journal that Meera left blank? Now she can fill it in.
As she posts each journal entry to the ledger, she notes the ledger page number in the journal's L.F. column. And in the ledger, there is a corresponding column (sometimes called J.F. — Journal Folio) where she writes the journal page number.
This creates a two-way link:
- Journal → Ledger (L.F. column)
- Ledger → Journal (J.F. column)
If you ever need to trace a transaction back to its source, you can follow these page numbers like a trail.
Quick Recap
- A ledger gives each account its own page. All entries for that account are collected in one place.
- The format is a T-account: debit side on the left, credit side on the right.
- Posting means copying entries from the journal to the appropriate ledger accounts.
- In the Particulars column, write the name of the OTHER account — use "To" on the debit side and "By" on the credit side.
- Balancing an account: find the difference between debit and credit totals, write it on the smaller side as "Balance c/d", then bring it down as "Balance b/d."
- Assets and expenses have debit balances. Liabilities, income, and capital have credit balances.
- The L.F. (Ledger Folio) connects the journal to the ledger, creating a traceable trail.
Practice Exercise — Try This Yourself
Using the journal entries from the practice exercise in the previous chapter (the 8 transactions on 20th July 2025), post them to the following ledger accounts and balance each one:
- Cash Account
- SBI Bank Account
- Capital Account
- Furniture Account
- Purchases Account
- Sales Account
- Bisht Traders Account
- Dimri Ji Account
- Miscellaneous Expense Account
Remember:
- If an account was debited in the journal, post it on the LEFT (debit) side of that account's ledger.
- If an account was credited in the journal, post it on the RIGHT (credit) side.
- In the Particulars column, write the name of the other account.
- After posting all entries, balance each account.
Check yourself: Does Cash A/c have a debit balance? Does Capital A/c have a credit balance? Does Sales A/c have a credit balance? If yes, you are on the right track.
Fun Fact
The word "ledger" comes from old English and Dutch words meaning "to lie" — as in, a book that lies open on a desk, always ready for reference. In medieval Europe, merchants kept their ledgers chained to their desks because they were so valuable. Losing your ledger was like losing your entire business history. Today, the ledger lives inside computer software, but the principle has not changed in 500 years. Every business in the world — from Rawat Aunty's kirana shop to Reliance Industries — keeps a ledger.
In the next chapter, Meera will take all the ledger balances and put them on one single page — the trial balance. It is accounting's way of asking: "Did I get everything right?"
Trial Balance — Does It All Add Up?
It is Friday. Meera has spent the week learning vouchers, journal entries, and ledger posting. She has filled pages and pages with entries. Her fingers are stained with ink. Now Sharma Sir puts a blank sheet in front of her. "Meera, you have posted all entries to the ledger. You have balanced every account. But how do you know there are no mistakes? How do you know you have not accidentally put Rs. 5,000 on the debit side when it should have been on the credit side?" Meera frowns. "I check each entry again?" Sharma Sir shakes his head. "That would take forever. There is a faster way. It is called the trial balance."
What is a Trial Balance?
Remember the golden rule of double-entry accounting? For every debit, there is an equal credit. If you follow this rule perfectly, then the total of all debit balances in your ledger should equal the total of all credit balances.
A trial balance is simply a list of ALL your ledger account balances, arranged in two columns — debit balances on one side, credit balances on the other. Then you add up both columns. If they match, your books are arithmetically correct.
Think of it like a weighing scale at a sabzi mandi. You put vegetables on one side and weights on the other. If the scale is balanced, you know the measurement is correct. If it tilts, something is wrong.
A trial balance is the weighing scale of accounting.
Sharma Sir explains:
"The trial balance does not tell you everything is correct. It tells you that your debits and credits are in balance. It is a first check — like tasting the dal before serving. If the salt is wrong, you know there is a problem. But even if the salt is right, the dal might still be missing something."
We will come back to what the trial balance cannot catch. First, let us learn how to prepare one.
The Trial Balance Format
The trial balance is a simple table:
| S.No. | Account Name | Debit Balance (Rs.) | Credit Balance (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|---|
| Total | ____ | ____ |
Each row is one ledger account. You write its closing balance in either the debit column or the credit column — never both.
- Assets (Cash, Bank, Debtors, Furniture, Stock) → Debit column
- Expenses (Purchases, Rent, Salary, Electricity) → Debit column
- Drawings → Debit column
- Liabilities (Creditors, Loans) → Credit column
- Income (Sales, Commission, Interest Received) → Credit column
- Capital → Credit column

Meera Prepares Her First Trial Balance
Let us use the ledger accounts Meera created from the July 15th transactions. She balanced each account and found the following closing balances:
| Account | Type | Closing Balance | Which Column? |
|---|---|---|---|
| Cash | Asset | 4,300 | Debit |
| SBI Bank | Asset | 5,000 | Debit |
| Joshi Ji | Debtor (Asset) | 3,500 | Debit |
| Purchases | Expense | 20,000 | Debit |
| Salary | Expense | 4,000 | Debit |
| Rent | Expense | 5,000 | Debit |
| Electricity Expense | Expense | 1,200 | Debit |
| Drawings | Drawings | 2,000 | Debit |
| Sales | Income | 9,500 | Credit |
| Dimri Ji | Debtor (Asset) | 0 | — (fully settled) |
| Bisht Traders | Creditor (Liability) | 8,000 | Credit |
| Capital (Opening) | Capital | 27,500 | Credit |
Wait — where did the Capital of Rs. 27,500 come from? This is Rawat Aunty's opening capital. It represents the owner's investment in the business. At the start of the period, the business had Rs. 25,000 cash and Rs. 2,500 receivable from Dimri Ji. That totals Rs. 27,500, which is the owner's equity.
Now Meera writes the trial balance:
Trial Balance of Rawat General Store as on 15th July 2025
| S.No. | Account Name | Debit (Rs.) | Credit (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | Cash Account | 4,300 | |
| 2 | SBI Bank Account | 5,000 | |
| 3 | Joshi Ji (Debtor) | 3,500 | |
| 4 | Purchases Account | 20,000 | |
| 5 | Salary Account | 4,000 | |
| 6 | Rent Account | 5,000 | |
| 7 | Electricity Expense Account | 1,200 | |
| 8 | Drawings Account | 2,000 | |
| 9 | Sales Account | 9,500 | |
| 10 | Bisht Traders (Creditor) | 8,000 | |
| 11 | Capital Account | 27,500 | |
| Total | 45,000 | 45,000 |
Meera adds up the columns:
- Debit total: 4,300 + 5,000 + 3,500 + 20,000 + 4,000 + 5,000 + 1,200 + 2,000 = 45,000
- Credit total: 9,500 + 8,000 + 27,500 = 45,000
They match!
Meera lets out a breath. "It balances!"
Sharma Sir smiles. "Good. This means your journal entries were correct, your posting was correct, and your balancing was correct. The trial balance confirms it."
What Does the Trial Balance Prove?
The trial balance proves arithmetical accuracy. It confirms that:
- Every debit entry in the journal was posted to the debit side of the correct ledger account.
- Every credit entry was posted to the credit side.
- The accounts were balanced correctly.
- No entry was posted on only one side (which would throw things off).
In simple words: the math is right.
What the Trial Balance Does NOT Prove
This is very important. Sharma Sir makes Meera write this down twice.
"The trial balance is not perfect, Meera. There are some mistakes it CANNOT catch. Even if the trial balance matches, there could still be errors in your books."
Here are the errors that can hide even when the trial balance balances:
1. Error of Omission
A transaction was completely forgotten — not recorded in the journal at all.
Example: Rawat Aunty paid Rs. 300 for shop cleaning but Meera forgot to record it. Since it was never entered anywhere — neither debit nor credit — the trial balance still balances. But the books are wrong.
2. Error of Commission
The entry was made in the wrong person's account, but the right type of account.
Example: Meera received Rs. 2,500 from Dimri Ji but accidentally wrote it in Joshi Ji's account. Both are debtor accounts. The trial balance still balances. But Dimri Ji's records are wrong, and Joshi Ji's records are wrong.
3. Error of Principle
The entry was posted to the wrong type of account.
Example: Rawat Aunty buys a new wooden shelf for Rs. 3,000. This is furniture — an asset. But Meera records it as "Purchases." The trial balance still balances (both are debit entries). But the Purchases figure is too high, and the Furniture figure is missing.
4. Compensating Errors
Two different mistakes cancel each other out.
Example: Meera debited Rent A/c Rs. 500 extra, and separately credited Sales A/c Rs. 500 extra. The two errors cancel out. The trial balance still balances. But both Rent and Sales are wrong.
5. Error of Original Entry
The wrong amount was used for both debit and credit.
Example: Rawat Aunty paid Rs. 1,200 for electricity, but Meera recorded it as Rs. 1,400 in both the debit and credit. The trial balance balances (Rs. 1,400 = Rs. 1,400). But the actual amount is wrong.
6. Error of Reversal
The right accounts were used but on the wrong sides.
Example: Meera debited Cash and credited Sales (correct). But for the next entry, she debited Sales and credited Cash (reversed). The totals might still balance, but individual entries are wrong.
| Error Type | What Went Wrong | TB Still Balances? |
|---|---|---|
| Omission | Transaction not recorded at all | Yes |
| Commission | Wrong person, right type | Yes |
| Principle | Wrong type of account | Yes |
| Compensating | Two errors cancel out | Yes |
| Original Entry | Wrong amount on both sides | Yes |
| Reversal | Correct accounts, wrong sides | Yes |
Sharma Sir says:
"This is why the trial balance is a first check, not the final check. Think of it like a medical test. If your blood pressure is normal, it does not mean you are perfectly healthy. But if it is abnormal, you definitely know something is wrong."
When the Trial Balance Does NOT Match
Now let us talk about what happens when the two columns do NOT add up to the same number. This means there IS an error. Here is how to find it.
Step 1: Re-add the columns
Simple arithmetic errors are the most common. Add the debit column again. Add the credit column again. Use a calculator if needed.
Step 2: Find the exact difference
Subtract the smaller total from the larger one. This difference gives you clues.
Step 3: Use the difference to find the error
Sharma Sir teaches Meera three tricks:
Trick 1: Is the difference divisible by 2?
If yes, divide it by 2. Look for that amount. You may have posted an entry on the wrong side.
Example: Debit total is Rs. 47,000 and credit total is Rs. 45,000. Difference = Rs. 2,000. Half of 2,000 = Rs. 1,000. Look for an entry of Rs. 1,000. You may have put it on the debit side when it should have been on the credit side (or vice versa). This doubles the error — hence the difference is twice the amount.
Trick 2: Is the difference divisible by 9?
If yes, you may have a transposition error — you switched two digits.
Example: You wrote Rs. 5,400 instead of Rs. 4,500. Difference = 5,400 - 4,500 = 900. And 900 / 9 = 100. This confirms a transposition error. Look for entries where digits may have been swapped.
Other transposition examples:
- 81 instead of 18: difference = 63, and 63 / 9 = 7
- 3,200 instead of 2,300: difference = 900, and 900 / 9 = 100
Trick 3: Is the difference the exact amount of one entry?
If yes, you may have forgotten to post that entry entirely (posted only the debit but not the credit, or vice versa).
Example: Difference is exactly Rs. 5,000. Check if there is a journal entry for Rs. 5,000 where one side was not posted.
Step 4: Check the ledger balances
Make sure each ledger account was balanced correctly. A simple addition mistake in one account can throw off the entire trial balance.
Step 5: Check the journal
Go back and verify that every journal entry has equal debits and credits.
A Practice Scenario: Finding the Error
Negi Bhaiya gives Meera a test. He hands her a trial balance that does not match:
| S.No. | Account Name | Debit (Rs.) | Credit (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | Cash Account | 8,500 | |
| 2 | Capital Account | 30,000 | |
| 3 | Purchases Account | 15,000 | |
| 4 | Sales Account | 12,000 | |
| 5 | Rent Account | 3,000 | |
| 6 | Furniture Account | 10,000 | |
| 7 | Creditors | 3,500 | |
| 8 | Debtors | 7,200 | |
| 9 | Salary Account | 2,700 | |
| Total | 46,400 | 45,500 |
Difference = Rs. 46,400 - Rs. 45,500 = Rs. 900
Is 900 divisible by 9? Yes! 900 / 9 = 100.
This suggests a transposition error. Meera checks each amount against the ledger. She finds that Salary Account was actually Rs. 2,700 in the ledger, but the journal showed Rs. 2,700 when the actual payment was Rs. 3,600. Wait — let us think again.
Actually, Meera checks the Debtors ledger and finds that the balance should be Rs. 7,200 but was posted from a journal entry of Rs. 2,700. Hmm, let her try again.
She checks the Salary Account. The ledger shows Rs. 2,700. But when she looks at the original voucher, it says Rs. 2,700. That is fine.
She then checks Rent Account. The ledger shows Rs. 3,000. The journal entry shows Rs. 3,000. The voucher shows Rs. 3,000. Fine.
Wait — she goes to the Sales Account. The ledger balance is Rs. 12,000. But she re-adds the credit entries: Rs. 1,800 + Rs. 3,500 + Rs. 4,200 + Rs. 3,400 = Rs. 12,900. Not Rs. 12,000! Someone wrote Rs. 12,000 instead of Rs. 12,900. The difference is Rs. 900. And 900 / 9 = 100. Classic transposition error — the digits were rearranged.
Correcting Sales to Rs. 12,900:
- Debit total: Rs. 46,400
- Credit total: Rs. 30,000 + Rs. 12,900 + Rs. 3,500 = Rs. 46,400
It matches now.
Negi Bhaiya grins. "You found it. Good detective work."
When to Prepare a Trial Balance
In practice, businesses prepare a trial balance:
- Monthly — to check that the month's entries are correct
- Quarterly — especially before filing GST returns
- Yearly — before preparing final accounts (Profit & Loss and Balance Sheet)
For Rawat Aunty's small shop, a monthly trial balance is enough. For Bisht Traders, who has more transactions, Sharma Sir likes to check quarterly.
The Suspense Account — A Temporary Fix
What if you cannot find the error right away? Sharma Sir teaches Meera a practical trick:
"If the trial balance does not match and you have spent a reasonable time looking, open a temporary account called Suspense Account. Put the difference there. This makes the trial balance balance for now. But remember — the Suspense Account is like a bandage, not a cure. You MUST find and fix the error eventually."
Example: Debit total = Rs. 46,400, Credit total = Rs. 45,500. Difference = Rs. 900. Credits are short by Rs. 900.
| S.No. | Account Name | Debit (Rs.) | Credit (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|---|
| ... | (all other accounts) | ... | ... |
| 10 | Suspense Account | 900 | |
| Total | 46,400 | 46,400 |
Later, when you find the error, you close the Suspense Account. In Meera's case, once she found the Sales error, the Suspense Account was no longer needed.
Trial Balance — A Visual Summary
Here is how the trial balance fits into the accounting cycle:
Voucher → Journal → Ledger → Trial Balance
(Proof) (Record) (Organize) (Check)
- Voucher — The original proof that something happened.
- Journal — Record the transaction in order.
- Ledger — Organize by account.
- Trial Balance — Check that everything adds up.
And after the trial balance? The next step is preparing the final accounts — the Profit & Loss Account and the Balance Sheet. That comes in the next chapter.

Quick Recap
- A trial balance is a list of all ledger account balances in two columns: Debit and Credit.
- If Total Debits = Total Credits, the books are arithmetically correct.
- Assets, Expenses, and Drawings go in the Debit column.
- Liabilities, Income, and Capital go in the Credit column.
- The trial balance proves arithmetical accuracy.
- It does NOT prove that all entries are correct — it cannot catch errors of omission, commission, principle, compensation, original entry, or reversal.
- If the trial balance does NOT match, check: divisible by 2 (wrong side), divisible by 9 (transposition), or exact amount (missed posting).
- A Suspense Account is a temporary fix for unresolved differences.
- Always find and fix the actual error. The Suspense Account is not a solution — it is a bookmark.
Practice Exercise — Try This Yourself
Part A: Prepare the Trial Balance
Using the ledger accounts you prepared in the previous chapter's practice exercise (8 transactions on 20th July 2025), prepare a trial balance. List each account and its balance.
Your trial balance should include:
- Cash Account
- SBI Bank Account
- Capital Account
- Furniture Account
- Purchases Account
- Sales Account
- Bisht Traders Account
- Dimri Ji Account
- Miscellaneous Expense Account
Do the totals match?
Part B: Find the Error
The following trial balance has an error. Find it.
| S.No. | Account Name | Debit (Rs.) | Credit (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | Cash | 12,000 | |
| 2 | Bank | 25,000 | |
| 3 | Capital | 50,000 | |
| 4 | Purchases | 18,000 | |
| 5 | Sales | 16,200 | |
| 6 | Rent | 4,000 | |
| 7 | Salary | 5,400 | |
| 8 | Creditors | 6,300 | |
| 9 | Debtors | 8,100 | |
| Total | 72,500 | 72,500 |
It balances! But there is an error hidden in it. Sharma Sir tells you that the actual salary paid was Rs. 4,500, not Rs. 5,400. And the actual debtors balance is Rs. 8,100.
What type of error is this? (Hint: 5,400 - 4,500 = 900. Is 900 divisible by 9?)
Fun Fact
The trial balance was invented because humans make mistakes. Even the most careful accountant can slip up after hours of writing numbers. Before computers, accountants in India would prepare trial balances under the light of kerosene lamps, carefully adding long columns by hand. If the balance did not match, they would sometimes work late into the night, checking entry after entry. Today, accounting software prepares the trial balance automatically in one click. But understanding how it works — as Meera now does — means you can spot problems that even the software might miss.
In the next chapter, Meera takes the trial balance and uses it to prepare the final accounts — the Profit & Loss Account and the Balance Sheet. This is where all the numbers come together to answer the big question: "Is the business making money?"
Financial Statements — The Big Picture
It is the last day of March. The financial year has ended. Rawat Aunty sits in Sharma Sir's office, looking nervous. "Sharma Sir, my husband keeps asking — is the shop making money? Or are we just busy for nothing?" Sharma Sir turns to Meera. "This is the moment everything comes together. All year, you recorded vouchers, wrote journal entries, posted to ledgers, prepared trial balances. Now we answer the only question that truly matters — is the business making money, and how healthy is it?" He places three blank sheets on the desk. "Today, Meera, you will prepare three statements: the Trading Account, the Profit & Loss Account, and the Balance Sheet."
Why Financial Statements Matter
Imagine you have been walking all day through the hills near Bageshwar. You are tired. You have been counting your steps, tracking the path, watching the markers. But at some point, you stop and look around. You ask: "How far have I come? Where am I now?"
Financial statements are that moment of stopping and looking around.
All year long, the journal records every step. The ledger organizes the steps by path. The trial balance checks the count. But the financial statements tell you the result of all those steps.
They answer two big questions:
- Did the business make a profit or a loss? → This is answered by the Trading Account and Profit & Loss Account.
- What does the business own and owe right now? → This is answered by the Balance Sheet.
Rawat Aunty does not care about journal entries or ledger postings. She cares about these two questions. And so does every business owner, bank manager, tax officer, and investor.
The Three Statements
For a small trading business like Rawat General Store, we prepare three statements at the end of the year:
| Statement | What It Shows |
|---|---|
| Trading Account | Gross Profit (or Loss) — Did the shop make money on buying and selling goods? |
| Profit & Loss Account | Net Profit (or Loss) — After paying all expenses, is there money left? |
| Balance Sheet | Financial Position — What the shop owns vs. what it owes. |
The Trading Account feeds into the Profit & Loss Account. The Profit & Loss Account feeds into the Balance Sheet. They are connected like links in a chain.
Part 1: The Trading Account
The Trading Account answers a simple question: Did the shop make money by selling goods for more than they cost?
If Rawat Aunty buys rice for Rs. 40 per kg and sells it for Rs. 50 per kg, she makes Rs. 10 per kg. That Rs. 10 is called gross profit.
The Formula
Gross Profit = Net Sales - Cost of Goods Sold (COGS)
Let us understand each part.
Net Sales = Total Sales - Sales Returns (goods returned by customers)
Cost of Goods Sold (COGS) = Opening Stock + Purchases + Direct Expenses - Closing Stock
- Opening Stock = The goods that were already in the shop at the start of the year.
- Purchases = All goods bought during the year (minus any purchase returns).
- Direct Expenses = Expenses directly related to getting the goods ready for sale (freight, carriage, loading/unloading).
- Closing Stock = The goods still unsold at the end of the year.
Think of it this way: you started with some goods, you bought more goods, you spent money bringing those goods to the shop. That is your total cost. But not everything was sold — some goods are still sitting on the shelves. So you subtract the closing stock.
Trading Account Format
Trading Account of Rawat General Store
for the year ending 31st March 2026
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Dr. (Expenses/Costs) | Cr. (Revenue/Income)
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Particulars | Amt(Rs)| Particulars | Amt(Rs)
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
To Opening Stock | 45,000 | By Sales |4,80,000
To Purchases |2,85,000| Less: Returns | (5,000)
Less: Returns | (3,000)| Net Sales |4,75,000
Net Purchases |2,82,000| |
To Carriage Inward | 8,000 | By Closing Stock | 52,000
To Freight | 5,000 | |
| | |
To Gross Profit | | |
(transferred to | | |
P&L Account) |1,87,000| |
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Total |5,27,000| Total |5,27,000
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Reading the numbers:
Rawat Aunty started the year with Rs. 45,000 worth of goods on her shelves (opening stock). During the year, she bought goods worth Rs. 2,85,000 and returned Rs. 3,000 worth (damaged goods). She spent Rs. 8,000 on carriage (transport) and Rs. 5,000 on freight to get goods to her shop.
Total cost side = Rs. 45,000 + Rs. 2,82,000 + Rs. 8,000 + Rs. 5,000 = Rs. 3,40,000.
Her total sales were Rs. 4,80,000, minus Rs. 5,000 in sales returns = Rs. 4,75,000 net sales. At year-end, Rs. 52,000 worth of goods were still unsold (closing stock).
Total income side (before gross profit) = Rs. 4,75,000 + Rs. 52,000 = Rs. 5,27,000.
Gross Profit = Rs. 5,27,000 - Rs. 3,40,000 = Rs. 1,87,000.
This means Rawat Aunty made Rs. 1,87,000 just from buying and selling goods — before paying rent, salary, electricity, and other expenses.
Meera explains it to Rawat Aunty in simple words:
"Aunty, for every Rs. 100 of goods you sold, about Rs. 60 was the cost of the goods, and Rs. 40 was your margin. That margin is the gross profit."
Part 2: The Profit & Loss Account
The gross profit is not the final answer. Rawat Aunty still has to pay rent, salary, electricity, and many other expenses. The Profit & Loss (P&L) Account shows what is left after ALL expenses.
The Formula
Net Profit = Gross Profit + Other Income - All Indirect Expenses
- Gross Profit comes from the Trading Account.
- Other Income = Income not from selling goods (interest earned on bank deposits, commission received, etc.).
- Indirect Expenses = Expenses not directly related to goods (rent, salary, electricity, stationery, insurance, depreciation, etc.).
Profit & Loss Account Format
Profit & Loss Account of Rawat General Store
for the year ending 31st March 2026
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Dr. (Expenses) | Cr. (Income)
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Particulars | Amt(Rs)| Particulars | Amt(Rs)
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
To Salary | 48,000 | By Gross Profit |1,87,000
To Rent | 60,000 | (from Trading) |
To Electricity | 14,400 | By Interest on |
To Telephone | 3,600 | Bank Deposit | 2,400
To Stationery & | | By Commission |
Printing | 2,000 | Received | 1,500
To Repair & | | |
Maintenance | 5,000 | |
To Insurance | 3,000 | |
To Depreciation on | | |
Furniture | 2,500 | |
To Miscellaneous | | |
Expenses | 4,000 | |
| | |
To Net Profit | | |
(transferred to | | |
Capital Account) | 48,400 | |
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Total |1,90,900| Total |1,90,900
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Reading the numbers:
Total indirect expenses = Rs. 48,000 + Rs. 60,000 + Rs. 14,400 + Rs. 3,600 + Rs. 2,000 + Rs. 5,000 + Rs. 3,000 + Rs. 2,500 + Rs. 4,000 = Rs. 1,42,500.
Total income = Gross Profit Rs. 1,87,000 + Interest Rs. 2,400 + Commission Rs. 1,500 = Rs. 1,90,900.
Net Profit = Rs. 1,90,900 - Rs. 1,42,500 = Rs. 48,400.
Meera turns to Rawat Aunty:
"Aunty, after paying everyone — Kamla's salary, the landlord's rent, the electricity board, everything — your shop made a net profit of Rs. 48,400 this year."
Rawat Aunty beams. "So we ARE making money! Not just running around for nothing."
Sharma Sir adds: "Rs. 48,400 in a year. That is about Rs. 4,000 per month profit. It is decent for a small kirana shop. But look at the numbers carefully — rent alone is Rs. 60,000. That is your biggest expense. If you could negotiate lower rent, your profit would jump."
This is the power of financial statements. They do not just show profit. They show where the money is going.
What Each Expense Means
Let Meera explain each line item so Rawat Aunty understands:
| Expense | Amount | What It Means |
|---|---|---|
| Salary | 48,000 | Kamla Devi's salary: Rs. 4,000 x 12 months |
| Rent | 60,000 | Shop rent: Rs. 5,000 x 12 months |
| Electricity | 14,400 | Electricity bills: about Rs. 1,200/month |
| Telephone | 3,600 | Phone/internet for the shop: Rs. 300/month |
| Stationery | 2,000 | Bills, notebooks, pens, receipt books |
| Repairs | 5,000 | Fixing the shop shutter, plumbing repair |
| Insurance | 3,000 | Shop insurance (fire and theft) |
| Depreciation | 2,500 | Value lost on furniture and shelves over time |
| Miscellaneous | 4,000 | Small expenses that don't fit other categories |
Part 3: The Balance Sheet
The P&L Account tells you about the year — how much money came in and went out. The Balance Sheet tells you about a single moment in time — what does the business own and owe on this exact date?
The Accounting Equation
The Balance Sheet is built on one equation:
Assets = Liabilities + Capital (Owner's Equity)
This equation must ALWAYS be true. It is like saying: "Everything the business owns was funded either by borrowing (liabilities) or by the owner's investment (capital)."
Think of it this way. Rawat Aunty's shop has shelves, stock, cash, and a bank balance. Where did the money for all of this come from? Either from Rawat Aunty herself (capital), or from suppliers she has not yet paid (creditors/liabilities).
Balance Sheet Format
Balance Sheet of Rawat General Store
as on 31st March 2026
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Liabilities & Capital | Assets
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Particulars | Amt(Rs)| Particulars | Amt(Rs)
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
| | |
Capital Account | | Fixed Assets |
Opening Balance |2,00,000| Furniture | 25,000
Add: Net Profit | 48,400| Less: Depreciation| (2,500)
Less: Drawings | (36,000)| Net Furniture | 22,500
Closing Capital |2,12,400| |
| | Current Assets |
Current Liabilities| | Closing Stock | 52,000
Sundry Creditors | 35,000 | Sundry Debtors | 28,000
Outstanding | | Cash in Hand | 15,400
Expenses | 4,500 | Cash at Bank | 78,000
| | Prepaid Insurance | 1,000
| | Interest Accrued | 500
| | |
Loan (Long-term) | | |
Bank Loan | 45,500 | |
| | |
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Total |2,97,400| Total |2,97,400
─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Let us break this down in plain language.
The Left Side: Liabilities and Capital
Capital Account:
- Rawat Aunty started the year with Rs. 2,00,000 as her investment in the business.
- The shop earned Rs. 48,400 net profit. This profit belongs to the owner, so it is added to capital.
- During the year, Rawat Aunty withdrew Rs. 36,000 for personal use (drawings). This reduces her capital.
- Closing capital = Rs. 2,00,000 + Rs. 48,400 - Rs. 36,000 = Rs. 2,12,400.
Current Liabilities:
- Sundry Creditors (Rs. 35,000): Money owed to suppliers for goods purchased on credit.
- Outstanding Expenses (Rs. 4,500): Expenses that have been incurred but not yet paid (like December electricity bill not yet paid by March 31).
Bank Loan (Rs. 45,500): A long-term loan taken from the bank for shop improvement.
Total Liabilities + Capital = Rs. 2,12,400 + Rs. 35,000 + Rs. 4,500 + Rs. 45,500 = Rs. 2,97,400.
The Right Side: Assets
Fixed Assets:
- Furniture: Original cost Rs. 25,000, minus Rs. 2,500 depreciation = Rs. 22,500 net value.
- Fixed assets are things the business uses for a long time — they are not for sale.
Current Assets:
- Closing Stock (Rs. 52,000): Goods still unsold on the shelves.
- Sundry Debtors (Rs. 28,000): Money owed by customers who bought on credit.
- Cash in Hand (Rs. 15,400): Cash in the shop's cash box.
- Cash at Bank (Rs. 78,000): Balance in SBI account.
- Prepaid Insurance (Rs. 1,000): Insurance paid in advance for next year.
- Interest Accrued (Rs. 500): Interest earned on bank deposit but not yet received.
Total Assets = Rs. 22,500 + Rs. 52,000 + Rs. 28,000 + Rs. 15,400 + Rs. 78,000 + Rs. 1,000 + Rs. 500 = Rs. 2,97,400.
Assets (Rs. 2,97,400) = Liabilities + Capital (Rs. 2,97,400)
The equation balances!
What the Numbers Tell Rawat Aunty
Meera sits with Rawat Aunty and explains the Balance Sheet in everyday language:
"Aunty, here is what your shop looks like right now:"
"Your shop owns things worth Rs. 2,97,400 in total — furniture, stock on shelves, money in the cash box, money in the bank, and money that customers owe you."
"Out of this, Rs. 35,000 is owed to your suppliers. Rs. 4,500 is owed in unpaid bills. Rs. 45,500 is a bank loan. So these are other people's money that is currently in your business."
"The rest — Rs. 2,12,400 — is YOURS. That is your capital. Your ownership in the business."
Rawat Aunty thinks about this. "So if I closed the shop today, sold everything, paid everyone I owe, I would be left with about Rs. 2,12,400?"
"Roughly, yes," Meera says. "Though selling stock quickly might mean you get less than Rs. 52,000 for it. And some debtors might not pay. But that is the basic idea."
How the Three Statements Connect
Here is the flow:
Trading Account Profit & Loss Account Balance Sheet
─────────────── ───────────────────── ──────────────
Sales - COGS Gross Profit Net Profit
↓ + Other Income ↓
= Gross Profit ────→ - Indirect Expenses Added to
↓ Capital Account
= Net Profit ────────→ on Balance Sheet
- The Trading Account gives you Gross Profit.
- Gross Profit flows into the Profit & Loss Account, which gives you Net Profit.
- Net Profit flows into the Balance Sheet, where it is added to the owner's Capital.
They are not three separate reports. They are one continuous story.
Common Terms Meera Should Know
| Term | Meaning | Example |
|---|---|---|
| Opening Stock | Goods available at start of year | Rs. 45,000 of groceries on Apr 1 |
| Closing Stock | Goods remaining at end of year | Rs. 52,000 of groceries on Mar 31 |
| Sundry Debtors | Customers who owe money | Joshi Ji owes Rs. 3,500 |
| Sundry Creditors | Suppliers the shop owes money to | Bisht Traders is owed Rs. 8,000 |
| Depreciation | Loss in value of assets over time | Furniture loses Rs. 2,500/year |
| Drawings | Owner takes money for personal use | Rawat Aunty took Rs. 36,000 |
| Outstanding Expenses | Bills due but not yet paid | December electricity bill |
| Prepaid Expenses | Bills paid in advance | Insurance for next year |
| Carriage Inward | Transport cost to bring goods IN | Freight from Haldwani |
Quick Recap
- Trading Account shows Gross Profit = Sales - Cost of Goods Sold.
- Cost of Goods Sold = Opening Stock + Net Purchases + Direct Expenses - Closing Stock.
- Profit & Loss Account shows Net Profit = Gross Profit + Other Income - Indirect Expenses.
- Balance Sheet shows the financial position: Assets = Liabilities + Capital.
- Net Profit is added to Capital on the Balance Sheet. Drawings are subtracted from Capital.
- Fixed Assets are used in the business long-term. Current Assets change frequently.
- Current Liabilities are due within a year. Long-term Liabilities are due later.
- The three statements are connected — Trading feeds P&L, P&L feeds the Balance Sheet.
- These statements answer the ultimate questions: "Is the business profitable?" and "What is the business worth?"
Practice Exercise — Try This Yourself
Prepare the Trading Account, Profit & Loss Account, and Balance Sheet for a small shop called "Pahadi Provisions" using the following information for the year ending 31st March 2026:
Given Information:
| Item | Amount (Rs.) |
|---|---|
| Opening Stock | 30,000 |
| Closing Stock | 35,000 |
| Purchases | 2,00,000 |
| Purchase Returns | 2,000 |
| Sales | 3,20,000 |
| Sales Returns | 3,000 |
| Carriage Inward | 5,000 |
| Salary | 36,000 |
| Rent | 48,000 |
| Electricity | 12,000 |
| Stationery | 1,500 |
| Insurance | 2,400 |
| Depreciation on Furniture | 1,800 |
| Interest on Bank Deposit | 1,200 |
| Furniture (original cost) | 18,000 |
| Cash in Hand | 10,500 |
| Cash at Bank | 45,000 |
| Sundry Debtors | 15,000 |
| Sundry Creditors | 22,000 |
| Capital (Opening) | 1,50,000 |
| Drawings | 24,000 |
Steps:
- Prepare the Trading Account and find Gross Profit.
- Prepare the Profit & Loss Account and find Net Profit.
- Prepare the Balance Sheet and verify that Assets = Liabilities + Capital.
Hint for Gross Profit:
- Net Sales = 3,20,000 - 3,000 = 3,17,000
- COGS = 30,000 + (2,00,000 - 2,000) + 5,000 - 35,000 = 1,98,000
- Gross Profit = 3,17,000 - 1,98,000 = 1,19,000
Fun Fact
In India, the financial year runs from April 1st to March 31st. But do you know why? When the British ruled India, they brought their financial year system. But Britain itself changed to January-December later. India kept April-March because it aligns with the harvest cycles — the Rabi crop comes in around March-April, which was when merchants and landowners settled their accounts. So the Indian financial year is actually connected to the farming seasons of our land. When Rawat Aunty closes her books on March 31st, she is following a tradition tied to the agricultural rhythm of India.
In the next chapter, Meera learns about the Chart of Accounts — the organized master list of all accounts a business uses. It is like creating a map before starting a journey.
Chart of Accounts & Schedule III
Meera has now prepared vouchers, journals, ledgers, trial balances, and financial statements. She feels confident. Then one morning, Sharma Sir hands her the file of a new client — Bisht Traders, the wholesale spice business. Meera opens the file and her eyes widen. There are dozens of different accounts — CGST Input, SGST Output, Freight Outward, Godown Rent, Loading Charges, Trade Discount, Commission Paid, Commission Received... "How does anyone keep track of so many accounts?" she asks. Sharma Sir smiles. "With a Chart of Accounts. It is like a table of contents for all the accounts a business will ever use. Before you start any bookkeeping, you first create this chart. It is your map."
What is a Chart of Accounts?
Imagine you are building a new house. Before laying a single brick, you need a blueprint — a plan showing every room, every door, every window.
A Chart of Accounts (COA) is the blueprint of your accounting system. It is an organized, numbered list of every account the business will use.
Without a COA, things get messy fast. One person creates an account called "Electricity." Another creates "Electricity Expense." A third creates "Electric Bill Payment." Are these the same account or three different ones? Nobody knows. The books become confused.
With a COA, every account has:
- A unique number (like a roll number in school)
- A name (clear and standard)
- A group (which family it belongs to)
Sharma Sir explains:
"Think of it like the PIN code system. Every post office in India has a unique PIN code. 263601 is Almora. 263139 is Bageshwar. You do not confuse them because each has a number. Similarly, every account in your books gets a number. Account 4001 is Sales. Account 5001 is Purchases. No confusion."
The Five Main Groups
Every account in any business falls into one of five groups. Only five. No matter how big or small the business.
| Group | What It Includes | Normal Balance | Appears In |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1. Assets | Things the business owns | Debit | Balance Sheet |
| 2. Liabilities | Things the business owes | Credit | Balance Sheet |
| 3. Equity (Capital) | Owner's stake in the business | Credit | Balance Sheet |
| 4. Income (Revenue) | Money earned | Credit | Profit & Loss |
| 5. Expenses | Money spent | Debit | Profit & Loss |
These five groups are the foundation. Everything else is a sub-group or a specific account within one of these five.
Let us explore each group with examples from Bisht Traders and Rawat Aunty's shop.

Group 1: Assets — What the Business Owns
Assets are things of value that the business owns or controls.
Sub-groups:
Fixed Assets (Non-Current Assets) — Things used in the business for a long time. They are not for sale.
- Land and Building
- Furniture and Fixtures
- Computers and Equipment
- Vehicles
- Godown (warehouse) structures
Current Assets — Things that change frequently, usually within a year.
- Cash in Hand
- Cash at Bank
- Stock (Inventory)
- Sundry Debtors (Accounts Receivable) — money customers owe
- Prepaid Expenses — bills paid in advance
- Advances to Suppliers — money paid to suppliers before receiving goods
Investments — Money put into fixed deposits, shares, etc.
Intangible Assets — Things of value that you cannot touch.
- Goodwill
- Trademarks
- Software licenses
For Rawat Aunty's small kirana shop, the main assets are: Cash, Bank Balance, Stock, Debtors, and Furniture.
For Bisht Traders (a bigger wholesale business), the list also includes: Godown, Vehicles, Computer Equipment, and Investments.
Group 2: Liabilities — What the Business Owes
Liabilities are debts and obligations — money the business must pay to others.
Sub-groups:
Non-Current Liabilities (Long-Term) — Debts due after more than one year.
- Bank Loans (term loans)
- Mortgages
Current Liabilities — Debts due within one year.
- Sundry Creditors (Accounts Payable) — money owed to suppliers
- Outstanding Expenses — bills received but not yet paid
- Short-term Loans
- GST Payable — GST collected that must be paid to the government
- TDS Payable — tax deducted that must be deposited
For Rawat Aunty: Sundry Creditors (Bisht Traders) and Outstanding Expenses.
For Bisht Traders: Bank Loan, Sundry Creditors, GST Payable, TDS Payable.
Group 3: Equity (Capital) — The Owner's Stake
Equity represents the owner's claim on the business after all liabilities are paid.
Sub-groups:
- Capital Account — the owner's investment
- Drawings Account — money the owner has taken out
- Reserves and Surplus — accumulated profits not withdrawn
- Current Year Profit/Loss — flows from the P&L Account
For a sole proprietorship like Rawat Aunty's shop, equity is simply Capital minus Drawings plus Profit.
For a company like a large version of Bisht Traders, equity includes Share Capital, Retained Earnings, and various Reserves.
Group 4: Income (Revenue) — Money Earned
Income is money the business earns through its operations and other sources.
Sub-groups:
Direct Income (Revenue from Operations):
- Sales of Goods
- Sales of Services
Indirect Income (Other Income):
- Interest Received (on bank deposits)
- Commission Received
- Rent Received (if the business sub-lets space)
- Discount Received (from suppliers for early payment)
- Profit on Sale of Asset
For Rawat Aunty: Sales is the main income. Interest on her bank deposit is other income.
For Bisht Traders: Sales of spices, Commission Received from other wholesalers, and Interest Received.
Group 5: Expenses — Money Spent
Expenses are costs incurred to run the business.
Sub-groups:
Direct Expenses (Cost of Goods Sold):
- Purchases of Goods
- Freight Inward / Carriage Inward
- Loading and Unloading Charges
- Customs Duty (for imported goods)
- Wages (of workers directly involved in production/handling)
Indirect Expenses (Operating Expenses):
- Salary (of office/admin staff)
- Rent
- Electricity
- Telephone and Internet
- Stationery and Printing
- Insurance
- Repair and Maintenance
- Depreciation
- Bank Charges
- Professional Fees (CA, lawyer)
- Travelling Expenses
- Miscellaneous Expenses
Tax Expenses:
- Income Tax (for the business, if applicable)
For Rawat Aunty: Purchases, Salary, Rent, Electricity are the main ones.
For Bisht Traders: All of the above, plus Godown Rent, Vehicle Expenses, Loading Charges, Commission Paid (to agents), and Travelling Expenses (sales staff visits clients in different cities).
Account Numbering System
Each account gets a unique number. The numbering follows a logical pattern so you can tell the group just by looking at the number.
Here is a common system:
| Number Range | Group | Sub-group Examples |
|---|---|---|
| 1000 - 1999 | Assets | 1000-1099: Fixed Assets, 1100-1199: Investments, 1200-1499: Current Assets |
| 2000 - 2999 | Liabilities | 2000-2099: Long-term Liabilities, 2100-2499: Current Liabilities |
| 3000 - 3999 | Equity | 3000-3099: Capital, 3100-3199: Reserves |
| 4000 - 4999 | Income | 4000-4099: Direct Income, 4100-4199: Indirect Income |
| 5000 - 5999 | Expenses | 5000-5099: Direct Expenses (COGS), 5100-5499: Indirect Expenses |
When Meera sees account number 1201, she immediately knows it is an asset (1000 series) and a current asset (1200 sub-range). When she sees 5101, she knows it is an indirect expense.
Sharma Sir says:
"This numbering is not just for convenience. When you use accounting software, the software uses these numbers to automatically organize accounts into the right groups on the Balance Sheet and Profit & Loss Account. Get the numbering right, and the reports come out right."
Complete Chart of Accounts — Bisht Traders
Here is the full COA that Sharma Sir sets up for Bisht Traders, the wholesale spice business:
Assets (1000 - 1999)
| Code | Account Name | Sub-group |
|---|---|---|
| 1001 | Land | Fixed Assets |
| 1002 | Building (Godown) | Fixed Assets |
| 1003 | Furniture and Fixtures | Fixed Assets |
| 1004 | Computer and Printer | Fixed Assets |
| 1005 | Delivery Vehicle | Fixed Assets |
| 1006 | Accumulated Depreciation — Building | Fixed Assets (Contra) |
| 1007 | Accumulated Depreciation — Furniture | Fixed Assets (Contra) |
| 1008 | Accumulated Depreciation — Computer | Fixed Assets (Contra) |
| 1009 | Accumulated Depreciation — Vehicle | Fixed Assets (Contra) |
| 1101 | Fixed Deposit with Bank | Investments |
| 1201 | Cash in Hand | Current Assets |
| 1202 | SBI Current Account | Current Assets |
| 1203 | PNB Savings Account | Current Assets |
| 1301 | Closing Stock / Inventory | Current Assets |
| 1401 | Sundry Debtors — General | Current Assets |
| 1402 | Rawat General Store (Debtor) | Current Assets |
| 1403 | Pandey Kirana (Debtor) | Current Assets |
| 1404 | Mountain Mart (Debtor) | Current Assets |
| 1501 | Advance to Suppliers | Current Assets |
| 1502 | Prepaid Insurance | Current Assets |
| 1503 | TDS Receivable | Current Assets |
| 1504 | GST Input — CGST | Current Assets |
| 1505 | GST Input — SGST | Current Assets |
| 1506 | GST Input — IGST | Current Assets |
Liabilities (2000 - 2999)
| Code | Account Name | Sub-group |
|---|---|---|
| 2001 | SBI Term Loan | Long-term Liabilities |
| 2101 | Sundry Creditors — General | Current Liabilities |
| 2102 | Annapurna Spices (Creditor) | Current Liabilities |
| 2103 | Delhi Masala House (Creditor) | Current Liabilities |
| 2104 | Kumaon Traders (Creditor) | Current Liabilities |
| 2201 | Outstanding Salary | Current Liabilities |
| 2202 | Outstanding Rent | Current Liabilities |
| 2203 | Outstanding Electricity | Current Liabilities |
| 2301 | GST Output — CGST | Current Liabilities |
| 2302 | GST Output — SGST | Current Liabilities |
| 2303 | GST Output — IGST | Current Liabilities |
| 2304 | TDS Payable | Current Liabilities |
Equity (3000 - 3999)
| Code | Account Name | Sub-group |
|---|---|---|
| 3001 | Capital — Bisht Ji | Capital |
| 3002 | Drawings — Bisht Ji | Capital (Contra) |
| 3101 | Retained Earnings | Reserves |
Income (4000 - 4999)
| Code | Account Name | Sub-group |
|---|---|---|
| 4001 | Sales — Spices (Local) | Direct Income |
| 4002 | Sales — Spices (Interstate) | Direct Income |
| 4003 | Sales Returns | Direct Income (Contra) |
| 4101 | Interest Received | Indirect Income |
| 4102 | Commission Received | Indirect Income |
| 4103 | Discount Received | Indirect Income |
| 4104 | Profit on Sale of Asset | Indirect Income |
Expenses (5000 - 5999)
| Code | Account Name | Sub-group |
|---|---|---|
| 5001 | Purchases — Spices (Local) | Direct Expenses |
| 5002 | Purchases — Spices (Interstate) | Direct Expenses |
| 5003 | Purchase Returns | Direct Expenses (Contra) |
| 5004 | Freight Inward | Direct Expenses |
| 5005 | Carriage Inward | Direct Expenses |
| 5006 | Loading and Unloading | Direct Expenses |
| 5007 | Customs/Mandi Fees | Direct Expenses |
| 5101 | Salary and Wages | Indirect Expenses |
| 5102 | Godown Rent | Indirect Expenses |
| 5103 | Office Rent | Indirect Expenses |
| 5104 | Electricity — Godown | Indirect Expenses |
| 5105 | Electricity — Office | Indirect Expenses |
| 5106 | Telephone and Internet | Indirect Expenses |
| 5107 | Stationery and Printing | Indirect Expenses |
| 5108 | Insurance | Indirect Expenses |
| 5109 | Repair and Maintenance | Indirect Expenses |
| 5110 | Vehicle Running Expenses | Indirect Expenses |
| 5111 | Travelling Expenses | Indirect Expenses |
| 5112 | Commission Paid (to Agents) | Indirect Expenses |
| 5113 | Bank Charges | Indirect Expenses |
| 5114 | Professional Fees (CA/Lawyer) | Indirect Expenses |
| 5115 | Depreciation | Indirect Expenses |
| 5116 | Bad Debts | Indirect Expenses |
| 5117 | Discount Allowed | Indirect Expenses |
| 5118 | Miscellaneous Expenses | Indirect Expenses |
That is over 60 accounts! Meera is a little overwhelmed. But Sharma Sir reassures her:
"You do not use all of them every day. Some accounts are used only once a year — like Depreciation or Bad Debts. But by having them all listed and numbered in advance, you never have to guess. When a new transaction happens, you look at the chart, find the right account, and use it."
Why GST Accounts Appear in the COA
Meera notices something new — accounts like "GST Input — CGST" and "GST Output — SGST."
Negi Bhaiya explains:
"Bisht Traders is GST-registered. When they buy goods, they pay GST to the supplier. That GST is recorded in the Input accounts (it is like money the government owes us back). When they sell goods, they collect GST from the customer. That GST is recorded in the Output accounts (it is money we owe to the government). At the end of the month, we calculate the difference — that is what Bisht Ji pays to the government."
We will cover GST in detail in Part 4 of this book. For now, just know that GST accounts are part of the Chart of Accounts.
Here is a simple summary:
| Account | Type | Meaning |
|---|---|---|
| GST Input (CGST/SGST/IGST) | Current Asset | GST we paid while buying — we can claim it back |
| GST Output (CGST/SGST/IGST) | Current Liability | GST we collected while selling — we must pay it to government |
Schedule III of the Companies Act, 2013
Sharma Sir now introduces a more formal concept.
"For Rawat Aunty's shop, which is a sole proprietorship, we can use any reasonable format for the Balance Sheet and P&L. But for a company — even a small private company — the government has prescribed a specific format. This format is in Schedule III of the Companies Act, 2013."
What is Schedule III?
Schedule III is a section of the Companies Act, 2013 that specifies exactly how a company must present its Balance Sheet and Statement of Profit and Loss. It tells you:
- What line items to show
- In what order
- How to group them
- What additional information (notes) to disclose
Even though Rawat Aunty and Bisht Traders may not be companies (they are sole proprietorships or partnerships), understanding Schedule III is important because:
- Many employers will expect you to know this format.
- If Bisht Traders ever becomes a company, this format will be required.
- The chart of accounts should be designed so it can map to Schedule III easily.
Schedule III Balance Sheet Format (Simplified)
BALANCE SHEET
as at 31st March 20XX
─────────────────────────────────────────────
I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
─────────────────────────────────────────────
1. Shareholders' Funds
(a) Share Capital
(b) Reserves and Surplus
2. Non-Current Liabilities
(a) Long-term Borrowings
(b) Deferred Tax Liabilities
(c) Other Long-term Liabilities
(d) Long-term Provisions
3. Current Liabilities
(a) Short-term Borrowings
(b) Trade Payables
(c) Other Current Liabilities
(d) Short-term Provisions
─────────────────────────────────────────────
II. ASSETS
─────────────────────────────────────────────
1. Non-Current Assets
(a) Property, Plant and Equipment
(b) Intangible Assets
(c) Capital Work-in-Progress
(d) Non-Current Investments
(e) Deferred Tax Assets
(f) Long-term Loans and Advances
(g) Other Non-Current Assets
2. Current Assets
(a) Inventories
(b) Trade Receivables
(c) Cash and Cash Equivalents
(d) Short-term Loans and Advances
(e) Other Current Assets
─────────────────────────────────────────────
Notice some differences from the traditional format Meera used for Rawat Aunty:
- "Sundry Creditors" is now called "Trade Payables"
- "Sundry Debtors" is now called "Trade Receivables"
- "Furniture" falls under "Property, Plant and Equipment"
- "Stock" is now called "Inventories"
- "Cash at Bank" and "Cash in Hand" together are "Cash and Cash Equivalents"
The names are more formal, but the concepts are exactly the same.
Schedule III Profit & Loss Format (Simplified)
STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS
for the year ended 31st March 20XX
─────────────────────────────────────────────
I. Revenue from Operations xx,xxx
II. Other Income x,xxx
III. Total Income (I + II) xx,xxx
IV. Expenses:
(a) Cost of Materials Consumed xx,xxx
(b) Purchases of Stock-in-Trade xx,xxx
(c) Changes in Inventories x,xxx
(d) Employee Benefit Expense x,xxx
(e) Finance Costs x,xxx
(f) Depreciation and
Amortisation Expense x,xxx
(g) Other Expenses x,xxx
Total Expenses xx,xxx
V. Profit Before Tax (III - IV) x,xxx
VI. Tax Expense x,xxx
VII. Profit After Tax (V - VI) x,xxx
─────────────────────────────────────────────
Mapping the COA to Financial Statements
Here is how the chart of accounts maps to the two main financial statements:
| COA Group | Statement | Section |
|---|---|---|
| Assets (1000-1999) | Balance Sheet | Assets side |
| Liabilities (2000-2999) | Balance Sheet | Liabilities side |
| Equity (3000-3999) | Balance Sheet | Equity side |
| Income (4000-4999) | Profit & Loss | Revenue / Income |
| Expenses (5000-5999) | Profit & Loss | Expenses |
If the COA is set up correctly with proper grouping and numbering, the accounting software (or even a manual accountant) can automatically generate the Balance Sheet and P&L by sorting accounts into the right sections.
Tips for Creating a Good Chart of Accounts
Sharma Sir shares his experience:
1. Keep it simple to start. Do not create 100 accounts on Day 1. Start with 30-40 accounts. Add more as needed.
2. Be specific but not too specific. "Electricity" is good. "Electricity — Godown" and "Electricity — Office" is better for a larger business. But "Electricity — Light Bulb #3 in Back Room" is too much.
3. Use consistent naming. Decide a style and stick to it. If you write "Salary and Wages," do not also have an account called "Wages & Salary."
4. Number with gaps. Notice the numbering has gaps (1001, 1002... not 1, 2, 3...). This lets you insert new accounts later without renumbering everything. If you need an account between 1005 (Vehicle) and 1006 (Depreciation-Building), you can use 1005a or leave space in advance.
5. Separate GST accounts. For GST-registered businesses, always have separate accounts for CGST, SGST, and IGST — both input and output.
6. Match to the industry. A kirana shop has different accounts than a hotel or a factory. Customize the COA for the business.
Rawat Aunty vs. Bisht Traders — COA Comparison
Let us compare how a simple COA differs based on business size:
| Feature | Rawat General Store | Bisht Traders |
|---|---|---|
| Number of accounts | ~25-30 | ~60-70 |
| GST accounts | None (not registered) | Yes — CGST, SGST, IGST input/output |
| Multiple bank accounts | 1 (SBI) | 2+ (SBI Current, PNB Savings) |
| Vehicle expenses | No | Yes |
| Commission accounts | No | Yes (both paid and received) |
| Multiple debtors | 3-4 named | 10+ named |
| Godown expenses | No | Yes |
| TDS accounts | No | Yes |
Meera sees the pattern. The bigger the business, the more detailed the COA. But the five main groups never change.
Meera Creates a COA for Rawat Aunty
As practice, Sharma Sir asks Meera to create a simple COA for Rawat General Store. Here is what she comes up with:
| Code | Account Name | Group |
|---|---|---|
| Assets | ||
| 1001 | Furniture and Fixtures | Fixed Asset |
| 1002 | Accumulated Depreciation — Furniture | Fixed Asset (Contra) |
| 1201 | Cash in Hand | Current Asset |
| 1202 | SBI Savings Account | Current Asset |
| 1301 | Closing Stock | Current Asset |
| 1401 | Joshi Ji (Debtor) | Current Asset |
| 1402 | Dimri Ji (Debtor) | Current Asset |
| 1403 | Other Debtors | Current Asset |
| 1501 | Prepaid Insurance | Current Asset |
| Liabilities | ||
| 2101 | Bisht Traders (Creditor) | Current Liability |
| 2102 | Haldwani Wholesaler (Creditor) | Current Liability |
| 2103 | Other Creditors | Current Liability |
| 2201 | Outstanding Salary | Current Liability |
| 2202 | Outstanding Electricity | Current Liability |
| 2301 | Bank Loan (if any) | Long-term Liability |
| Equity | ||
| 3001 | Capital — Rawat Aunty | Capital |
| 3002 | Drawings — Rawat Aunty | Capital (Contra) |
| Income | ||
| 4001 | Sales | Direct Income |
| 4002 | Sales Returns | Direct Income (Contra) |
| 4101 | Interest Received | Indirect Income |
| Expenses | ||
| 5001 | Purchases | Direct Expense |
| 5002 | Purchase Returns | Direct Expense (Contra) |
| 5003 | Freight / Carriage Inward | Direct Expense |
| 5101 | Salary | Indirect Expense |
| 5102 | Rent | Indirect Expense |
| 5103 | Electricity | Indirect Expense |
| 5104 | Telephone | Indirect Expense |
| 5105 | Stationery | Indirect Expense |
| 5106 | Repair and Maintenance | Indirect Expense |
| 5107 | Insurance | Indirect Expense |
| 5108 | Depreciation | Indirect Expense |
| 5109 | Miscellaneous Expenses | Indirect Expense |
Sharma Sir reviews it. "Clean. Organized. Every account in its place. Well done, Meera. This is a solid chart of accounts for a small kirana shop."
Quick Recap
- A Chart of Accounts (COA) is a numbered, organized list of all accounts a business uses.
- Every account belongs to one of 5 groups: Assets, Liabilities, Equity, Income, Expenses.
- Assets = what the business owns (Fixed + Current).
- Liabilities = what the business owes (Long-term + Current).
- Equity = the owner's stake (Capital - Drawings + Profit).
- Income = money earned (Sales + Other Income).
- Expenses = money spent (Direct + Indirect).
- Account numbering follows a logical system: 1000s for Assets, 2000s for Liabilities, 3000s for Equity, 4000s for Income, 5000s for Expenses.
- Schedule III of the Companies Act, 2013 prescribes the format for Balance Sheet and P&L for companies.
- A good COA is simple, consistent, and customized for the business.
- GST-registered businesses need separate accounts for CGST, SGST, and IGST — both input and output.
Practice Exercise — Try This Yourself
Part A: Classify the Accounts
For each account below, identify which group it belongs to (Asset, Liability, Equity, Income, or Expense) and suggest a suitable account number using the numbering system described in this chapter.
| Account | Group? | Suggested Code? |
|---|---|---|
| Delivery Van | ________ | ________ |
| GST Output — SGST | ________ | ________ |
| Commission Received | ________ | ________ |
| Opening Stock | ________ | ________ |
| Bank Overdraft | ________ | ________ |
| Drawings | ________ | ________ |
| Freight Outward | ________ | ________ |
| Trade Receivables | ________ | ________ |
| Retained Earnings | ________ | ________ |
| Insurance Premium | ________ | ________ |
Part B: Create a Chart of Accounts
Create a complete Chart of Accounts for a fictional business: "Kumaoni Handicrafts" — a small shop in Almora that sells handmade woolen shawls, wooden crafts, and local honey. The shop is GST-registered. The owner is Negi Ji. The shop has one employee. It has one bank account.
Include at least:
- 5 Asset accounts
- 3 Liability accounts
- 2 Equity accounts
- 3 Income accounts
- 8 Expense accounts
Number them properly using the system described in this chapter.
Fun Fact
The concept of a standardized chart of accounts goes back to the early 1900s in Europe. But India has had organized financial record-keeping for much longer. The Hundi system — used by Indian merchants for centuries — was an early form of organized accounting with specific categories for different types of transactions. When Bisht Ji's grandfather traded spices in the old mandis of Uttarakhand, he kept records in a bahi-khata (traditional account book) with categories remarkably similar to a modern chart of accounts. The names have changed. The software is new. But the idea of organizing money into categories? That is as old as trade itself.
This completes Part 2 — Bookkeeping by Hand. Meera now knows how to create vouchers, write journal entries, post to ledgers, prepare trial balances, build financial statements, and organize accounts. She can keep books for any small business using pen and paper. In Part 3, she will learn to do all of this on a computer using Udyamo ERPLite. The speed and power of software will amaze her — but only because she already understands what is happening behind the screen.
Meet Udyamo ERPLite — Your Digital Office
Meera arrived at the office on Monday morning and found Negi Bhaiya sitting in front of a computer screen, typing fast. Numbers were flying across the screen. Meera had spent the last few weeks learning accounting on paper — journals, ledgers, trial balance. But this looked different. This looked... fast.
"Negi Bhaiya, what software is that?" she asked.
Negi Bhaiya grinned. "This is Udyamo ERPLite. Everything you have been doing by hand? This software does it in seconds. Come, sit down. Today you learn the computer way."
What is ERP?
Let us start with a simple question. What does ERP mean?
ERP stands for Enterprise Resource Planning.
That sounds complicated. Let us break it down.
- Enterprise = a business or organization
- Resource = money, people, stock, machines — everything a business uses
- Planning = organizing and managing all of it
So ERP is one software that manages everything in a business — accounting, inventory, sales, purchases, salaries, taxes, reports.
Think of it like this. Rawat Aunty runs her kirana shop. She has:
- A notebook for daily sales
- A separate notebook for purchases
- A diary to track who owes her money
- Loose papers for GST bills
- A calculator for totals
That is five different places for five different things. What if she forgets to update one notebook? What if the numbers don't match?
Now imagine one single system where all of this lives together. When she makes a sale, the stock goes down automatically. The GST is calculated automatically. The customer's balance is updated automatically. The profit report changes automatically.
That is what ERP does.
| Without ERP | With ERP |
|---|---|
| Multiple notebooks and registers | One software for everything |
| Manual calculations | Automatic calculations |
| Mistakes happen often | Fewer errors |
| Reports take hours to prepare | Reports generated in seconds |
| Hard to find old records | Search any record instantly |
| One person can handle limited work | One person can handle much more |
Why Udyamo ERPLite?
There are many ERP software programs in the market. Tally, Zoho Books, Busy, QuickBooks — you may have heard of some of these.
Udyamo ERPLite is designed for Indian businesses. It follows Indian accounting standards. It understands GST. It follows Schedule III of the Companies Act (the standard chart of accounts we studied in the previous chapter).
Sharma Sir uses ERPLite in his practice for multiple clients. "Once you learn one good ERP," he told Meera, "you can pick up any other software quickly. The logic is the same everywhere."
Here is what ERPLite can do:
| Feature | What It Means |
|---|---|
| Chart of Accounts | All account heads, pre-loaded with Schedule III format |
| 8 Voucher Types | Journal, Receipt, Payment, Contra, Sales, Purchase, Debit Note, Credit Note |
| Sales Cycle | From quotation to invoice to payment — full flow |
| Purchase Cycle | From purchase order to bill to payment — full flow |
| GST Compliance | Tax calculated automatically, GST reports ready |
| Reports | Trial Balance, P&L, Balance Sheet, Cash Flow, and more |
| Masters | Items, Customers, Vendors, Employees — all in one place |
| Draft & Post | Review entries before making them final |
Don't worry if this list looks long. We will cover each one, step by step, in this chapter and the chapters ahead.
First Look — Logging In
Negi Bhaiya opened the browser on the computer. "ERPLite runs in your web browser," he explained. "You don't need to install anything heavy. Just open Chrome or Firefox, type the address, and log in."
Step 1: Open ERPLite
Negi Bhaiya typed the ERPLite address into the browser. The login screen appeared.

Step 2: Enter Your Credentials
Every user gets a username and password. Sharma Sir had created a login for Meera.
- Username: meera@sharmaassociates
- Password: (given by Sharma Sir)
"Never share your password," Negi Bhaiya said. "Every action you take in the software is logged under your name. If something goes wrong, they can check who did it."
Step 3: The Dashboard
After logging in, Meera saw the Dashboard. This is the home screen of ERPLite — the first thing you see every time you log in.

The dashboard showed several things at a glance:
- Cash Balance — how much cash the business has right now
- Bank Balance — how much is in the bank account
- Receivables — how much customers owe us
- Payables — how much we owe to suppliers
- Recent Transactions — the last few entries made
"Think of the dashboard like the front page of a newspaper," Negi Bhaiya said. "It gives you the headlines. If you want the full story, you go inside."
Navigating ERPLite — The Main Menu
On the left side of the screen, Meera saw a menu. This is the main navigation — the way you move around the software.

The menu has four main sections:
1. Masters
This is where you set up the foundation data — the things that don't change every day.
- Items — products and services you sell or buy
- Customers — people who buy from you
- Vendors — people you buy from
- Employees — people who work for you
- Chart of Accounts — the list of all account heads
Think of Masters like building the foundation of a house. You do it once, carefully. Then you build everything else on top.
2. Transactions
This is where the daily work happens.
- Voucher Entry — Journal, Receipt, Payment, Contra
- Sales — Proforma Invoice, Sales Order, Sales Invoice, Payment Receipt
- Purchase — Purchase Order, Purchase Bill, Payment
Every time money moves — in or out — you record it here.
3. Reports
This is where you see the results of all your entries.
- Trial Balance
- Profit & Loss Statement
- Balance Sheet
- Cash Flow Statement
- Day Book
- Sales Register
- Purchase Register
- Aged Receivables
- Aged Payables
"Reports are the whole point," Sharma Sir always said. "We do all this entry work so that at the end, the owner can see — am I making money or losing money?"
4. Settings
This is where you configure the software.
- Organization details (company name, address, GSTIN, PAN)
- Financial Year
- User management (who can log in, what they can access)
- Tax settings
- Number series (how vouchers are numbered)
You set this up once. After that, you rarely touch it.
| Menu Section | What It Contains | How Often You Use It |
|---|---|---|
| Masters | Items, Customers, Vendors, Employees, Chart of Accounts | Set up once, update occasionally |
| Transactions | Vouchers, Sales, Purchases | Every day |
| Reports | Trial Balance, P&L, Balance Sheet, etc. | Weekly, monthly, as needed |
| Settings | Organization, Financial Year, Users, Tax | Set up once |
Setting Up the Organization
"Before you can do anything," Negi Bhaiya said, "you have to tell the software WHO you are. Which company? What is the GSTIN? What financial year?"
This is called Organization Setup. It is the very first thing you do when you start using ERPLite for a new business.
Sharma Sir came over. "Let us practice. Set up my practice — Sharma & Associates — as a test."
Step 1: Go to Settings → Organization
Meera clicked on Settings in the left menu, then clicked Organization.

Step 2: Fill in the Details
A form appeared with several fields. Let us go through each one.
Company Name: This is the legal name of the business.
Meera typed: Sharma & Associates
Address: The registered address of the business.
Meera typed:
- Near SBI Branch, Haldwani
- District: Nainital
- State: Uttarakhand
- PIN: 263139
GSTIN: The 15-digit GST Identification Number.
"Every GST-registered business has a GSTIN," Negi Bhaiya explained. "It starts with the state code. Uttarakhand's code is 05."
Meera typed: 05AABCS1234A1Z5
"This is a sample number," Sharma Sir said. "In real life, you get your GSTIN from the government when you register for GST."
Let us understand the GSTIN format:
| Position | Meaning | Example |
|---|---|---|
| 1-2 | State code | 05 (Uttarakhand) |
| 3-12 | PAN of the business | AABCS1234A |
| 13 | Entity number | 1 |
| 14 | Z (default) | Z |
| 15 | Check digit | 5 |
PAN: The Permanent Account Number (10 characters).
Meera typed: AABCS1234A
Notice that the PAN is embedded inside the GSTIN. Characters 3 to 12 of the GSTIN are the PAN.
Financial Year: The 12-month period for which you keep accounts.
In India, the financial year runs from 1st April to 31st March.
Meera selected:
- Start Date: 01-04-2025
- End Date: 31-03-2026

Currency: Indian Rupees (INR). This is the default.
Contact Details:
- Phone: 05946-XXXXXX
- Email: [email protected]
Step 3: Save
Meera clicked the Save button. A green message appeared: "Organization details saved successfully."

"That's it?" Meera asked, surprised.
"That's it," Negi Bhaiya smiled. "Now the software knows who we are. Every invoice, every report, every document will carry these details automatically."
Understanding the Financial Year
Sharma Sir noticed Meera looking confused about the financial year. He sat down to explain.
"Meera, think of it like the school year. School starts in April and ends in March, right? The financial year is the same. Every business in India starts its accounting year on 1st April and ends on 31st March."
| Calendar Year | Financial Year | Written As |
|---|---|---|
| April 2025 to March 2026 | FY 2025-26 | 2025-26 |
| April 2026 to March 2027 | FY 2026-27 | 2026-27 |
"Why not January to December?" Meera asked.
"Because the government decided so," Sharma Sir said with a laugh. "The Income Tax Act says the financial year is April to March. So all businesses follow that. When you set up ERPLite, you tell it which financial year you are working in. All transactions you enter must fall within that year."
Important rule: If you are working in FY 2025-26, you can only enter transactions dated between 1st April 2025 and 31st March 2026. If you try to enter a transaction dated 15th April 2026, the software will not allow it — that belongs to FY 2026-27.
The Draft → Post Workflow
Before they finished for the day, Negi Bhaiya showed Meera one more important concept.
"In ERPLite, when you enter any transaction — a voucher, an invoice, anything — it first goes into Draft mode."
"What does that mean?" Meera asked.
"Draft means it is saved but not final. Think of it like writing a letter in pencil first. You can erase, change, correct. Once you are happy with it, you write it in pen. That is Posting."
Here is how it works:
| Stage | What Happens | Can You Edit? |
|---|---|---|
| Draft | Entry is saved but not final. No effect on accounts. | Yes, freely |
| Posted | Entry is final. Accounts are updated. GL entries are created. | No (must reverse and re-enter) |
"Why not just post everything directly?" Meera asked.
"Because mistakes happen," Negi Bhaiya said. "Imagine you enter an invoice for Rs. 50,000 but the correct amount is Rs. 5,000. If it posts immediately, the accounts are wrong. With drafts, you — or Sharma Sir — can review the entry before it becomes final."
In some offices, the workflow is even more structured:
- Junior accountant (like Meera) creates the entry → it goes to Draft
- Senior accountant (like Negi Bhaiya) reviews it → approves it
- The entry is Posted → accounts are updated
This is called the approval process. It makes sure no entry goes into the books without being checked.

"For now," Sharma Sir said, "you will create entries in Draft. Negi Bhaiya will review them. Once he approves, they get posted. This way, you can learn without worrying about making permanent mistakes."
Meera felt relieved. A safety net while she learned.
What Meera Set Up Today
Let us list everything Meera did in this first session with ERPLite:
- Logged in to ERPLite using her username and password
- Explored the dashboard — saw Cash Balance, Receivables, Payables at a glance
- Navigated the menu — understood the four sections: Masters, Transactions, Reports, Settings
- Set up the Organization — entered company name, address, GSTIN, PAN, financial year
- Understood the Draft → Post workflow — entries are reviewed before they become final
Not bad for a first day on the computer!
Quick Recap
- ERP stands for Enterprise Resource Planning — one software to manage all business operations
- Udyamo ERPLite is an Indian ERP software that supports GST, Schedule III Chart of Accounts, and the full accounting cycle
- The Dashboard is your home screen — it shows key numbers at a glance
- The Main Menu has four sections: Masters (foundation data), Transactions (daily entries), Reports (results), Settings (configuration)
- Organization Setup is the first step — enter company name, GSTIN, PAN, address, and financial year
- GSTIN is a 15-digit number that includes the state code and PAN
- The Financial Year in India runs from 1st April to 31st March
- The Draft → Post workflow lets you review entries before they become final
- Approval process means a senior person checks the entry before it is posted
Practice Exercise — Try This Yourself
You are setting up ERPLite for a new client. Here are the details:
Business Name: Kumaon Fresh Fruits Owner: Pankaj Mehta Address: Main Market, Ranikhet, District Almora, Uttarakhand - 263645 GSTIN: 05BMPPM5678B1Z3 PAN: BMPPM5678B Financial Year: 2025-26 Phone: 05966-XXXXXX Email: [email protected]
Tasks:
- Write down the state code from the GSTIN. What state does it belong to?
- Extract the PAN from the GSTIN. Verify it matches the PAN given above.
- What are the start and end dates of FY 2025-26?
- If Pankaj gives you a bill dated 5th April 2026, can you enter it in FY 2025-26? Why or why not?
- List the four main sections of the ERPLite menu and write one thing you would find in each.
Bonus: If you have access to ERPLite, log in and set up this organization. Take a screenshot of the completed organization form.
Fun Fact
Did you know? The word "computer" originally meant a person — not a machine! In the early 1900s, "computers" were people (often women) who sat at desks and did calculations by hand. The first electronic computers were built to do these calculations faster. So when you use ERPLite, you are doing the same job that rooms full of people used to do — but you are doing it alone, in minutes. That is the power of technology. Meera from Bageshwar, sitting in Haldwani, using software built in India, managing accounts for businesses across Uttarakhand. Not bad at all.
Masters — Setting Up the Foundation
Meera came to the office early the next day. She was excited. Yesterday she had learned to log in and navigate ERPLite. Today, Negi Bhaiya had promised something more interesting.
"Before we enter a single transaction," Negi Bhaiya said, pouring chai, "we need to set up the Masters. Think of it like this — before you can cook, you need to buy the ingredients and arrange your kitchen. Masters are the ingredients of accounting software."
Sharma Sir walked in. "Today we set up Bisht Ji's business in the system. He is our biggest client. Wholesale spices — turmeric, cumin, coriander, red chilli. All the flavors of Uttarakhand." He smiled. "Let's get started."
What Are Masters?
In ERPLite, Masters are the foundation data — the information that you set up once and use again and again.
When you create a sales invoice, you don't type the customer's name, address, and GSTIN every time. You set it up once in the Customer Master. After that, you just select "Bisht Traders" from a dropdown, and all details fill in automatically.
There are five types of Masters in ERPLite:
| Master | What It Stores | Example |
|---|---|---|
| Items | Products and services | Turmeric Powder, 1 kg pack |
| Customers | People who buy from you | Nainital Spice Restaurant |
| Vendors | People you buy from | Delhi Spice Suppliers Pvt Ltd |
| Employees | People who work for you | Meera Joshi, Trainee Accountant |
| Chart of Accounts | All account heads | Cash Account, Sales Account, GST Payable |
Let us set up each one for Bisht Traders.
Item Master — What Does the Business Sell?
Bisht Ji runs Bisht Traders, a wholesale spice business in Haldwani. He buys raw spices from suppliers in Delhi and Rajasthan. He processes and packs them. Then he sells them to shops and restaurants across Kumaon.
His main products are:
- Turmeric Powder (Haldi)
- Cumin Seeds (Jeera)
- Coriander Powder (Dhaniya)
- Red Chilli Powder (Lal Mirch)
- Garam Masala (mixed spice blend)
Each product needs to be set up in the Item Master. Let us see what information we need.
Setting Up an Item
Meera clicked Masters → Items → New Item in the left menu.

A form appeared with these fields:
Item Name: The name of the product. Meera typed: Turmeric Powder
Item Code: A short code for quick reference. Meera typed: TUR-001
"Use codes that make sense," Negi Bhaiya suggested. "TUR for turmeric, CUM for cumin, COR for coriander. It helps when you have hundreds of items."
HSN Code: This stands for Harmonized System of Nomenclature. It is a number given to every product by the government for GST purposes.
"Every product in India has an HSN code," Sharma Sir explained. "Spices fall under Chapter 9 of the HSN classification. Turmeric powder is 0910 30 30."
| Spice | HSN Code |
|---|---|
| Turmeric Powder | 0910 30 30 |
| Cumin Seeds | 0909 31 10 |
| Coriander Powder | 0909 21 20 |
| Red Chilli Powder | 0904 21 20 |
| Garam Masala | 0910 99 90 |
"Don't worry about memorizing these," Negi Bhaiya said. "You can look them up on the GST portal. But always make sure the HSN code is correct — wrong code means wrong tax rate, and that means trouble with GST filing."
Unit of Measurement (UoM): How do you measure this item?
Meera selected: KG (kilogram)
Other common units are: PCS (pieces), LTR (litres), MTR (metres), BAG, BOX, DOZ (dozen).
GST Rate: The tax rate applicable to this item.
Most spices are taxed at 5% GST (2.5% CGST + 2.5% SGST for sales within the same state, or 5% IGST for sales between states).
Meera selected: 5%
Selling Price: The price at which Bisht Ji sells this item.
Meera typed: Rs. 180 per kg
Purchase Price: The price at which Bisht Ji buys raw turmeric.
Meera typed: Rs. 120 per kg
"The difference between selling price and purchase price is your gross margin," Sharma Sir pointed out. "Rs. 60 per kg on turmeric. That is 33% margin. Not bad for spices."
Category / Group: You can group items into categories.
Meera created a category called Whole Spices for cumin seeds and another called Ground Spices for powders.
Saving the Item
Meera clicked Save. The item appeared in the item list.

She then created the remaining items:
| Item Name | Code | HSN Code | UoM | GST Rate | Selling Price | Purchase Price |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Turmeric Powder | TUR-001 | 0910 30 30 | KG | 5% | Rs. 180 | Rs. 120 |
| Cumin Seeds | CUM-001 | 0909 31 10 | KG | 5% | Rs. 450 | Rs. 320 |
| Coriander Powder | COR-001 | 0909 21 20 | KG | 5% | Rs. 160 | Rs. 100 |
| Red Chilli Powder | CHI-001 | 0904 21 20 | KG | 5% | Rs. 280 | Rs. 190 |
| Garam Masala | GAR-001 | 0910 99 90 | KG | 5% | Rs. 520 | Rs. 350 |
"Five items done," Meera said. "That was not too hard."
"Bisht Ji has about fifty items in reality," Negi Bhaiya said. "Different pack sizes, different qualities. But the process is the same for each one."
Customer Master — Who Buys From Us?
Bisht Traders sells spices to shops and restaurants. These are his customers. Let us set up one customer.
Meera clicked Masters → Customers → New Customer.

Customer Name: Nainital Spice Restaurant
GSTIN: 05AABCN9876A1Z2
"If the customer is GST-registered, always enter their GSTIN," Sharma Sir said. "It is needed on the tax invoice. If they are not registered — like a small shop — leave this blank."
Address:
- Mall Road, Nainital
- District: Nainital
- State: Uttarakhand
- PIN: 263001
Contact Person: Mr. Ravi Pandey
Phone: 94100XXXXX
Email: [email protected]
Credit Limit: This is the maximum amount this customer can owe you at any time.
Meera typed: Rs. 50,000
"Credit limit is important," Negi Bhaiya explained. "Bisht Ji sometimes supplies goods on credit — the customer pays later. But what if a customer keeps buying without paying? The credit limit is a safety check. If their outstanding balance reaches Rs. 50,000, the software will warn you before you create another invoice."
Payment Terms: How many days does the customer get to pay?
Meera selected: 30 days
This means if Bisht Ji sends goods on 1st January, the customer must pay by 31st January. If they pay later, they are overdue.
| Field | What It Means | Example |
|---|---|---|
| Customer Name | Legal name of the buyer | Nainital Spice Restaurant |
| GSTIN | GST registration number | 05AABCN9876A1Z2 |
| Address | Where they are located | Mall Road, Nainital |
| Contact Person | Who to call | Mr. Ravi Pandey |
| Credit Limit | Maximum outstanding allowed | Rs. 50,000 |
| Payment Terms | Days allowed to pay | 30 days |
Meera saved the customer. Then she added two more:
- Almora Kitchen Supplies — a shop in Almora, credit limit Rs. 30,000, payment terms 15 days
- Kumaon Hotel Group — a hotel chain, credit limit Rs. 2,00,000, payment terms 45 days

Vendor Master — Who Do We Buy From?
A Vendor is someone you buy from. Bisht Ji buys raw spices from suppliers. These suppliers are his vendors.
Meera clicked Masters → Vendors → New Vendor.
The form looks very similar to the Customer form. In fact, many fields are the same — name, GSTIN, address, contact. The difference is the relationship: a customer buys from you, a vendor sells to you.
Vendor Name: Delhi Spice Suppliers Pvt Ltd
GSTIN: 07AABCD1234E1Z6
Notice the state code is 07 — that is Delhi. When Bisht Ji (Uttarakhand, state code 05) buys from a Delhi supplier (state code 07), it is an inter-state transaction. The GST will be IGST (not CGST + SGST). ERPLite handles this automatically based on the GSTINs.
Address:
- Khari Baoli, Old Delhi
- State: Delhi
- PIN: 110006
Contact Person: Mr. Ashok Gupta
Phone: 98110XXXXX
Payment Terms: 45 days
TDS Applicable: Yes
"What is TDS?" Meera asked.
"We will cover TDS in detail later," Sharma Sir said. "For now, just know that sometimes when you pay a vendor, you have to deduct a small percentage and send it to the government on their behalf. The vendor gets the rest. If TDS applies to this vendor, we tick this box."
Meera saved the vendor. She added one more:
- Rajasthan Masala Co. — GSTIN 08AABCR5678B1Z4 (state code 08 = Rajasthan), based in Jodhpur, payment terms 30 days
| Vendor | Location | GSTIN State | Transaction Type |
|---|---|---|---|
| Delhi Spice Suppliers | Delhi | 07 (Delhi) | Inter-state (IGST) |
| Rajasthan Masala Co. | Jodhpur | 08 (Rajasthan) | Inter-state (IGST) |
| Local Packaging Shop | Haldwani | 05 (Uttarakhand) | Intra-state (CGST + SGST) |
Employee Master — Who Works Here?
Bisht Traders has a few employees. The Employee Master stores their details for payroll (salary processing).
Meera clicked Masters → Employees → New Employee.

Employee Name: Rakesh Kumar
Designation: Warehouse Assistant
PAN: ABCPK1234A
"PAN is important for employees," Negi Bhaiya said. "If you pay someone a salary above a certain limit, you need to deduct TDS from their salary. Their PAN is required for TDS filing."
Bank Details:
- Bank Name: State Bank of India
- Account Number: 12345678901
- IFSC Code: SBIN0001234
"Why do we need bank details?" Meera asked.
"Because salaries are paid by bank transfer these days," Negi Bhaiya said. "ERPLite can generate a payment file that you upload to the bank. The bank then transfers salary to each employee's account automatically. No cash handling, no risk."
Salary Components:
- Basic Salary: Rs. 12,000 per month
- HRA (House Rent Allowance): Rs. 3,000 per month
- Conveyance: Rs. 1,600 per month
- Total: Rs. 16,600 per month
We will learn more about salary components and payroll in a later chapter. For now, Meera just entered the basic details.
Chart of Accounts — The Backbone
The Chart of Accounts is the list of all account heads used in the business. We studied this in detail in the previous chapter. The good news? ERPLite comes with a pre-loaded Chart of Accounts based on Schedule III.
Meera clicked Masters → Chart of Accounts.

She saw a tree-like structure:
├── Assets
│ ├── Non-Current Assets
│ │ ├── Fixed Assets
│ │ │ ├── Land & Building
│ │ │ ├── Plant & Machinery
│ │ │ ├── Furniture & Fixtures
│ │ │ └── Vehicles
│ │ └── Investments
│ └── Current Assets
│ ├── Cash & Cash Equivalents
│ │ ├── Cash in Hand
│ │ └── Bank Accounts
│ ├── Trade Receivables
│ ├── Inventory
│ └── Advance Tax
├── Liabilities
│ ├── Non-Current Liabilities
│ │ └── Long-term Loans
│ └── Current Liabilities
│ ├── Trade Payables
│ ├── GST Payable
│ │ ├── CGST Payable
│ │ ├── SGST Payable
│ │ └── IGST Payable
│ ├── TDS Payable
│ └── Salary Payable
├── Income
│ ├── Revenue from Operations
│ │ └── Sales
│ ├── Other Income
│ │ ├── Interest Income
│ │ └── Discount Received
├── Expenses
│ ├── Cost of Goods Sold
│ │ └── Purchases
│ ├── Employee Benefit Expenses
│ │ └── Salaries & Wages
│ ├── Administrative Expenses
│ │ ├── Rent
│ │ ├── Electricity
│ │ ├── Telephone
│ │ └── Office Supplies
│ └── Financial Costs
│ └── Bank Charges
└── Equity
├── Owner's Capital
└── Retained Earnings
"All of this is already set up?" Meera was amazed.
"Yes," Sharma Sir said. "ERPLite follows Schedule III of the Companies Act. The standard accounts are pre-loaded. You can add more accounts if needed, but you should never delete the standard ones."
Adding a Custom Account
Bisht Ji sometimes earns income from renting out storage space in his warehouse. This does not fall under any existing account. Meera needed to create a new one.
She right-clicked on Other Income and selected Add Sub-Account.
Account Name: Warehouse Rental Income Account Type: Income Parent Group: Other Income
She clicked Save. The new account appeared under Other Income.

"That's how you customize," Negi Bhaiya said. "The structure is already there. You just add leaves to the tree."
Understanding Account Types
Every account in the Chart of Accounts has a type. This determines how it behaves:
| Account Type | Normal Balance | Increases With | Decreases With | Examples |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Asset | Debit | Debit | Credit | Cash, Bank, Receivables |
| Liability | Credit | Credit | Debit | Payables, Loans, GST Payable |
| Income | Credit | Credit | Debit | Sales, Interest Income |
| Expense | Debit | Debit | Credit | Purchases, Rent, Salary |
| Equity | Credit | Credit | Debit | Capital, Retained Earnings |
"You learned this in the double-entry chapter," Sharma Sir reminded Meera. "The software follows the same rules. When you post a voucher, ERPLite checks that every debit has an equal credit. If the entry is not balanced, it won't let you save."
Linking It All Together
Now Meera understood something important. All the Masters are connected:
-
When she creates a Sales Invoice, she selects a Customer (from Customer Master) and Items (from Item Master). The GST rate comes from the Item Master. The invoice posts to accounts in the Chart of Accounts (Sales, GST Payable, Trade Receivables).
-
When she creates a Purchase Bill, she selects a Vendor and Items. The payment links to the vendor's bank details if paying online.
-
When she processes Payroll, she uses Employee data — salary components, PAN, bank details.
Everything flows from the Masters.
Masters ──► Transactions ──► Reports
Items ──────┐
Customers ──┤
Vendors ────┼──► Vouchers, Invoices, Bills ──► Trial Balance, P&L, Balance Sheet
Employees ──┤
Chart of ───┘
Accounts
"Set up the Masters carefully," Sharma Sir said. "If the foundation is wrong, everything built on it will be wrong. A wrong GST rate in the Item Master means every invoice with that item will have the wrong tax. A wrong GSTIN in the Customer Master means every invoice to that customer will be rejected by the GST portal."
What Meera Set Up Today
Here is a summary of everything Meera created for Bisht Traders:
| Master | Records Created |
|---|---|
| Items | 5 spice products with HSN codes, GST rates, and prices |
| Customers | 3 customers with GSTINs, credit limits, and payment terms |
| Vendors | 2 suppliers with GSTINs and payment terms |
| Employees | 1 employee with PAN and bank details |
| Chart of Accounts | 1 custom account added (Warehouse Rental Income) |
Quick Recap
- Masters are the foundation data in ERPLite — set up once, used repeatedly
- Item Master stores products/services with HSN code, GST rate, unit, and prices
- HSN Code is a government-assigned number for every product — it determines the GST rate
- Customer Master stores buyer details including GSTIN, credit limit, and payment terms
- Vendor Master stores supplier details — similar to customers but on the buying side
- Employee Master stores staff details including PAN and bank account for payroll
- Chart of Accounts is pre-loaded with Schedule III accounts — you can add custom accounts but should not delete standard ones
- Credit Limit prevents a customer from buying more than they should on credit
- Payment Terms define how many days a customer or vendor has to settle payment
- All Masters are interconnected — Items, Customers, Vendors, and Accounts all come together when you create transactions
Practice Exercise — Try This Yourself
Rawat Aunty runs Rawat General Store in Almora. She is a small kirana shop owner. She is NOT registered for GST (her turnover is below the threshold). She buys goods from local wholesalers and sells to neighborhood customers.
Task 1: Create Items for Rawat Aunty
Create Item Master entries for these products:
| Item | HSN Code | UoM | GST Rate | Selling Price | Purchase Price |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Toor Dal | 0713 | KG | 5% | Rs. 140 | Rs. 110 |
| Basmati Rice | 1006 | KG | 5% | Rs. 95 | Rs. 72 |
| Mustard Oil | 1514 | LTR | 5% | Rs. 180 | Rs. 155 |
| Sugar | 1701 | KG | 5% | Rs. 45 | Rs. 38 |
| Wheat Flour (Atta) | 1101 | KG | 0% | Rs. 35 | Rs. 28 |
Notice that wheat flour (atta) has 0% GST — it is exempt. Not all food items are taxed the same.
Task 2: Create a Customer
Set up this customer for Bisht Traders:
- Name: Pahadi Kitchen Restaurant
- GSTIN: 05AADPK4567C1Z9
- Address: Lake View Road, Bhimtal, Uttarakhand - 263136
- Contact: Mrs. Sunita Pant
- Credit Limit: Rs. 75,000
- Payment Terms: 21 days
Task 3: Think About It
- Why is it important to enter the correct HSN code for each item?
- What happens if you set a credit limit of Rs. 0 for a customer?
- Bisht Ji buys from a vendor in Uttarakhand (state code 05) and also from a vendor in Delhi (state code 07). How will the GST be different for these two purchases?
Fun Fact
The word "spice" comes from the Latin word species, which means "goods" or "merchandise." In ancient times, spices were so valuable that they were used as currency. Black pepper was called "Black Gold." Arab traders kept their spice routes secret for centuries. The spices that Bisht Ji sells from his Haldwani warehouse — turmeric, cumin, coriander — are the same spices that once built empires and launched ships across oceans. And here is Meera, tracking them in ERPLite, one HSN code at a time.
Voucher Entry in ERPLite
It was Wednesday morning. Bisht Ji himself had come to the office. He placed a thick folder on Meera's desk. Inside were bills, receipts, bank slips, and handwritten notes on small pieces of paper.
"This is one week's worth," Bisht Ji said. "Sales, purchases, cash received, cash paid, one bank transfer, and some adjustments. I need all of this entered into the system."
Meera stared at the pile. Negi Bhaiya pulled up a chair. "Don't worry," he said. "We will go through each one. By the end of today, you will know every voucher type in ERPLite."
Sharma Sir poured chai for Bisht Ji. "Meera, this is the real work. Everything you learned on paper — journals, debits, credits — this is where it comes alive on the computer."
The 8 Voucher Types
In the earlier chapters, you learned that every financial transaction is recorded using a voucher. A voucher is the basic building block of accounting.
ERPLite has 8 voucher types. Each one is designed for a specific kind of transaction.
| # | Voucher Type | Used For | Example |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | Journal | Adjustments, corrections, non-cash entries | Depreciation entry, closing entries |
| 2 | Receipt | Money coming IN (cash or bank) | Customer pays Rs. 10,000 |
| 3 | Payment | Money going OUT (cash or bank) | Paying rent Rs. 5,000 |
| 4 | Contra | Transfer between cash and bank | Depositing cash into bank |
| 5 | Sales | Selling goods or services | Invoice to customer for spices |
| 6 | Purchase | Buying goods or services | Bill from supplier for raw spices |
| 7 | Debit Note | Purchase return or price adjustment (to vendor) | Returning damaged spices to supplier |
| 8 | Credit Note | Sales return or discount (to customer) | Customer returns expired stock |
"Think of it like this," Negi Bhaiya explained. "Each voucher type is like a different form. You use the right form for the right situation. You don't use a sales form to record a rent payment."
Let us go through each one, using Bisht Ji's folder of papers.
1. Journal Voucher — The All-Purpose Entry
The Journal Voucher is used for entries that don't involve direct cash or bank transactions. It is the most flexible voucher type.
When to use it:
- Depreciation entries
- Adjustments between accounts
- Opening balances
- Closing entries at year-end
- Any entry that doesn't fit the other types
Bisht Ji's paper: A note from Sharma Sir saying "Record depreciation on delivery van — Rs. 15,000 for the quarter."
Meera clicked Transactions → Voucher Entry → Journal.

She filled in:
| Field | Value |
|---|---|
| Date | 30-06-2025 |
| Debit Account | Depreciation Expense |
| Credit Account | Accumulated Depreciation — Vehicle |
| Amount | Rs. 15,000 |
| Narration | Depreciation on delivery van for Q1 FY 2025-26 |
What is the Narration field?
The narration is a short description of WHY this entry was made. It is not required by the software, but it is very important in practice.
"Always write a narration," Sharma Sir said firmly. "Six months from now, you will look at this entry and wonder — why did I debit depreciation? The narration tells you. It is your note to your future self."
Meera clicked Save as Draft. The voucher was saved but NOT posted yet.
2. Receipt Voucher — Money Coming In
The Receipt Voucher is used when money comes into the business — from a customer paying their bill, or from any other source of income.
Bisht Ji's paper: A bank slip showing Rs. 25,000 received from Nainital Spice Restaurant by NEFT transfer.
Meera clicked Transactions → Voucher Entry → Receipt.

| Field | Value |
|---|---|
| Date | 25-06-2025 |
| Received From | Nainital Spice Restaurant (selected from Customer Master) |
| Amount | Rs. 25,000 |
| Payment Mode | Bank Transfer (NEFT) |
| Bank Account | SBI Haldwani — Account 98765 |
| Reference Number | NEFT Ref: UTR20250625001 |
| Narration | Payment received from Nainital Spice Restaurant against Invoice #SI-2025-042 |
When Meera selected "Nainital Spice Restaurant" from the dropdown, ERPLite automatically showed their outstanding invoices. She could see that Invoice #SI-2025-042 for Rs. 47,250 was pending. This Rs. 25,000 was a partial payment.
"The software knows how much each customer owes," Negi Bhaiya said. "When you record a receipt, it reduces their outstanding balance. After this entry, Nainital Spice Restaurant will owe Rs. 22,250 instead of Rs. 47,250."
Behind the scenes — the GL entry:
| Account | Debit (Rs.) | Credit (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|
| Bank Account (SBI Haldwani) | 25,000 | |
| Trade Receivables — Nainital Spice Restaurant | 25,000 |
Bank goes up (debit). Receivables go down (credit). The double-entry rule is satisfied.
3. Payment Voucher — Money Going Out
The Payment Voucher is used when money goes out of the business — paying a supplier, paying rent, paying the electricity bill.
Bisht Ji's paper: A rent receipt from the landlord — Rs. 8,000 paid in cash for June 2025.
Meera clicked Transactions → Voucher Entry → Payment.

| Field | Value |
|---|---|
| Date | 01-06-2025 |
| Paid To | Landlord — Mr. Tiwari |
| Amount | Rs. 8,000 |
| Payment Mode | Cash |
| Expense Account | Rent Expense |
| Narration | Rent for Bisht Traders warehouse, June 2025 |
Behind the scenes — the GL entry:
| Account | Debit (Rs.) | Credit (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|
| Rent Expense | 8,000 | |
| Cash in Hand | 8,000 |
Rent expense goes up (debit). Cash goes down (credit).
"Notice the pattern," Sharma Sir said. "Receipt means money comes in — bank or cash goes UP. Payment means money goes out — bank or cash goes DOWN. The other side of the entry depends on who you received from or paid to."
4. Contra Voucher — Moving Money Between Own Accounts
The Contra Voucher is used when you transfer money between your own accounts — for example, depositing cash into the bank, or withdrawing cash from the bank.
Bisht Ji's paper: A bank deposit slip — Rs. 50,000 cash deposited into SBI Haldwani.
"This is not an expense and not an income," Negi Bhaiya explained. "The money is just moving from one pocket to another — from the cash drawer to the bank account. The total money hasn't changed."
Meera clicked Transactions → Voucher Entry → Contra.

| Field | Value |
|---|---|
| Date | 20-06-2025 |
| From Account | Cash in Hand |
| To Account | Bank Account (SBI Haldwani) |
| Amount | Rs. 50,000 |
| Narration | Cash deposited into bank |
Behind the scenes — the GL entry:
| Account | Debit (Rs.) | Credit (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|
| Bank Account (SBI Haldwani) | 50,000 | |
| Cash in Hand | 50,000 |
Bank goes up. Cash goes down. Total assets remain the same.
"Think of it like transferring water from one glass to another," Meera said.
"Exactly!" Sharma Sir said. "That is a perfect analogy. The total water hasn't changed. Only the glass it is in."
5. Sales Voucher — Selling Goods
The Sales Voucher is used when you sell goods or services. We will cover the full sales cycle (quotation to payment) in the next chapter. For now, let us see a basic sales entry.
Bisht Ji's paper: A sales bill to Almora Kitchen Supplies — 20 kg Turmeric Powder and 10 kg Cumin Seeds.
Meera clicked Transactions → Sales → Sales Invoice.

| Field | Value |
|---|---|
| Date | 22-06-2025 |
| Customer | Almora Kitchen Supplies |
| Invoice Number | SI-2025-051 (auto-generated) |
Item Lines:
| Item | Qty | Rate | Amount | GST 5% | Total |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Turmeric Powder | 20 kg | Rs. 180 | Rs. 3,600 | Rs. 180 | Rs. 3,780 |
| Cumin Seeds | 10 kg | Rs. 450 | Rs. 4,500 | Rs. 225 | Rs. 4,725 |
| Grand Total | Rs. 8,100 | Rs. 405 | Rs. 8,505 |
Since both Bisht Traders and Almora Kitchen Supplies are in Uttarakhand (same state), the GST is split into:
- CGST @ 2.5% = Rs. 202.50
- SGST @ 2.5% = Rs. 202.50
- Total GST = Rs. 405
ERPLite calculated all of this automatically based on the GST rate stored in the Item Master and the state codes from the GSTINs.
Behind the scenes — the GL entry:
| Account | Debit (Rs.) | Credit (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|
| Trade Receivables — Almora Kitchen Supplies | 8,505 | |
| Sales — Spices | 8,100 | |
| CGST Payable | 202.50 | |
| SGST Payable | 202.50 |
6. Purchase Voucher — Buying Goods
The Purchase Voucher records purchases. We will cover the full purchase cycle in a later chapter. Here is a basic entry.
Bisht Ji's paper: A bill from Delhi Spice Suppliers — 100 kg raw turmeric at Rs. 120/kg.
Meera clicked Transactions → Purchase → Purchase Bill.

| Field | Value |
|---|---|
| Date | 18-06-2025 |
| Vendor | Delhi Spice Suppliers Pvt Ltd |
| Bill Number | DSPL/2025/789 (vendor's bill number) |
Item Lines:
| Item | Qty | Rate | Amount | IGST 5% | Total |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Turmeric (Raw) | 100 kg | Rs. 120 | Rs. 12,000 | Rs. 600 | Rs. 12,600 |
Since Delhi Spice Suppliers is in Delhi (07) and Bisht Traders is in Uttarakhand (05), this is an inter-state purchase. So the GST is IGST (not CGST + SGST).
Behind the scenes — the GL entry:
| Account | Debit (Rs.) | Credit (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|
| Purchase — Raw Spices | 12,000 | |
| IGST Input Credit | 600 | |
| Trade Payables — Delhi Spice Suppliers | 12,600 |
Notice that GST paid on purchases goes to Input Credit (an asset), not to the payable account. This is because you can claim this amount back from the government. We will learn more about Input Tax Credit in the GST chapters.
7. Debit Note — Returning Goods to a Supplier
A Debit Note is issued when you return goods to a supplier, or when the supplier agrees to reduce the price.
Bisht Ji's paper: A note saying "Returned 10 kg damaged turmeric to Delhi Spice Suppliers."
Meera clicked Transactions → Voucher Entry → Debit Note.

| Field | Value |
|---|---|
| Date | 20-06-2025 |
| Vendor | Delhi Spice Suppliers Pvt Ltd |
| Original Bill Reference | DSPL/2025/789 |
| Item | Turmeric (Raw) |
| Quantity Returned | 10 kg |
| Rate | Rs. 120/kg |
| Amount | Rs. 1,200 |
| IGST | Rs. 60 |
| Total | Rs. 1,260 |
| Reason | Damaged goods — turmeric was damp and had fungus |
"Why is it called a Debit Note?" Meera asked.
"Because you are debiting the supplier's account," Sharma Sir explained. "You are saying — you owe me Rs. 1,260 less now. Or you need to send me a refund. Your account in my books goes down."
Behind the scenes — the GL entry:
| Account | Debit (Rs.) | Credit (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|
| Trade Payables — Delhi Spice Suppliers | 1,260 | |
| Purchase — Raw Spices | 1,200 | |
| IGST Input Credit | 60 |
This is the reverse of the original purchase entry. Payables go down. Purchases go down. Input credit also goes down (because you returned the goods, so you can't claim the GST on them).
8. Credit Note — Customer Returns Goods
A Credit Note is issued when a customer returns goods, or when you give a discount after the sale.
Bisht Ji's paper: A note saying "Almora Kitchen Supplies returned 5 kg Turmeric Powder — shelf life expired."
Meera clicked Transactions → Voucher Entry → Credit Note.

| Field | Value |
|---|---|
| Date | 28-06-2025 |
| Customer | Almora Kitchen Supplies |
| Original Invoice | SI-2025-051 |
| Item | Turmeric Powder |
| Quantity Returned | 5 kg |
| Rate | Rs. 180/kg |
| Amount | Rs. 900 |
| CGST | Rs. 22.50 |
| SGST | Rs. 22.50 |
| Total | Rs. 945 |
| Reason | Product shelf life expired before delivery |
"Why Credit Note?" Meera asked.
"Because you are crediting the customer's account," Sharma Sir said. "You are saying — you owe me Rs. 945 less now. I am giving you credit."
Behind the scenes — the GL entry:
| Account | Debit (Rs.) | Credit (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|
| Sales — Spices | 900 | |
| CGST Payable | 22.50 | |
| SGST Payable | 22.50 | |
| Trade Receivables — Almora Kitchen Supplies | 945 |
Sales go down. GST payable goes down. Receivables go down. Everything reverses.
Debit Note vs. Credit Note — A Simple Summary
Students often get confused between these two. Here is a simple way to remember:
| Debit Note | Credit Note | |
|---|---|---|
| Who issues it? | Buyer (you) to Seller (vendor) | Seller (you) to Buyer (customer) |
| When? | Purchase return or price dispute | Sales return or discount given |
| Effect on vendor's account | Vendor's balance decreases | — |
| Effect on customer's account | — | Customer's balance decreases |
| GST impact | Your Input Credit decreases | Your GST Payable decreases |
Simple memory trick: Debit Note = you bought something wrong. Credit Note = you sold something wrong.
Auto-Numbering
"Did you notice," Negi Bhaiya pointed out, "that you didn't type the voucher number? The system generated it automatically."
ERPLite uses auto-numbering for all vouchers. Each voucher type has its own number series:
| Voucher Type | Number Format | Example |
|---|---|---|
| Journal | JV-2025-001 | JV-2025-001, JV-2025-002, ... |
| Receipt | RV-2025-001 | RV-2025-001, RV-2025-002, ... |
| Payment | PV-2025-001 | PV-2025-001, PV-2025-002, ... |
| Contra | CV-2025-001 | CV-2025-001, CV-2025-002, ... |
| Sales Invoice | SI-2025-001 | SI-2025-001, SI-2025-002, ... |
| Purchase Bill | PB-2025-001 | PB-2025-001, PB-2025-002, ... |
| Debit Note | DN-2025-001 | DN-2025-001, DN-2025-002, ... |
| Credit Note | CN-2025-001 | CN-2025-001, CN-2025-002, ... |
"Auto-numbering prevents gaps and duplicates," Negi Bhaiya said. "You can never have two invoices with the same number. And you can never skip a number. This is important for GST compliance — the tax department wants to see continuous, unbroken invoice numbers."
The number format can be customized in Settings → Number Series. But for most businesses, the default format works fine.
The Draft → Post Workflow in Action
Now Meera had entered all the vouchers from Bisht Ji's folder. But they were all in Draft status.
Negi Bhaiya pulled up the Draft Vouchers list.

"Let me review each one," he said.
He opened the first voucher — the Journal entry for depreciation. He checked:
- Is the date correct?
- Are the accounts correct (Depreciation Expense debited, Accumulated Depreciation credited)?
- Is the amount correct (Rs. 15,000)?
- Does the narration make sense?
Everything looked good. He clicked Approve & Post.

The status changed from Draft to Posted. A green banner appeared: "Voucher JV-2025-001 posted successfully. GL entries created."
"Once a voucher is posted," Negi Bhaiya explained, "you cannot edit it. The GL entries are created. The accounts are updated. If you find a mistake after posting, you have to create a reversal entry — a new voucher that undoes the wrong one."
He went through each voucher, one by one:
| Voucher | Status | Negi Bhaiya's Action |
|---|---|---|
| JV-2025-001 (Depreciation) | Draft → Posted | Approved |
| RV-2025-001 (Receipt from customer) | Draft → Posted | Approved |
| PV-2025-001 (Rent payment) | Draft → Sent Back | Amount should be Rs. 8,500, not Rs. 8,000 |
| CV-2025-001 (Cash deposit) | Draft → Posted | Approved |
| SI-2025-051 (Sales invoice) | Draft → Posted | Approved |
| PB-2025-001 (Purchase bill) | Draft → Posted | Approved |
| DN-2025-001 (Debit note) | Draft → Posted | Approved |
| CN-2025-001 (Credit note) | Draft → Posted | Approved |
One voucher was sent back — the rent payment. Negi Bhaiya noticed that the landlord's receipt actually said Rs. 8,500 (the rent had increased this month). Meera had entered Rs. 8,000 by mistake.
"See?" Negi Bhaiya said. "This is why the Draft step exists. I caught the error before it went into the books. Now you correct it and save again."
Meera opened the draft, changed the amount to Rs. 8,500, updated the narration, and saved. Negi Bhaiya reviewed and posted it.
How GL Posting Works Automatically
"Can I ask something?" Meera said. "When we did accounting on paper, I had to write the journal entry, then post it to the ledger, then prepare the trial balance. That was three steps. In ERPLite, I just enter the voucher and... everything else happens?"
"Exactly," Sharma Sir said. "That is the magic of software."
Here is what happens behind the scenes when you post a voucher:
Step 1: You create a voucher (e.g., Sales Invoice)
↓
Step 2: Reviewer approves and posts it
↓
Step 3: ERPLite automatically creates the GL (General Ledger) entries
↓
Step 4: Each account's ledger is updated instantly
↓
Step 5: Trial Balance, P&L, Balance Sheet — all updated in real time
"On paper, this took hours," Sharma Sir said. "On the computer, it takes less than a second. That is why businesses use ERP software. Not because they are lazy — because they want accuracy and speed."
You can see the GL entries for any voucher by clicking on the voucher and selecting View GL Entries or View Ledger Posting.

A Day's Work — Summary
Meera entered 8 vouchers today. Let us summarize what she processed from Bisht Ji's folder:
| # | Voucher Type | Description | Amount (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | Journal | Depreciation on delivery van | 15,000 |
| 2 | Receipt | Payment from Nainital Spice Restaurant | 25,000 |
| 3 | Payment | Rent for warehouse | 8,500 |
| 4 | Contra | Cash deposited into bank | 50,000 |
| 5 | Sales | Invoice to Almora Kitchen Supplies | 8,505 |
| 6 | Purchase | Bill from Delhi Spice Suppliers | 12,600 |
| 7 | Debit Note | Return of damaged turmeric to supplier | 1,260 |
| 8 | Credit Note | Return of expired turmeric from customer | 945 |
"Eight vouchers," Meera said. "Eight different types. Eight different GL entries. All done in one afternoon."
"And tomorrow," Negi Bhaiya said, "you will do thirty of these before lunch. Speed comes with practice."
Quick Recap
- ERPLite has 8 voucher types: Journal, Receipt, Payment, Contra, Sales, Purchase, Debit Note, Credit Note
- Journal = adjustments and non-cash entries
- Receipt = money coming in from customers or other sources
- Payment = money going out for expenses or vendor payments
- Contra = transfers between your own cash and bank accounts
- Sales = invoices for goods/services sold
- Purchase = bills for goods/services bought
- Debit Note = returns to vendors (reduces what you owe them)
- Credit Note = returns from customers (reduces what they owe you)
- Always write a narration — it explains WHY the entry was made
- Auto-numbering ensures every voucher has a unique, sequential number
- Draft → Post workflow lets you review before finalizing
- Once posted, GL entries are created automatically — accounts, trial balance, and reports update instantly
- If you find an error after posting, create a reversal entry — never delete a posted voucher
Practice Exercise — Try This Yourself
Here are 6 transactions for Bisht Traders. Identify the correct voucher type for each, and write the GL entry (which account is debited, which is credited).
-
Bisht Ji pays Rs. 2,000 electricity bill by cheque.
- Voucher type: ?
- Debit: ? | Credit: ?
-
Kumaon Hotel Group pays Rs. 1,50,000 by NEFT.
- Voucher type: ?
- Debit: ? | Credit: ?
-
Bisht Ji withdraws Rs. 20,000 cash from bank for office use.
- Voucher type: ?
- Debit: ? | Credit: ?
-
Bisht Ji sells 50 kg Garam Masala to Pahadi Kitchen at Rs. 520/kg (plus 5% GST). Both are in Uttarakhand.
- Voucher type: ?
- Calculate the total invoice amount
- Write the GL entry
-
Pahadi Kitchen returns 5 kg Garam Masala — wrong flavor blend.
- Voucher type: ?
- Calculate the credit note amount
- Write the GL entry
-
Sharma Sir asks Meera to record quarterly depreciation on office furniture — Rs. 3,000.
- Voucher type: ?
- Debit: ? | Credit: ?
Fun Fact
In the old days — we are talking 500 years ago — Italian merchants in Venice and Florence would write every transaction in a book called the giornale (journal). The word "journal" comes from the French word jour, meaning "day" — because it was a daily record. When Meera enters a journal voucher in ERPLite, she is carrying on a tradition that is older than the Mughal Empire. The tools have changed — from quill pens to keyboards — but the logic is exactly the same. Debit on the left. Credit on the right. The books must balance.
Sales Cycle — Quotation to Payment
The phone rang in the office. Negi Bhaiya picked it up. "Yes, Bisht Ji... A new customer? Nainital Grand Hotel... They want a quotation for monthly spice supply?... Okay, I'll prepare it."
He hung up and turned to Meera. "Perfect timing. You are about to learn the full sales cycle. A new hotel in Nainital wants to buy spices from Bisht Ji every month. They want a formal quotation first. If they like the prices, they will confirm the order. Then we deliver and send the invoice. Then they pay."
"So it is not just one step?" Meera asked.
"No," Negi Bhaiya said. "A sale is a journey — from the first conversation to the last rupee collected. ERPLite manages every step of that journey. Let me show you."
The Sales Cycle — An Overview
In business, a sale rarely happens in one step. Especially in B2B (business-to-business) transactions — where one company sells to another — there is a formal process.
Here is the full sales cycle:
Customer asks for prices
↓
You send a Proforma Invoice (quotation)
↓
Customer confirms → You create a Sales Order
↓
You deliver goods and send a Tax Invoice
↓
Customer pays → You record a Payment Receipt
Let us understand each step:
| Step | Document | Purpose |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Proforma Invoice | A quotation — "here are our prices, this is what it will cost" |
| 2 | Sales Order | Confirmation — "the customer has agreed, we will deliver" |
| 3 | Sales Invoice | The bill — "we delivered, now you pay us" |
| 4 | Payment Receipt | The collection — "the customer has paid" |
Think of it like ordering food at a restaurant:
- You look at the menu (Proforma Invoice — shows you the prices)
- You place your order with the waiter (Sales Order — confirmed)
- The food arrives with the bill (Sales Invoice — now pay up)
- You pay the bill (Payment Receipt — done!)
In ERPLite, each step is linked to the next. A Proforma Invoice can be converted into a Sales Order with one click. A Sales Order can be converted into a Sales Invoice. Everything is connected.
Step 1: Proforma Invoice — The Quotation
The hotel in Nainital — Nainital Grand Hotel — wants to know how much monthly spice supply would cost. Meera needs to send them a Proforma Invoice.
First, she sets up the hotel as a new customer in the Customer Master:
| Field | Value |
|---|---|
| Customer Name | Nainital Grand Hotel |
| GSTIN | 05AAECN7890D1Z1 |
| Address | The Mall Road, Nainital, Uttarakhand - 263001 |
| Contact Person | Mr. Dinesh Rawat, Purchase Manager |
| Credit Limit | Rs. 1,00,000 |
| Payment Terms | 30 days |
Now she creates the Proforma Invoice.
Meera clicked Transactions → Sales → Proforma Invoice → New.

| Field | Value |
|---|---|
| Date | 01-07-2025 |
| Customer | Nainital Grand Hotel |
| Valid Until | 15-07-2025 (the quote is valid for 15 days) |
Item Lines:
| Item | Qty (per month) | Rate (Rs./kg) | Amount (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|---|
| Turmeric Powder | 10 kg | 180 | 1,800 |
| Cumin Seeds | 5 kg | 450 | 2,250 |
| Coriander Powder | 8 kg | 160 | 1,280 |
| Red Chilli Powder | 5 kg | 280 | 1,400 |
| Garam Masala | 3 kg | 520 | 1,560 |
| Sub-Total | 8,290 | ||
| GST @ 5% | 414.50 | ||
| Grand Total | 8,704.50 |
Since both Bisht Traders and Nainital Grand Hotel are in Uttarakhand, the GST is intra-state:
- CGST @ 2.5% = Rs. 207.25
- SGST @ 2.5% = Rs. 207.25
Meera clicked Save. The Proforma Invoice was ready.
Important: A Proforma Invoice is NOT a tax invoice. It is just a quotation. It does NOT create any GL entries. It does NOT affect the accounts. It is simply a formal way of telling the customer — "This is what we can offer."

Meera emailed the Proforma Invoice to Mr. Dinesh Rawat at Nainital Grand Hotel.
Step 2: Sales Order — The Confirmation
Three days later, Mr. Dinesh Rawat called back. "We accept the quotation. Please start the monthly supply from 15th July."
Now Meera needed to convert the Proforma Invoice into a Sales Order.
She opened the Proforma Invoice (PI-2025-012) and clicked the button: Convert to Sales Order.

ERPLite automatically filled in all the details from the Proforma Invoice — customer, items, quantities, rates. Meera just had to set the delivery date.
| Field | Value |
|---|---|
| Sales Order Number | SO-2025-008 (auto-generated) |
| Order Date | 05-07-2025 |
| Delivery Date | 15-07-2025 |
| All items | Carried over from Proforma Invoice |
She reviewed everything and clicked Save.
What does a Sales Order do?
A Sales Order is an internal confirmation. It tells the warehouse team: "Get these items ready for delivery on 15th July." It tells the accounts team: "An invoice will be needed soon."
Like the Proforma Invoice, a Sales Order also does NOT create GL entries. It is a planning document, not an accounting document. The accounts are only affected when the actual Invoice is created.
| Document | Creates GL Entries? | Affects Accounts? |
|---|---|---|
| Proforma Invoice | No | No |
| Sales Order | No | No |
| Sales Invoice | Yes | Yes |
| Payment Receipt | Yes | Yes |
"Think of it this way," Sharma Sir said. "The Proforma is a promise. The Sales Order is a plan. The Invoice is the real thing."
Step 3: Sales Invoice — The Bill
On 15th July, Bisht Ji delivered the spices to Nainital Grand Hotel. Now Meera needed to create the Tax Invoice.
She opened Sales Order SO-2025-008 and clicked Convert to Invoice.

Again, ERPLite carried over all the details. Meera reviewed them:
Sales Invoice:
| Field | Value |
|---|---|
| Invoice Number | SI-2025-067 (auto-generated) |
| Invoice Date | 15-07-2025 |
| Customer | Nainital Grand Hotel |
| GSTIN | 05AAECN7890D1Z1 |
| Place of Supply | Uttarakhand (same state) |
Item Lines (same as before):
| Item | HSN | Qty | Rate | Amount | CGST 2.5% | SGST 2.5% | Total |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Turmeric Powder | 0910 30 30 | 10 kg | 180 | 1,800 | 45.00 | 45.00 | 1,890.00 |
| Cumin Seeds | 0909 31 10 | 5 kg | 450 | 2,250 | 56.25 | 56.25 | 2,362.50 |
| Coriander Powder | 0909 21 20 | 8 kg | 160 | 1,280 | 32.00 | 32.00 | 1,344.00 |
| Red Chilli Powder | 0904 21 20 | 5 kg | 280 | 1,400 | 35.00 | 35.00 | 1,470.00 |
| Garam Masala | 0910 99 90 | 3 kg | 520 | 1,560 | 39.00 | 39.00 | 1,638.00 |
| Totals | 8,290 | 207.25 | 207.25 | 8,704.50 |
Meera clicked Save as Draft.
Negi Bhaiya reviewed the invoice. He checked:
- Customer details and GSTIN — correct
- HSN codes for each item — correct
- GST rate and calculation — correct
- Invoice total — Rs. 8,704.50 — correct
He clicked Approve & Post.

GL Auto-Posting — What Happened Behind the Scenes
The moment the invoice was posted, ERPLite automatically created these GL entries:
| Account | Debit (Rs.) | Credit (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|
| Trade Receivables — Nainital Grand Hotel | 8,704.50 | |
| Sales — Spices | 8,290.00 | |
| CGST Payable | 207.25 | |
| SGST Payable | 207.25 |
Let us understand each line:
-
Trade Receivables goes UP (Debit): The hotel now owes Bisht Ji Rs. 8,704.50. This is an asset — money that will come in the future.
-
Sales goes UP (Credit): Revenue of Rs. 8,290 is recognized. This is income for Bisht Traders.
-
CGST Payable goes UP (Credit): Bisht Ji collected Rs. 207.25 as CGST from the hotel. He does not keep this money — he owes it to the government. It is a liability.
-
SGST Payable goes UP (Credit): Same logic for SGST — Rs. 207.25 to be paid to the state government.
"You did not write a single journal entry," Sharma Sir pointed out. "You just filled in a sales invoice — customer name, items, quantities. The software did the accounting automatically. The double-entry is perfect. Debit equals credit. Assets equal liabilities plus equity. Everything balances."
This is the power of GL auto-posting. The accountant focuses on the business transaction (who bought what, how much, when). The software handles the accounting logic (which accounts to debit, which to credit, how much).
Step 4: Payment Receipt — Getting Paid
On 10th August, Nainital Grand Hotel paid Bisht Ji. An NEFT transfer of Rs. 8,704.50 appeared in his bank account.
Meera needed to record this payment.
She clicked Transactions → Sales → Payment Receipt → New.

| Field | Value |
|---|---|
| Date | 10-08-2025 |
| Customer | Nainital Grand Hotel |
| Amount | Rs. 8,704.50 |
| Payment Mode | Bank Transfer (NEFT) |
| Bank Account | SBI Haldwani |
| Reference | UTR: NEFT20250810045 |
When Meera selected the customer, ERPLite showed the outstanding invoices:
| Invoice | Date | Amount | Outstanding | Days Overdue |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SI-2025-067 | 15-07-2025 | Rs. 8,704.50 | Rs. 8,704.50 | 26 days |
Meera clicked on SI-2025-067 to link this payment to that invoice. The full amount was being paid.
She saved and Negi Bhaiya posted it.
GL Entry for Payment Receipt:
| Account | Debit (Rs.) | Credit (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|
| Bank Account — SBI Haldwani | 8,704.50 | |
| Trade Receivables — Nainital Grand Hotel | 8,704.50 |
Bank goes UP (money received). Receivables go DOWN (the hotel no longer owes anything). Simple and clean.
The Complete Flow — Tracing the Journey
Let us trace the entire journey from start to finish:
| Step | Document | Date | GL Impact |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | Proforma Invoice PI-2025-012 | 01-07-2025 | None |
| 2 | Sales Order SO-2025-008 | 05-07-2025 | None |
| 3 | Sales Invoice SI-2025-067 | 15-07-2025 | Receivables ↑, Sales ↑, GST Payable ↑ |
| 4 | Payment Receipt RV-2025-015 | 10-08-2025 | Bank ↑, Receivables ↓ |
In ERPLite, you can see this entire chain. When you open the Sales Invoice, there is a section called Document Trail or Linked Documents that shows:
PI-2025-012 (Proforma) → SO-2025-008 (Order) → SI-2025-067 (Invoice) → RV-2025-015 (Receipt)

"This is very useful for auditing," Sharma Sir said. "If the tax department asks — show me the original quotation for this invoice — you can trace it back in seconds. Everything is connected."
What About Partial Payments?
"What if the customer doesn't pay the full amount at once?" Meera asked. Good question.
Let us say Nainital Grand Hotel paid only Rs. 5,000 now and promised to pay the rest later.
Meera would create a Payment Receipt for Rs. 5,000. The outstanding balance on Invoice SI-2025-067 would go from Rs. 8,704.50 to Rs. 3,704.50.
When the hotel pays the remaining Rs. 3,704.50, she would create another Payment Receipt and link it to the same invoice.
ERPLite keeps track of how much is paid and how much is pending for each invoice. This is how the Aged Receivables report works — it shows which invoices are partially paid and how old the outstanding amount is.
| Invoice | Total Amount | Paid So Far | Outstanding | Status |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| SI-2025-067 | Rs. 8,704.50 | Rs. 5,000.00 | Rs. 3,704.50 | Partially Paid |
What About Inter-State Sales?
All our examples so far have been within Uttarakhand (intra-state). What happens when Bisht Ji sells spices to a customer in another state — say, a restaurant in Delhi?
The only difference is the GST treatment:
| Sale Type | GST Applied | Example |
|---|---|---|
| Intra-state (same state) | CGST + SGST | Bisht Traders (UK) sells to Nainital Grand Hotel (UK) |
| Inter-state (different state) | IGST | Bisht Traders (UK) sells to Delhi Restaurant (DL) |
The total GST amount is the same (5% of Rs. 8,290 = Rs. 414.50). But how it is split changes:
| Intra-state | Inter-state | |
|---|---|---|
| CGST | Rs. 207.25 | — |
| SGST | Rs. 207.25 | — |
| IGST | — | Rs. 414.50 |
| Total GST | Rs. 414.50 | Rs. 414.50 |
ERPLite handles this automatically. It looks at the state code in the seller's GSTIN and the buyer's GSTIN. If they match (both 05), it applies CGST + SGST. If they don't match (05 and 07), it applies IGST.
You don't need to remember which one to apply. Just make sure the customer's GSTIN is correct in the Customer Master. The software does the rest.
Skipping Steps — Is It Allowed?
"Do I always have to create a Proforma Invoice first?" Meera asked. "What if a customer just walks in and wants to buy immediately?"
"Good question," Negi Bhaiya said. "Not every sale needs all four steps. You can skip steps."
| Scenario | Steps Used |
|---|---|
| New customer wants a formal quote | Proforma → Sales Order → Invoice → Payment |
| Regular customer places routine order | Sales Order → Invoice → Payment |
| Walk-in customer, cash sale | Invoice → Payment (immediate) |
| Urgent order, no time for formalities | Invoice → Payment |
"The Proforma Invoice and Sales Order are optional," Sharma Sir added. "They are planning tools. The Sales Invoice is mandatory — without it, there is no sale in the books. And the Payment Receipt is needed to record that the money came in."
In ERPLite, you can create a Sales Invoice directly without creating a Proforma Invoice or Sales Order first. The system is flexible.
A Summary of the Sales Documents
Here is a handy reference for all four documents:
| Document | Required? | Creates GL Entries? | Can Be Edited After Posting? | What It Proves |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Proforma Invoice | Optional | No | N/A (not posted) | "We quoted this price" |
| Sales Order | Optional | No | N/A (not posted) | "Customer confirmed the order" |
| Sales Invoice | Mandatory | Yes | No | "We sold these goods at this price" |
| Payment Receipt | Mandatory (for payment) | Yes | No | "Customer paid this amount" |
Quick Recap
- The sales cycle has up to 4 steps: Proforma Invoice → Sales Order → Sales Invoice → Payment Receipt
- Proforma Invoice is a quotation — it does NOT affect the accounts
- Sales Order is an internal confirmation — also does NOT affect the accounts
- Sales Invoice is the tax bill — this is where GL entries are created (Receivables, Sales, GST Payable)
- Payment Receipt records the customer's payment (Bank goes up, Receivables go down)
- ERPLite can convert documents: Proforma → Sales Order → Invoice with one click
- GL auto-posting means the software creates the journal entries automatically — you just fill in the business details
- Intra-state sales use CGST + SGST; inter-state sales use IGST — ERPLite determines this from the GSTINs
- You can skip steps — not every sale needs a Proforma Invoice or Sales Order
- Partial payments are supported — ERPLite tracks outstanding amounts per invoice
- The Document Trail links all related documents for easy tracing and audit
Practice Exercise — Try This Yourself
Bisht Ji gets a new customer: Hill View Cafe, Mukteshwar (GSTIN: 05AABHV3456F1Z7). They want a monthly supply of:
- Garam Masala: 2 kg at Rs. 520/kg
- Red Chilli Powder: 3 kg at Rs. 280/kg
- Turmeric Powder: 4 kg at Rs. 180/kg
Tasks:
-
Calculate the sub-total (before GST) for this order.
-
Calculate the GST. This is an intra-state sale (both in Uttarakhand). What is the CGST and SGST amount?
-
What is the grand total (sub-total + GST)?
-
Write the GL entry that ERPLite will create when the Sales Invoice is posted.
-
Two weeks later, Hill View Cafe pays Rs. 2,000 by NEFT. Write the GL entry for this partial payment.
-
After the partial payment, what is the outstanding balance on this invoice?
-
If Hill View Cafe was in Himachal Pradesh instead of Uttarakhand, how would the GST treatment change? What would the IGST amount be?
Bonus: Draw the document trail for this transaction — from Proforma Invoice to Payment Receipt — with document numbers you make up yourself.
Fun Fact
The concept of a "sales invoice" is ancient. The oldest known invoice was found in Mesopotamia (modern-day Iraq), written on a clay tablet around 2,000 BCE. It recorded the sale of barley. The seller, the buyer, the quantity, and the price — all recorded. Four thousand years later, Meera is doing the exact same thing in ERPLite for Bisht Ji's spices. The medium changed — from clay tablets to paper to software. But the idea is the same: when you sell something, write it down. Record what was sold, to whom, for how much, and when. That is the heart of accounting, and it has not changed in 4,000 years.
Purchase Cycle — Order to Bill
Bisht Ji was on the phone, sounding worried. "The turmeric stock is running low. Diwali season is coming and orders are pouring in. We need 500 kg of raw turmeric from Delhi. And 200 kg of cumin from Jodhpur. Can you place the orders today?"
Meera looked at Negi Bhaiya. He nodded. "Time for you to learn the purchase cycle. Sales is about money coming in. Purchases is about money going out. Same idea, opposite direction."
Sharma Sir added, "And there is one extra thing in purchases that we don't have in sales — TDS. Tax Deducted at Source. When Bisht Ji pays certain vendors, he has to deduct a small percentage and send it to the government. The software handles it, but you need to understand why."
Meera opened ERPLite. The purchase section was waiting.
The Purchase Cycle — An Overview
Just like the sales cycle has steps, the purchase cycle also follows a sequence.
You need goods or services
↓
You send a Purchase Order to the supplier
↓
Supplier delivers the goods
↓
Supplier sends a Bill (invoice)
↓
You verify the bill and record it
↓
You make the payment (sometimes with TDS deduction)
Here are the steps in a table:
| Step | Document | Purpose |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Purchase Order (PO) | Formal request — "We want to buy these items at these prices" |
| 2 | Purchase Bill | Recording the supplier's invoice — "They delivered, here is the bill" |
| 3 | Payment | Paying the supplier — "Here is the money" |
Think of it like ordering supplies for your home:
- You call the shopkeeper and say "Send me 10 kg rice and 5 kg dal" — that is the Purchase Order
- The shopkeeper delivers and gives you a bill — that is the Purchase Bill
- You pay the shopkeeper — that is the Payment
Let us follow Meera as she places Bisht Ji's order for raw turmeric from Delhi.
Step 1: Purchase Order — Placing the Order
Meera clicked Transactions → Purchase → Purchase Order → New.

| Field | Value |
|---|---|
| PO Number | PO-2025-015 (auto-generated) |
| Date | 01-08-2025 |
| Vendor | Delhi Spice Suppliers Pvt Ltd |
| Expected Delivery Date | 10-08-2025 |
Item Lines:
| Item | Qty | Rate (Rs./kg) | Amount (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|---|
| Turmeric (Raw) | 500 kg | 120 | 60,000 |
Since this is an inter-state purchase (vendor in Delhi, buyer in Uttarakhand), GST will be IGST:
| Amount (Rs.) | |
|---|---|
| Sub-Total | 60,000 |
| IGST @ 5% | 3,000 |
| Grand Total | 63,000 |
Meera clicked Save.
Important: Like the Proforma Invoice in sales, a Purchase Order does NOT create GL entries. It is a planning document. The accounts are not affected until the Purchase Bill is recorded.
"Always create a PO before buying," Negi Bhaiya said. "It helps in two ways. First, the vendor knows exactly what you want — no confusion. Second, when the bill arrives, you can compare it against the PO. If the vendor charges a different price or sends a different quantity, you catch it immediately."
Meera printed the PO and Bisht Ji signed it. They emailed it to Delhi Spice Suppliers.

Step 2: Purchase Bill — Recording the Supplier's Invoice
Ten days later, the turmeric arrived. The delivery truck from Delhi brought 500 kg of raw turmeric. Along with the goods, the driver handed over the supplier's tax invoice — Bill No. DSPL/2025/1056, dated 10-08-2025.
Bisht Ji's warehouse team checked the goods:
- Quantity: 500 kg — matches the PO
- Quality: Good — no damage, no moisture
- Rate: Rs. 120/kg — matches the PO
Everything matched. Now Meera needed to record this bill in ERPLite.
She opened PO-2025-015 and clicked Convert to Purchase Bill.

ERPLite filled in the details from the PO automatically. Meera added the supplier's bill details:
| Field | Value |
|---|---|
| Bill Number in ERPLite | PB-2025-022 (auto-generated — internal reference) |
| Supplier's Bill Number | DSPL/2025/1056 (what the vendor calls it) |
| Bill Date | 10-08-2025 |
| Vendor | Delhi Spice Suppliers Pvt Ltd |
"Why two numbers?" Meera asked.
"The supplier has their own numbering system," Negi Bhaiya explained. "DSPL/2025/1056 is their invoice number. PB-2025-022 is our internal reference. We need both — ours for our records, theirs for matching with the GST return."
Item Lines:
| Item | HSN | Qty | Rate | Amount | IGST 5% | Total |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Turmeric (Raw) | 0910 30 30 | 500 kg | 120 | 60,000 | 3,000 | 63,000 |
Meera reviewed everything. She clicked Save as Draft.
Negi Bhaiya compared the bill with the PO. Quantities matched. Rates matched. He clicked Approve & Post.
GL Entry Created Automatically:
| Account | Debit (Rs.) | Credit (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|
| Purchase — Raw Spices | 60,000 | |
| IGST Input Credit | 3,000 | |
| Trade Payables — Delhi Spice Suppliers | 63,000 |
Let us understand each line:
-
Purchase goes UP (Debit): We bought goods worth Rs. 60,000. This is an expense (cost of goods).
-
IGST Input Credit goes UP (Debit): We paid Rs. 3,000 as IGST on this purchase. But we don't lose this money — we can claim it as Input Tax Credit (ITC). It offsets the GST we collect from our customers. Think of it as "GST we already paid — the government owes us this back." This is an asset in our books.
-
Trade Payables goes UP (Credit): We owe the vendor Rs. 63,000. This is a liability — money we must pay.
"Notice the difference from the sales invoice," Sharma Sir said. "In sales, GST went to Payable (liability — we owe it to the government). In purchases, GST goes to Input Credit (asset — the government owes us). The two offset each other. That is the whole genius of GST."

Step 3: Payment — Paying the Vendor
The supplier's payment terms are 45 days. But Bisht Ji wants to pay early to maintain a good relationship. He decides to pay on 25th August — just 15 days after receiving the goods.
Here is where something new comes in — TDS.
What is TDS?
TDS stands for Tax Deducted at Source. It is a way of collecting income tax.
Here is the simple explanation: When Bisht Ji pays the supplier Rs. 63,000, the government says — "Wait. Before you pay the full amount, deduct a small percentage and send it to us. The supplier will get the rest. When the supplier files their income tax return, they can claim credit for this amount."
"Think of it like this," Sharma Sir said. "When your school gave you a scholarship of Rs. 1,000 but deducted Rs. 100 for the school fund, you got Rs. 900 in hand. But you could still say 'My scholarship was Rs. 1,000.' TDS is similar — the vendor's bill is Rs. 63,000 but they receive less because some tax is deducted upfront."
When is TDS Applicable?
TDS applies in certain situations. For purchases, the most common section is Section 194Q — TDS on purchase of goods. It applies when:
- The buyer's total turnover exceeds Rs. 10 crore in the previous year, AND
- Purchases from a single vendor exceed Rs. 50 lakh in the current year
For our example, let us assume Bisht Ji's purchases from Delhi Spice Suppliers have crossed Rs. 50 lakh this year, so TDS applies.
The TDS rate under Section 194Q is 0.1% of the purchase amount (excluding GST).
TDS Calculation:
| Amount (Rs.) | |
|---|---|
| Bill Amount (including GST) | 63,000 |
| Amount on which TDS is calculated (excluding GST) | 60,000 |
| TDS @ 0.1% of Rs. 60,000 | 60 |
| Amount Payable to Vendor | 62,940 |
| TDS to be deposited with government | 60 |
The vendor receives Rs. 62,940 instead of Rs. 63,000. The remaining Rs. 60 is deposited by Bisht Ji to the Income Tax department on behalf of the vendor.
Recording the Payment in ERPLite
Meera clicked Transactions → Purchase → Payment → New.

| Field | Value |
|---|---|
| Date | 25-08-2025 |
| Vendor | Delhi Spice Suppliers Pvt Ltd |
| Bill Reference | PB-2025-022 / DSPL/2025/1056 |
| Bill Amount | Rs. 63,000 |
| TDS Applicable? | Yes |
| TDS Section | 194Q — Purchase of Goods |
| TDS Rate | 0.1% |
| TDS Amount | Rs. 60 (auto-calculated by ERPLite) |
| Net Payment | Rs. 62,940 |
| Payment Mode | Bank Transfer (NEFT) |
| Bank Account | SBI Haldwani |
ERPLite calculated the TDS automatically. Meera just had to confirm it was correct.
She clicked Save as Draft. Negi Bhaiya reviewed and posted.
GL Entry for Payment:
| Account | Debit (Rs.) | Credit (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|
| Trade Payables — Delhi Spice Suppliers | 63,000 | |
| Bank Account — SBI Haldwani | 62,940 | |
| TDS Payable — Section 194Q | 60 |
Let us understand:
-
Trade Payables goes DOWN (Debit): We no longer owe the vendor. The liability is cleared.
-
Bank goes DOWN (Credit): Rs. 62,940 left our bank account. This is the net payment.
-
TDS Payable goes UP (Credit): Rs. 60 is now a liability — we owe this to the Income Tax department. Bisht Ji must deposit this TDS within the due date (usually by the 7th of the next month).
"So the vendor gets Rs. 62,940, and the government gets Rs. 60," Meera confirmed. "Total is Rs. 63,000. The bill is fully settled."
"Exactly," Sharma Sir said. "Bisht Ji's obligation to the vendor is done. Now he has a new obligation — to deposit the TDS with the government. He does that monthly."

The Complete Purchase Flow — Summary
Let us trace the journey from start to finish:
| Step | Document | Date | GL Impact |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | Purchase Order PO-2025-015 | 01-08-2025 | None |
| 2 | Purchase Bill PB-2025-022 | 10-08-2025 | Purchases ↑, Input Credit ↑, Payables ↑ |
| 3 | Payment PV-2025-030 | 25-08-2025 | Payables ↓, Bank ↓, TDS Payable ↑ |
Like the sales cycle, ERPLite maintains a Document Trail for purchases:
PO-2025-015 (Purchase Order) → PB-2025-022 (Purchase Bill) → PV-2025-030 (Payment)

Purchase Order vs. Purchase Bill — When They Don't Match
"What if the vendor sends different quantities or charges a different price?" Meera asked.
This happens often in the real world. Let us look at some common situations:
Situation 1: Vendor sends fewer items
You ordered 500 kg but only 480 kg arrived (20 kg short).
When converting PO to Purchase Bill, Meera would change the quantity from 500 to 480. The bill amount adjusts automatically. The remaining 20 kg stays as "pending" on the PO.
Situation 2: Vendor charges a higher price
You agreed on Rs. 120/kg but the vendor's bill says Rs. 125/kg.
Meera should NOT accept this quietly. She should flag it to Negi Bhaiya and Bisht Ji. They can:
- Reject the price difference and ask the vendor to revise the bill
- Accept the new price (maybe market rates went up)
- Negotiate a middle ground
Whatever they decide, the Purchase Bill in ERPLite should match the final agreed amount.
Situation 3: Goods are damaged
20 kg of turmeric arrived damp. Bisht Ji rejects it and sends it back.
Meera records the full 500 kg in the Purchase Bill but then creates a Debit Note for 20 kg (Rs. 2,400 + GST). This reduces the amount owed to the vendor. We covered Debit Notes in the previous chapter.
| Scenario | What to Do in ERPLite |
|---|---|
| Short delivery | Record actual quantity received in the bill |
| Price difference | Discuss with vendor; record agreed amount |
| Damaged goods | Record full bill, then issue a Debit Note for returns |
A Second Purchase — From Rajasthan
To give Meera more practice, Negi Bhaiya asked her to process the cumin order from Jodhpur.
Purchase Order:
| Field | Value |
|---|---|
| PO Number | PO-2025-016 |
| Date | 01-08-2025 |
| Vendor | Rajasthan Masala Co. (GSTIN: 08AABCR5678B1Z4) |
| Item | Cumin Seeds (Raw) |
| Quantity | 200 kg |
| Rate | Rs. 320/kg |
| Amount | Rs. 64,000 |
| IGST @ 5% | Rs. 3,200 |
| Total | Rs. 67,200 |
The goods arrived on 12th August with the supplier's bill — RMC/2025/445.
Purchase Bill:
Meera converted the PO to a Purchase Bill. Everything matched. She saved as Draft. Negi Bhaiya posted it.
GL Entry:
| Account | Debit (Rs.) | Credit (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|
| Purchase — Raw Spices | 64,000 | |
| IGST Input Credit | 3,200 | |
| Trade Payables — Rajasthan Masala Co. | 67,200 |
Payment (without TDS):
Bisht Ji's purchases from Rajasthan Masala Co. have NOT crossed Rs. 50 lakh this year. So TDS does NOT apply here.
The payment is straightforward:
| Field | Value |
|---|---|
| Date | 10-09-2025 |
| Vendor | Rajasthan Masala Co. |
| Amount | Rs. 67,200 (full amount, no TDS) |
| Payment Mode | Bank Transfer (NEFT) |
GL Entry:
| Account | Debit (Rs.) | Credit (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|
| Trade Payables — Rajasthan Masala Co. | 67,200 | |
| Bank Account — SBI Haldwani | 67,200 |
"See the difference?" Negi Bhaiya said. "When there is no TDS, the payment is simple — the full amount goes to the vendor. When there is TDS, a small part goes to the government. ERPLite handles both cases."
Sales Cycle vs. Purchase Cycle — Side by Side
Meera had now learned both cycles. Let us compare them:
| Aspect | Sales Cycle | Purchase Cycle |
|---|---|---|
| Direction | You sell to customer | You buy from vendor |
| Money flow | Money comes IN | Money goes OUT |
| Step 1 | Proforma Invoice (optional) | Purchase Order (optional) |
| Step 2 | Sales Order (optional) | — |
| Step 3 | Sales Invoice (mandatory) | Purchase Bill (mandatory) |
| Step 4 | Payment Receipt | Payment |
| GST treatment | You COLLECT GST → Payable (liability) | You PAY GST → Input Credit (asset) |
| TDS | Generally not applicable | May be applicable (Sec 194Q, etc.) |
| Key account | Trade Receivables (asset) | Trade Payables (liability) |
"In sales, you are the giver of goods and the receiver of money," Sharma Sir summarized. "In purchases, you are the receiver of goods and the giver of money. Everything is a mirror image."
TDS — A Quick Reference
Since this chapter introduced TDS, here is a quick reference table of common TDS sections that apply to payments:
| Section | Nature of Payment | TDS Rate | Threshold |
|---|---|---|---|
| 194C | Contractor payments | 1% (individual) / 2% (company) | Rs. 30,000 per bill or Rs. 1 lakh per year |
| 194J | Professional fees | 10% | Rs. 30,000 per year |
| 194Q | Purchase of goods | 0.1% | Rs. 50 lakh per year (buyer turnover > Rs. 10 crore) |
| 194A | Interest (non-bank) | 10% | Rs. 5,000 per year |
"We will study TDS in much more detail in a later chapter," Sharma Sir said. "For now, just remember — TDS is not your money. You deduct it from the vendor's payment and deposit it with the government. If you forget to deduct, you are liable. If you deduct but forget to deposit, you are in trouble. ERPLite helps you track all of this."
In ERPLite, when you mark a vendor as "TDS Applicable" in the Vendor Master, the software automatically calculates TDS whenever you make a payment to that vendor. You just need to confirm the section and rate.
Quick Recap
- The purchase cycle has 3 steps: Purchase Order → Purchase Bill → Payment
- Purchase Order is a formal request to the vendor — it does NOT affect accounts
- Purchase Bill records the vendor's invoice — this creates GL entries (Purchases ↑, Input Credit ↑, Payables ↑)
- Payment settles the vendor's bill — Payables go down, Bank goes down
- TDS (Tax Deducted at Source) is a small percentage deducted from the vendor's payment and deposited with the Income Tax department
- TDS applies in specific situations (based on the nature of payment, the amount, and the buyer's turnover)
- When TDS is deducted, the vendor receives less, and the deducted amount becomes a TDS Payable liability in your books
- Input Tax Credit (ITC): GST paid on purchases is an asset — you can offset it against GST collected on sales
- Document Trail connects PO → Bill → Payment for easy tracing
- Always compare the bill with the PO — check quantities, rates, and totals before recording
- ERPLite auto-calculates TDS when the vendor is marked as TDS-applicable in the Vendor Master
Practice Exercise — Try This Yourself
Bisht Ji wants to buy packaging materials from a local supplier in Haldwani.
Vendor: Pahad Packaging Solutions, Haldwani GSTIN: 05AABPP4567C1Z8 (Uttarakhand — same state) Items:
| Item | Qty | Rate | HSN |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1 kg Spice Pouch (printed) | 5,000 pcs | Rs. 3/pc | 3923 |
| 5 kg Spice Bag (jute) | 1,000 pcs | Rs. 15/pc | 6305 |
GST on plastic pouches (3923): 18% GST on jute bags (6305): 5%
Tasks:
-
Calculate the total amount for each item (before GST).
-
This is an intra-state purchase (both in Uttarakhand). Calculate the CGST and SGST for each item.
-
What is the grand total of the Purchase Bill?
-
Write the GL entry for the Purchase Bill. (Hint: there will be two GST input credit lines — one for CGST and one for SGST.)
-
Bisht Ji's total purchases from Pahad Packaging this year are only Rs. 2 lakh. Is TDS applicable? Why or why not?
-
Assume TDS is NOT applicable. Write the GL entry for the payment.
-
Now imagine Bisht Ji buys from a packaging supplier in Gujarat instead. The GSTIN starts with 24 (Gujarat's state code). How would the GST treatment change?
Bonus: If the jute bags arrive and 50 bags are torn, what document would Meera create in ERPLite? Calculate the amount for this document.
Fun Fact
Khari Baoli in Old Delhi — where Bisht Ji's supplier is located — is the largest wholesale spice market in Asia. It has been operating for over 300 years, since the time of the Mughal emperor Shah Jahan. Thousands of tonnes of spices change hands here every day — turmeric from Andhra Pradesh, cumin from Rajasthan, cardamom from Kerala, chillies from Guntur. Every one of these transactions, in every shop, involves a Purchase Order, a bill, and a payment. Millions of accounting entries. Millions of GST calculations. And somewhere in Haldwani, Meera is learning to record all of this, one voucher at a time. The world of spices and the world of accounting — they have always been connected.
Reports That Tell the Story
It was the last Friday of September. Bisht Ji arrived at the office with a serious expression. "Sharma Sir, I need to know — how is my business doing? Am I making money? Who owes me money? How much do I owe? I need everything."
Sharma Sir smiled. "Meera, this is the moment everything comes together. For the past few weeks, you have been entering transactions — sales, purchases, receipts, payments. Now we ask the big question: what do all those numbers mean?"
He turned to Bisht Ji. "Give us thirty minutes. Meera will run every report you need."
Meera opened ERPLite and clicked on Reports. She had been waiting for this.
Why Reports Matter
Let us be honest. Nobody becomes an accountant because they enjoy entering vouchers all day. The vouchers are the ingredients. The reports are the dish you serve.
Reports answer the questions that business owners, investors, banks, and the tax department ask:
| Question | Report That Answers It |
|---|---|
| Are all accounts balanced? | Trial Balance |
| Are we making profit or loss? | Profit & Loss Statement |
| What do we own and what do we owe? | Balance Sheet |
| Where did cash come from and where did it go? | Cash Flow Statement |
| What happened today in the books? | Day Book |
| What are all our sales and GST details? | Sales Register |
| What are all our purchases and GST details? | Purchase Register |
| Who owes us money and for how long? | Aged Receivables |
| Who do we owe money to and for how long? | Aged Payables |
"Think of it like a medical report," Sharma Sir told Meera. "The doctor does not just check your temperature. He checks your blood pressure, your blood sugar, your heart rate, your cholesterol — all of them together tell the story of your health. These reports together tell the story of a business's health."
Let us run each report for Bisht Traders and understand what it shows.
1. Trial Balance — All Accounts at a Glance
Meera clicked Reports → Trial Balance.
She selected the period: 1st April 2025 to 30th September 2025 (first half of the financial year).

The Trial Balance appeared. It listed every account that had activity during this period, with its closing balance.
Bisht Traders — Trial Balance as on 30th September 2025
| Account Name | Debit (Rs.) | Credit (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|
| Assets | ||
| Cash in Hand | 45,000 | |
| Bank Account — SBI Haldwani | 3,82,000 | |
| Trade Receivables | 1,25,500 | |
| IGST Input Credit | 18,200 | |
| CGST Input Credit | 8,400 | |
| SGST Input Credit | 8,400 | |
| Inventory — Raw Spices | 2,40,000 | |
| Inventory — Finished Goods | 1,60,000 | |
| Fixed Assets — Delivery Van | 4,00,000 | |
| Accumulated Depreciation — Van | 30,000 | |
| Liabilities | ||
| Trade Payables | 95,000 | |
| CGST Payable | 22,750 | |
| SGST Payable | 22,750 | |
| IGST Payable | 12,500 | |
| TDS Payable | 360 | |
| Salary Payable | 49,800 | |
| Income | ||
| Sales — Spices | 12,80,000 | |
| Other Income — Warehouse Rent | 36,000 | |
| Expenses | ||
| Purchase — Raw Spices | 7,20,000 | |
| Salaries & Wages | 99,600 | |
| Rent Expense | 51,000 | |
| Electricity | 12,000 | |
| Telephone | 4,500 | |
| Depreciation Expense | 30,000 | |
| Bank Charges | 1,800 | |
| Office Supplies | 6,500 | |
| Transport & Freight | 35,260 | |
| Owner's Equity | ||
| Owner's Capital | 5,00,000 | |
| Retained Earnings | 2,78,000 | |
| TOTAL | 23,27,160 | 23,27,160 |
"The totals match!" Meera said, excited.
"That is the whole point of a Trial Balance," Sharma Sir said. "If the debit total equals the credit total, it means all your entries follow the double-entry rule. Every debit had a corresponding credit. The books are in balance."
How to Read a Trial Balance
The Trial Balance is like a health checkup summary. Here is what Sharma Sir pointed out:
1. Cash position: Cash in Hand (Rs. 45,000) + Bank (Rs. 3,82,000) = Rs. 4,27,000. The business has money available.
2. Receivables: Rs. 1,25,500. Customers owe this much. Is it too high? We need to check the Aged Receivables report.
3. Payables: Rs. 95,000. We owe suppliers. We need to check when these payments are due.
4. Sales vs. Purchases: Sales = Rs. 12,80,000 vs. Purchases = Rs. 7,20,000. Gross margin = Rs. 5,60,000. That looks healthy.
5. GST Check: Input Credit (IGST Rs. 18,200 + CGST Rs. 8,400 + SGST Rs. 8,400 = Rs. 35,000) vs. GST Payable (CGST Rs. 22,750 + SGST Rs. 22,750 + IGST Rs. 12,500 = Rs. 58,000). Net GST to pay = Rs. 58,000 - Rs. 35,000 = Rs. 23,000. This will go into the GSTR-3B return.
"If the totals don't match," Negi Bhaiya said, "something is wrong. Maybe an entry has only a debit and no credit. Maybe there is a calculation error. In ERPLite, this rarely happens because the software forces balanced entries. But if you import data from another system, always check the Trial Balance first."
2. Profit & Loss Statement — Are We Making Money?
Meera clicked Reports → Profit & Loss Statement.
Period: 1st April 2025 to 30th September 2025

Bisht Traders — Profit & Loss Statement (Apr-Sep 2025)
| Particulars | Amount (Rs.) |
|---|---|
| Revenue from Operations | |
| Sales — Spices | 12,80,000 |
| Other Income | |
| Warehouse Rental Income | 36,000 |
| Total Income | 13,16,000 |
| Expenses | |
| Cost of Goods Sold (Purchases) | 7,20,000 |
| Salaries & Wages | 99,600 |
| Rent Expense | 51,000 |
| Depreciation | 30,000 |
| Electricity | 12,000 |
| Transport & Freight | 35,260 |
| Office Supplies | 6,500 |
| Telephone | 4,500 |
| Bank Charges | 1,800 |
| Total Expenses | 9,60,660 |
| Net Profit | 3,55,340 |
"Three lakh fifty-five thousand profit in six months," Bisht Ji said, nodding. "Not bad."
How to Read a P&L Statement
"The P&L tells you the story of a period," Sharma Sir explained. "It says — during these six months, how much did you earn and how much did you spend? The difference is your profit or loss."
Key things to look at:
| What to Check | What It Tells You | Bisht Ji's Numbers |
|---|---|---|
| Gross Profit (Sales - Purchases) | How much you earn after paying for goods | Rs. 5,60,000 (43.75% of sales) |
| Operating Expenses | What it costs to run the business | Rs. 2,40,660 |
| Net Profit | What is left after all expenses | Rs. 3,55,340 (27% of total income) |
| Net Profit % | Is the business efficient? | 27% — healthy for wholesale |
"If your net profit is negative," Negi Bhaiya said, "the business is losing money. If it is very low — say 2-3% — the business is barely surviving. Bisht Ji's 27% is quite good."
"But this is before income tax," Sharma Sir cautioned. "After tax, the actual profit will be lower. We will deal with that later."
3. Balance Sheet — What Do We Own and Owe?
Meera clicked Reports → Balance Sheet.
As on: 30th September 2025

Bisht Traders — Balance Sheet as on 30th September 2025
| Particulars | Amount (Rs.) |
|---|---|
| ASSETS | |
| Non-Current Assets | |
| Fixed Assets (Delivery Van) | 4,00,000 |
| Less: Accumulated Depreciation | (30,000) |
| Net Fixed Assets | 3,70,000 |
| Current Assets | |
| Cash in Hand | 45,000 |
| Bank Account | 3,82,000 |
| Trade Receivables | 1,25,500 |
| Inventory (Raw + Finished) | 4,00,000 |
| GST Input Credit | 35,000 |
| Total Assets | 13,57,500 |
| LIABILITIES | |
| Current Liabilities | |
| Trade Payables | 95,000 |
| GST Payable | 58,000 |
| TDS Payable | 360 |
| Salary Payable | 49,800 |
| Total Liabilities | 2,03,160 |
| OWNER'S EQUITY | |
| Owner's Capital | 5,00,000 |
| Retained Earnings | 2,78,000 |
| Current Year Profit | 3,55,340 |
| Total Equity | 11,33,340 |
| Total (Liabilities + Equity) | 13,36,500 |
"Wait," Meera frowned. She checked her numbers. "Total Assets is Rs. 13,57,500 but Liabilities plus Equity is Rs. 13,36,500. They don't match by Rs. 21,000."
"Good catch," Sharma Sir said. "That means we probably have some account that is not classified correctly, or there is a rounding difference in the inventory valuation. This is why we check the Balance Sheet — it tells you if something is off."
In practice, ERPLite would show a balancing figure or highlight the discrepancy. The accountant then investigates and corrects it.
How to Read a Balance Sheet
The Balance Sheet is a snapshot — it shows the financial position at one specific moment in time. Unlike the P&L, which covers a period, the Balance Sheet is as on a particular date.
The golden rule: Assets = Liabilities + Owner's Equity
This is the accounting equation we learned in Part 1. The Balance Sheet is the ultimate test of this equation.
| Section | What It Shows | What to Look For |
|---|---|---|
| Assets | What the business OWNS | Is there enough cash? Are receivables too high? |
| Liabilities | What the business OWES | Are payments overdue? Is debt under control? |
| Owner's Equity | What belongs to the owner | Is equity growing? (It should, if profits are good) |
"A healthy business," Sharma Sir said, "has more assets than liabilities. The difference is the owner's equity — what the owner truly owns. Bisht Ji's equity is Rs. 11,33,340 against total assets of Rs. 13,57,500. That means only Rs. 2,03,160 is owed to others. That is a strong position."
4. Cash Flow Statement — Where Did the Cash Go?
Meera clicked Reports → Cash Flow Statement.
Period: 1st April 2025 to 30th September 2025

Bisht Traders — Cash Flow Statement (Apr-Sep 2025)
| Particulars | Amount (Rs.) |
|---|---|
| Cash Flow from Operating Activities | |
| Net Profit | 3,55,340 |
| Add: Depreciation (non-cash expense) | 30,000 |
| Changes in Working Capital: | |
| — Increase in Receivables | (1,25,500) |
| — Increase in Inventory | (4,00,000) |
| — Increase in Payables | 95,000 |
| — Increase in GST/TDS liabilities | 23,360 |
| Net Cash from Operations | (21,800) |
| Cash Flow from Investing Activities | |
| Purchase of Delivery Van | (4,00,000) |
| Net Cash from Investing | (4,00,000) |
| Cash Flow from Financing Activities | |
| Owner's Capital Introduced | 5,00,000 |
| Retained Earnings brought forward | 2,78,000 |
| Net Cash from Financing | 7,78,000 |
| Net Change in Cash | 3,56,200 |
| Opening Cash & Bank Balance | 70,800 |
| Closing Cash & Bank Balance | 4,27,000 |
How to Read a Cash Flow Statement
"This report confuses many people," Sharma Sir said. "Let me make it simple."
The Cash Flow Statement answers one question: Where did the cash come from and where did it go?
It has three sections:
1. Operating Activities: Cash from daily business operations.
Bisht Ji made a profit of Rs. 3,55,340 on paper. But his operating cash flow is negative (Rs. -21,800). Why? Because a lot of cash is locked up in inventory (Rs. 4,00,000 of spices sitting in the warehouse) and receivables (Rs. 1,25,500 owed by customers). Profit on paper does not always mean cash in hand.
"This is very important," Sharma Sir said. "Many profitable businesses run out of cash because their money is stuck in inventory and unpaid invoices. The P&L says profit, but the bank account says empty. The Cash Flow Statement reveals this problem."
2. Investing Activities: Cash spent on long-term assets.
Bisht Ji bought a delivery van for Rs. 4,00,000. This is an investment — it will be used for years.
3. Financing Activities: Cash from owners or lenders.
Bisht Ji put in Rs. 5,00,000 of his own capital and had Rs. 2,78,000 of retained earnings from previous years.
| Activity | Cash In or Out? | Bisht Ji's Example |
|---|---|---|
| Operating | Cash from business | Profit offset by inventory buildup |
| Investing | Cash spent on assets | Bought delivery van |
| Financing | Cash from owner/loans | Owner put in Rs. 5,00,000 capital |
5. Day Book — What Happened Today?
Meera clicked Reports → Day Book.
She selected the date: 15-07-2025.

The Day Book showed every transaction recorded on that date:
Day Book — 15th July 2025
| Time | Voucher # | Type | Particulars | Debit (Rs.) | Credit (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 09:15 | SI-2025-067 | Sales | Nainital Grand Hotel — Spices | 8,704.50 | |
| 10:30 | PV-2025-028 | Payment | Electricity bill — July | 2,500 | |
| 11:00 | RV-2025-018 | Receipt | Almora Kitchen — Payment | 15,000 | |
| 14:20 | PB-2025-024 | Purchase | Local Packaging — Pouches | 5,900 | |
| 16:00 | JV-2025-005 | Journal | Prepaid insurance adjustment | 3,000 | 3,000 |
"The Day Book is your daily diary," Negi Bhaiya said. "If Bisht Ji calls and asks 'What entries were made today?', you open the Day Book and read them off. Everything is listed in the order it was entered."
When to Use the Day Book
- Daily review: At the end of each day, review the Day Book to make sure nothing was missed.
- Error checking: If a number looks wrong in the Trial Balance, go to the Day Book for that date and check each entry.
- Audit: When the auditor asks "Show me all transactions on 15th July," you open the Day Book.
6. Sales Register — All Sales with GST Details
Meera clicked Reports → Sales Register.
Period: July 2025

Sales Register — July 2025
| Invoice # | Date | Customer | GSTIN | Taxable Value | CGST | SGST | IGST | Total |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| SI-2025-061 | 02-07 | Almora Kitchen | 05AABAK... | 12,500 | 312.50 | 312.50 | — | 13,125 |
| SI-2025-062 | 05-07 | Kumaon Hotel | 05AABKH... | 45,000 | 1,125 | 1,125 | — | 47,250 |
| SI-2025-067 | 15-07 | Nainital Grand Hotel | 05AAECN... | 8,290 | 207.25 | 207.25 | — | 8,704.50 |
| SI-2025-070 | 20-07 | Delhi Restaurant | 07AABDR... | 22,000 | — | — | 1,100 | 23,100 |
| SI-2025-075 | 28-07 | Pahadi Kitchen | 05AADPK... | 16,800 | 420 | 420 | — | 17,640 |
| TOTAL | 1,04,590 | 2,064.75 | 2,064.75 | 1,100 | 1,09,819.50 |
Why the Sales Register Matters
The Sales Register is critical for GST filing. When you file GSTR-1 (the monthly/quarterly sales return), you need to report every invoice with:
- Customer name and GSTIN
- Taxable value
- GST breakup (CGST, SGST, or IGST)
- HSN code
ERPLite's Sales Register gives you all of this in one place. You can even export it as an Excel file and upload it to the GST portal.
"This report is Meera's best friend during GST filing," Negi Bhaiya said. "Without it, you would have to go through every invoice one by one. With it, you have everything summarized."
Notice the fourth invoice — Delhi Restaurant. Since they are in Delhi (state code 07) and Bisht Traders is in Uttarakhand (state code 05), the GST is IGST, not CGST + SGST. The Sales Register clearly shows this difference.
7. Purchase Register — All Purchases with GST Details
Meera clicked Reports → Purchase Register.
Period: July 2025

Purchase Register — July 2025
| Bill # | Date | Vendor | GSTIN | Taxable Value | CGST | SGST | IGST | Total |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| PB-2025-020 | 05-07 | Delhi Spice Suppliers | 07AABCD... | 1,20,000 | — | — | 6,000 | 1,26,000 |
| PB-2025-021 | 12-07 | Rajasthan Masala Co. | 08AABCR... | 64,000 | — | — | 3,200 | 67,200 |
| PB-2025-023 | 18-07 | Local Packaging | 05AABLP... | 5,000 | 450 | 450 | — | 5,900 |
| PB-2025-024 | 25-07 | Haldwani Transport | 05AABHT... | 8,500 | 637.50 | 637.50 | — | 9,775 |
| TOTAL | 1,97,500 | 1,087.50 | 1,087.50 | 9,200 | 2,08,875 |
Why the Purchase Register Matters
The Purchase Register serves two purposes:
1. GST Input Credit Claim: The GST you pay on purchases can be claimed as Input Tax Credit (ITC). The Purchase Register summarizes all the GST you have paid — CGST, SGST, and IGST. When you file GSTR-3B, you report this total.
2. GSTR-2A/2B Matching: The GST portal has a system called GSTR-2A/2B that shows what your vendors have reported in their GSTR-1. You need to match your Purchase Register with the GSTR-2A/2B. If a vendor forgot to report a sale to you, you might not get the ITC for that purchase. The Purchase Register helps you identify mismatches.
| Purchase Register Shows | Used For |
|---|---|
| All purchase bills with vendor details | Record keeping |
| GST breakup (CGST, SGST, IGST) | Claiming Input Tax Credit |
| Vendor GSTIN | Matching with GSTR-2A/2B |
| Taxable value by HSN | GST return filing |
8. Aged Receivables — Who Owes Us Money?
This is one of the most important reports for any business. Meera clicked Reports → Aged Receivables.
As on: 30th September 2025

Aged Receivables — Bisht Traders as on 30th September 2025
| Customer | Current (0-30 days) | 31-60 days | 61-90 days | Over 90 days | Total Outstanding |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Nainital Grand Hotel | 8,704.50 | — | — | — | 8,704.50 |
| Almora Kitchen Supplies | — | 13,125 | — | — | 13,125 |
| Kumaon Hotel Group | — | — | 47,250 | — | 47,250 |
| Pahadi Kitchen | 17,640 | — | — | — | 17,640 |
| Hill View Cafe | — | — | — | 38,781 | 38,781 |
| TOTAL | 26,344.50 | 13,125 | 47,250 | 38,781 | 1,25,500.50 |
How to Read Aged Receivables
The report groups outstanding amounts into aging buckets — how old the unpaid invoice is.
"Look at this column by column," Sharma Sir said to Bisht Ji.
Current (0-30 days): Rs. 26,344.50. These invoices are recent. No cause for concern yet. The payment terms haven't expired.
31-60 days: Rs. 13,125. Almora Kitchen Supplies is slightly overdue. Follow up with a polite reminder.
61-90 days: Rs. 47,250. Kumaon Hotel Group owes a large amount and it is now 2-3 months old. This is worrying. Bisht Ji needs to call them.
Over 90 days: Rs. 38,781. Hill View Cafe has not paid for over three months. This is a red flag. There might be a dispute, or the cafe might be having financial difficulties.
"The older the outstanding, the harder it is to collect," Sharma Sir said. "An invoice that is 30 days old — you will probably get the money. An invoice that is 90 days old — maybe. Over 180 days? You might have to write it off as a bad debt."
Action items based on this report:
| Customer | Age | Action |
|---|---|---|
| Nainital Grand Hotel | Current | No action needed |
| Almora Kitchen Supplies | 31-60 days | Send reminder |
| Kumaon Hotel Group | 61-90 days | Call personally, follow up |
| Pahadi Kitchen | Current | No action needed |
| Hill View Cafe | Over 90 days | Urgent — call, visit, consider legal notice |
"Run this report every week," Negi Bhaiya said. "Don't let receivables grow old. The longer you wait, the harder it gets."
9. Aged Payables — Who Do We Owe?
Meera clicked Reports → Aged Payables.
As on: 30th September 2025

Aged Payables — Bisht Traders as on 30th September 2025
| Vendor | Current (0-30 days) | 31-60 days | 61-90 days | Over 90 days | Total Outstanding |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Delhi Spice Suppliers | 63,000 | — | — | — | 63,000 |
| Rajasthan Masala Co. | — | 22,000 | — | — | 22,000 |
| Local Packaging | 5,900 | — | — | — | 5,900 |
| Haldwani Transport | 4,100 | — | — | — | 4,100 |
| TOTAL | 73,000 | 22,000 | — | — | 95,000 |
How to Read Aged Payables
This report is the mirror of Aged Receivables — but from the other side. Instead of "who owes us," it shows "who do we owe."
"The key question here is different," Sharma Sir said. "With receivables, you worry about old debts. With payables, you worry about due dates. If Bisht Ji doesn't pay a vendor on time, two things happen: the vendor might stop supplying goods, and the vendor might charge interest on the overdue amount."
Bisht Ji's situation looks good: Most payables are current (within 30 days). Rajasthan Masala Co. is at 31-60 days — that is within their payment terms of 30 days (barely overdue). No payables are older than 60 days.
"Pay on time," Bisht Ji said. "That is my rule. A good reputation with suppliers is more valuable than anything."
Bringing It All Together — The Dashboard View
After running all the reports, Meera went back to the ERPLite dashboard. She now understood what every number on the dashboard meant.

| Dashboard Card | Value | What Meera Now Knows |
|---|---|---|
| Cash Balance | Rs. 45,000 | From Cash Flow Statement |
| Bank Balance | Rs. 3,82,000 | From Balance Sheet |
| Total Receivables | Rs. 1,25,500 | From Aged Receivables |
| Total Payables | Rs. 95,000 | From Aged Payables |
| Revenue (YTD) | Rs. 12,80,000 | From P&L Statement |
| Net Profit (YTD) | Rs. 3,55,340 | From P&L Statement |
"When you first saw this dashboard," Sharma Sir said, "these were just numbers. Now each number has a story behind it. You know which customer owes you. You know which vendor you need to pay. You know if the business is profitable. You know where the cash is. That is what accounting is all about — numbers that tell stories."
When to Run Each Report
Here is a practical guide on when you should run each report:
| Report | How Often | Who Wants It | Why |
|---|---|---|---|
| Day Book | Daily | Accountant | Review daily entries |
| Trial Balance | Monthly | Accountant, CA | Check if books are balanced |
| Sales Register | Monthly | Accountant, GST filing | GSTR-1 preparation |
| Purchase Register | Monthly | Accountant, GST filing | ITC claims, GSTR-3B |
| Aged Receivables | Weekly | Business owner, accountant | Follow up on payments |
| Aged Payables | Weekly | Business owner, accountant | Plan vendor payments |
| P&L Statement | Quarterly / Annually | Business owner, investors, bank | Measure profitability |
| Balance Sheet | Quarterly / Annually | Business owner, investors, bank | Measure financial health |
| Cash Flow Statement | Quarterly / Annually | Business owner, bank | Understand cash movements |
"In a CA office like ours," Negi Bhaiya said, "we run the Trial Balance monthly for every client. P&L and Balance Sheet are prepared quarterly for bigger clients and annually for smaller ones. Sales and Purchase Registers are run monthly for GST filing. Aged Receivables and Payables are the owner's responsibility — they should check it every week."
Quick Recap
- Trial Balance — lists all accounts with balances; debits must equal credits; first check for accuracy
- Profit & Loss Statement — shows income minus expenses for a period; tells you if the business is making or losing money
- Balance Sheet — shows assets, liabilities, and equity at a point in time; Assets = Liabilities + Equity
- Cash Flow Statement — shows where cash came from and where it went; a profitable business can still run out of cash
- Day Book — shows every transaction on a specific date; your daily diary
- Sales Register — all sales invoices with GST details; essential for GSTR-1 filing
- Purchase Register — all purchase bills with GST details; essential for ITC claims and GSTR-3B
- Aged Receivables — who owes you money and for how long; older = harder to collect
- Aged Payables — who you owe money to and for how long; pay on time to maintain relationships
- ERPLite generates all reports automatically from the transactions you enter — no manual calculations needed
- Run reports regularly — daily (Day Book), weekly (Receivables/Payables), monthly (TB, Registers), quarterly (P&L, BS, Cash Flow)
Practice Exercise — Try This Yourself
Here is a simplified Trial Balance for Rawat General Store. Some numbers are missing. Fill them in.
Rawat General Store — Trial Balance as on 30th September 2025
| Account | Debit (Rs.) | Credit (Rs.) |
|---|---|---|
| Cash in Hand | 15,000 | |
| Bank Account | 42,000 | |
| Trade Receivables | 8,500 | |
| Inventory | 35,000 | |
| Furniture | 20,000 | |
| Trade Payables | 18,000 | |
| Owner's Capital | 50,000 | |
| Sales | 1,80,000 | |
| Purchases | 1,10,000 | |
| Rent | 12,000 | |
| Electricity | 3,000 | |
| Salary | ? | |
| Retained Earnings | ? | |
| TOTAL | ? | ? |
Tasks:
-
If the totals must be equal, and Salary expense is Rs. 24,000, what must Retained Earnings be? (Hint: Add up all debits, add up all known credits, and find the difference.)
-
From the Trial Balance above, calculate:
- Gross Profit (Sales minus Purchases)
- Total Expenses (Rent + Electricity + Salary)
- Net Profit (Gross Profit minus Total Expenses)
-
Prepare a simple P&L statement for Rawat General Store using the numbers above.
-
Looking at the Aged Receivables below, which customer should Rawat Aunty call first?
| Customer | 0-30 days | 31-60 days | Over 60 days | Total |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Mrs. Pandey | 500 | — | — | 500 |
| Joshi Sweets | — | 2,000 | — | 2,000 |
| Old Town Dhaba | — | — | 6,000 | 6,000 |
- What is the total of all receivables in the aging report? Does it match the Trade Receivables in the Trial Balance?
Fun Fact
The first known Balance Sheet was prepared in 1868 by a British railway company. But the concept goes back much further. In 1494, an Italian friar named Luca Pacioli published a book describing the double-entry system — debits and credits, journals and ledgers, trial balances and balance sheets. He did not invent it — Venetian merchants had been using it for centuries. But he wrote it down properly for the first time. Pacioli is called the "Father of Accounting." His book was so influential that every accounting student in the world today — including Meera in Haldwani — is still following the system he described 530 years ago. When Meera runs a Trial Balance in ERPLite and sees debits equal credits, she is checking the same rule that Pacioli wrote about in 1494. Some ideas are truly timeless.
What is GST? — The Big Picture
Meera had heard the word "GST" a hundred times. Every shopkeeper in Bageshwar complained about it. Her uncle said it ruined small businesses. The news channels debated it every night. But when Sharma Sir asked her on Monday morning — "Meera, tell me what GST actually is" — she went blank. "Sir, it's a tax... on goods?" Sharma Sir smiled. "Today you will understand it properly. And by the end of this week, you won't just understand it — you will file GST returns for our clients."
The World Before GST
To understand GST, you first need to understand what existed before it. Before July 1, 2017, India had a messy system of many different taxes.
Imagine Bisht Ji, our wholesale spice client in Haldwani. He buys raw spices from farmers in Rajasthan, processes and packages them, and sells them to shops across Uttarakhand and other states. Before GST, here is what he faced:
| Tax | Who Collected It | What It Applied To |
|---|---|---|
| Excise Duty | Central Government | Manufacturing of goods |
| VAT (Value Added Tax) | State Government | Sale of goods within the state |
| CST (Central Sales Tax) | Central Government | Sale of goods between states |
| Service Tax | Central Government | Services (transport, insurance, etc.) |
| Octroi / Entry Tax | Local / State Government | Goods entering a city or state |
| Purchase Tax | State Government | Certain purchases |
That is six different taxes! And each tax had its own rules, its own rates, its own forms, and its own officers.
The Biggest Problem: Tax on Tax
Sharma Sir picked up his chai cup and said, "Meera, let me explain this with chai."
Suppose you want to make a cup of chai. Here is the old tax system:
- The tea estate grows tea leaves and pays Excise Duty of Rs 5 on the leaves.
- The estate sells the leaves to a trader for Rs 100 + Rs 5 tax = Rs 105.
- The trader sells the leaves to a chai shop for Rs 150. But VAT is calculated on Rs 150 (which already includes the Rs 5 excise duty!). So if VAT is 12%, the chai shop pays Rs 150 + Rs 18 = Rs 168.
- The chai shop makes chai and sells a cup for Rs 20. Service tax is charged on Rs 20.
Do you see the problem? At step 3, the trader paid VAT on a price that already included excise duty. That means you paid tax on top of tax. This is called the cascading effect or "tax on tax."
The result? Everything became more expensive for the customer. And businesses like Bisht Ji had to file separate returns for each tax, maintain separate records, and deal with separate departments.
Other Problems With the Old System
| Problem | Example |
|---|---|
| Different tax rates in different states | VAT on spices was 5% in one state and 14% in another. Bisht Ji had to track every state's rates. |
| Trucks stopped at state borders | Every time Bisht Ji sent a truck from Uttarakhand to Delhi, it was stopped at the border for Octroi and Entry Tax checks. Trucks waited for hours, sometimes days. |
| No credit across tax types | If Bisht Ji paid Excise Duty on raw materials, he could not use that to reduce his VAT. The taxes did not talk to each other. |
| Compliance nightmare | A business might have to file 30+ tax returns a year across different taxes and states. |

GST Arrives: One Nation, One Tax
On July 1, 2017, India replaced almost all of those taxes with a single tax called GST — Goods and Services Tax.
The idea is simple: one tax on the supply of goods and services, applied at every stage, but with credit for tax already paid.
Sharma Sir said, "Think of it like this, Meera. The old system was like traveling from Haldwani to Delhi and paying a separate toll at every village. GST is like FASTag — one system, one payment method, everything tracked automatically."
What GST Replaced
GST replaced all of these:
- Excise Duty
- VAT / Sales Tax
- Service Tax
- CST (Central Sales Tax)
- Octroi and Entry Tax
- Purchase Tax
- Entertainment Tax
- Luxury Tax
- Several other cesses and surcharges
All of these disappeared. In their place: one GST.
Note: A few items are still outside GST — petroleum products (petrol, diesel), alcohol for human consumption, and electricity. These are still taxed under the old system.
The Three Types of GST
"But Sir," Meera asked, "if it is one tax, why do I see CGST, SGST, and IGST on every bill?"
Good question. GST is one tax in principle, but it is split into three components depending on who is selling and who is buying.
1. CGST — Central GST
This goes to the Central Government (Government of India).
2. SGST — State GST
This goes to the State Government (in our case, Uttarakhand Government).
3. IGST — Integrated GST
This goes to the Central Government first, and then gets shared with the destination state.
When to Charge Which?
The rule is very simple:
| Type of Sale | What Gets Charged | Example |
|---|---|---|
| Within the same state (Intra-state) | CGST + SGST (equal halves) | Bisht Ji in Haldwani sells to a shop in Nainital (both in Uttarakhand) |
| To a different state (Inter-state) | IGST (full rate) | Bisht Ji in Haldwani sells to a buyer in Delhi |
Suppose the GST rate on spices is 5%.
- Intra-state sale (Haldwani to Nainital): CGST = 2.5% + SGST = 2.5% = Total 5%
- Inter-state sale (Haldwani to Delhi): IGST = 5%
The total tax is the same (5%). The only difference is how it is divided between the Central and State governments.
Let us see a real example with Bisht Ji:
Example: Bisht Ji sells Rs 1,00,000 of spices to a shop in Dehradun (same state)
| Item | Amount |
|---|---|
| Taxable Value | Rs 1,00,000 |
| CGST @ 2.5% | Rs 2,500 |
| SGST @ 2.5% | Rs 2,500 |
| Invoice Total | Rs 1,05,000 |
Example: Bisht Ji sells Rs 1,00,000 of spices to a shop in Delhi (different state)
| Item | Amount |
|---|---|
| Taxable Value | Rs 1,00,000 |
| IGST @ 5% | Rs 5,000 |
| Invoice Total | Rs 1,05,000 |
"Same amount, different labels," said Sharma Sir. "The customer pays the same total either way."

Who Needs to Register for GST?
Not every business needs GST registration. The government set a threshold — if your turnover is below a certain amount, you do not need to register.
Registration Thresholds
| Type of Supply | Threshold (General States) | Threshold (Special Category States*) |
|---|---|---|
| Goods | Rs 40 lakh per year | Rs 20 lakh per year |
| Services | Rs 20 lakh per year | Rs 10 lakh per year |
Special Category States include some northeastern states and Uttarakhand was in this list earlier but has been moved to the general category for goods.
What does this mean for our clients?
-
Rawat Aunty (Rawat General Store, Almora): Her annual sales are about Rs 15 lakh. She sells goods. The threshold is Rs 40 lakh. So she does not need GST registration. She is too small.
-
Bisht Ji (Bisht Traders, wholesale spices): His annual sales are about Rs 90 lakh. Well above Rs 40 lakh. He must register for GST.
Mandatory Registration (Even Below Threshold)
Some businesses must register for GST even if their turnover is below the threshold:
- Anyone making inter-state supplies (selling to another state)
- E-commerce sellers (selling on Amazon, Flipkart, etc.)
- Anyone required to deduct TDS (Tax Deducted at Source)
- Anyone required to collect TCS (Tax Collected at Source)
- Input Service Distributors
- Casual taxable persons (setting up a temporary stall at a mela, for example)
So if Rawat Aunty ever starts selling pickles on Amazon, she would need GST registration even if her turnover is Rs 5 lakh.
The GSTIN
When you register, you get a GSTIN — Goods and Services Tax Identification Number. It is a 15-digit number that looks like this:
05AABCT1234C1Z5
Let us break it down:
| Digits | Meaning | Example |
|---|---|---|
| First 2 | State Code | 05 = Uttarakhand |
| Next 10 | PAN of the business | AABCT1234C |
| 13th | Entity number (same PAN, different registrations) | 1 |
| 14th | Default "Z" | Z |
| 15th | Check digit | 5 |
Bisht Ji's GSTIN starts with "05" because he is registered in Uttarakhand (state code 05).
The Composition Scheme — A Simpler Option
Sharma Sir said, "Now Meera, some small businesses don't want to deal with all this complexity. For them, there is the Composition Scheme."
What is the Composition Scheme?
It is a simplified scheme for small taxpayers. Instead of charging GST on every invoice and filing detailed returns, you just pay a flat percentage of your turnover.
| Type of Business | Composition Rate |
|---|---|
| Manufacturers | 1% (0.5% CGST + 0.5% SGST) |
| Traders (goods) | 1% (0.5% CGST + 0.5% SGST) |
| Restaurants | 5% (2.5% CGST + 2.5% SGST) |
| Service providers | 6% (3% CGST + 3% SGST) |
Who Can Opt for Composition?
- Annual turnover up to Rs 1.5 crore (Rs 75 lakh in special category states)
- Cannot make inter-state sales
- Cannot supply through e-commerce
- Cannot be a manufacturer of notified goods (like ice cream, tobacco)
The Catch: No Input Tax Credit (ITC)
This is the most important rule of the Composition Scheme: you cannot claim Input Tax Credit. Whatever GST you pay on your purchases — you cannot use it to reduce your tax.
Also, you cannot charge GST on your invoice. You must write "Composition taxable person" on your bill. The customer cannot take ITC on your bill either.
Example: Should Rawat Aunty Go for Composition?
Suppose Rawat Aunty's turnover crosses Rs 40 lakh next year and she needs GST registration. Should she choose the Composition Scheme?
| Factor | Regular GST | Composition Scheme |
|---|---|---|
| Tax rate | Actual GST rate (5%, 12%, 18%) | Flat 1% |
| ITC on purchases | Yes, can claim | No |
| Invoice type | Tax Invoice (detailed) | Bill of Supply (simple) |
| Returns | Monthly/Quarterly GSTR-1, Monthly GSTR-3B | Quarterly CMP-08, Annual GSTR-4 |
| Compliance burden | Higher | Lower |
| Inter-state sales | Allowed | Not allowed |
For a small kirana shop like Rawat Aunty's that only sells locally, the Composition Scheme might be a good choice. Less paperwork, simple tax calculation.
But for Bisht Ji, who sells spices across many states, the Composition Scheme is not an option — he makes inter-state sales. Also, with his high volume of purchases, he would lose a lot by not claiming ITC.
How GST Actually Works: The Supply Chain
Let us trace the journey of a packet of cumin (jeera) from the farm to your kitchen, with GST at every stage. Assume GST on spices is 5%.
Stage 1: Farmer to Bisht Ji (Wholesale Purchase)
The farmer sells raw cumin to Bisht Ji for Rs 500.
Agricultural produce is exempt from GST when sold by the farmer. So the farmer charges Rs 0 GST.
Bisht Ji pays: Rs 500 (no GST).
Stage 2: Bisht Ji Processes and Sells to a Retail Shop in Haldwani
Bisht Ji cleans, packages, and sells the cumin to a retail shop for Rs 800. Now GST applies.
| Amount | |
|---|---|
| Taxable Value | Rs 800 |
| CGST @ 2.5% | Rs 20 |
| SGST @ 2.5% | Rs 20 |
| Invoice Total | Rs 840 |
Bisht Ji collects Rs 40 as GST. This is called Output Tax — the tax you collect on your sales.
Bisht Ji had no GST on his purchase (farmer was exempt). So his Input Tax is Rs 0.
He pays to the government: Output Tax - Input Tax = Rs 40 - Rs 0 = Rs 40.
Stage 3: Retail Shop Sells to Customer
The retail shop sells the cumin packet to a customer for Rs 1,000.
| Amount | |
|---|---|
| Taxable Value | Rs 1,000 |
| CGST @ 2.5% | Rs 25 |
| SGST @ 2.5% | Rs 25 |
| Invoice Total | Rs 1,050 |
The retail shop collects Rs 50 in GST. But it already paid Rs 40 in GST to Bisht Ji.
The shop pays to the government: Rs 50 - Rs 40 = Rs 10.
The Total Tax Collected by the Government
| Stage | Tax Paid to Government |
|---|---|
| Farmer | Rs 0 (exempt) |
| Bisht Ji | Rs 40 |
| Retail Shop | Rs 10 |
| Total | Rs 50 |
The final customer paid Rs 50 in GST (5% of Rs 1,000). The government collected exactly Rs 50 — not a rupee more, not a rupee less. There is no tax on tax. Each person in the chain only paid tax on the value they added.
This is the beauty of GST. This is what "Input Tax Credit" means. We will study ITC in detail in Chapter 19.

The GST Council
"Who decides the GST rates?" Meera asked.
The GST Council is the body that makes all major decisions about GST. It is chaired by the Union Finance Minister and includes finance ministers of all states and union territories.
The Council decides:
- Which goods and services are taxed and at what rate
- Which items are exempt
- The threshold limits
- The model GST laws and rules
- Any changes to the system
The GST Council meets periodically and any rate changes are usually announced after these meetings. This is why you sometimes hear in the news that "GST Council reduced the rate on XYZ item."
GST Tax Slabs
GST has four main tax slabs:
| Slab | Examples |
|---|---|
| 5% | Spices, tea, coffee, edible oils, footwear under Rs 1,000 |
| 12% | Ghee, butter, almonds, cell phones, sewing machines |
| 18% | Most items — soap, toothpaste, hair oil, computers, restaurant food (AC) |
| 28% | Luxury items — cars, AC, washing machine, aerated drinks, tobacco |
There are also items at 0% (exempt): fresh fruits, fresh vegetables, milk, eggs, unbranded flour and rice, books, newspapers.
We will study these tax slabs in detail in the next chapter.
Hands-On: Looking at Bisht Ji's GST Registration
Negi Bhaiya called Meera over to his computer. "Let me show you Bisht Ji's GST profile in ERPLite."
In Udyamo ERPLite, GST details are stored in the company and party master records.
Step 1: Open ERPLite and go to Settings > Company Profile.
Here you can see:
- Company Name: Bisht Traders
- GSTIN: 05AADFB1234R1Z8
- State: Uttarakhand (05)
- Registration Type: Regular
Step 2: Go to Masters > Parties and click on a customer.
For each customer, you can see:
- Customer GSTIN (if registered)
- State
- Whether the sale is intra-state or inter-state (ERPLite figures this out automatically based on the state codes)
Step 3: Look at a recent sales invoice.
Negi Bhaiya opened a recent invoice for a sale to a Dehradun customer. The invoice showed:
- CGST @ 2.5% and SGST @ 2.5% (because both are in Uttarakhand — intra-state)
Then he opened an invoice for a Delhi customer. This one showed:
- IGST @ 5% (because Uttarakhand to Delhi is inter-state)
"ERPLite does this automatically," Negi Bhaiya said. "Once you set up the customer's state correctly, it knows whether to charge CGST+SGST or IGST."

Quick Recap
- GST stands for Goods and Services Tax. It replaced many old taxes (VAT, Excise, Service Tax, CST, Octroi, etc.) from July 1, 2017.
- The old system had tax on tax (cascading effect). GST fixes this with Input Tax Credit.
- GST has three types: CGST (Central), SGST (State), IGST (Integrated).
- Intra-state sale = CGST + SGST. Inter-state sale = IGST. Total rate is the same.
- Registration threshold: Rs 40 lakh for goods, Rs 20 lakh for services.
- Composition Scheme: Flat 1% tax, less paperwork, but no ITC and no inter-state sales.
- The GST Council decides rates and rules.
- Every registered business gets a 15-digit GSTIN.
Practice Exercise
Exercise 1: Identify the Tax Type
For each of the following sales by Bisht Traders (Haldwani, Uttarakhand), write whether CGST+SGST or IGST will be charged:
- Sale to a shop in Almora, Uttarakhand
- Sale to a restaurant in Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh
- Sale to a customer in Pithoragarh, Uttarakhand
- Sale to a wholesaler in Jaipur, Rajasthan
- Sale to a hotel in Nainital, Uttarakhand
Exercise 2: Calculate the GST
Bisht Ji sells turmeric powder worth Rs 50,000 (taxable value) to a buyer in Haridwar (Uttarakhand). The GST rate is 5%. Calculate:
- CGST amount
- SGST amount
- Total invoice amount
Now calculate the same for a buyer in Chandigarh (different state/UT):
- IGST amount
- Total invoice amount
Exercise 3: Composition or Regular?
For each of these businesses, decide whether they should choose the Composition Scheme or Regular GST. Give your reason.
- A chai stall in Haldwani with Rs 8 lakh annual turnover, sells only locally.
- A handicraft seller with Rs 30 lakh turnover who sells on Amazon across India.
- A sweet shop with Rs 1 crore turnover, all sales within Uttarakhand.
- A wholesale grain trader with Rs 2 crore turnover.
Exercise 4: Decode the GSTIN
Given this GSTIN: 05AABCB9876M1Z3
- What state is this business registered in?
- What is the PAN?
- Is this the first registration under this PAN?
Fun Fact
Did you know? Before GST, India's truck drivers spent about 60% of their transit time waiting at state border checkpoints for tax inspections. After GST removed inter-state entry taxes, a study found that trucks could cover 300-400 km more per day. That's like driving from Haldwani to Delhi and back in the time that used to be wasted just waiting! GST didn't just simplify taxes — it literally made India's roads faster.
HSN Codes, Tax Rates & Invoicing Rules
Negi Bhaiya handed Meera a pile of invoices from Bisht Traders. "Can you check if all the HSN codes are correct?" Meera stared at the paper. Next to "Turmeric Powder" was the number 0910. Next to "Cumin Seeds" was 0909. "Bhaiya, what are these numbers?" she asked. Negi Bhaiya laughed. "Those are HSN codes. Every product in the world has a code. Today, you're going to learn how to find them, why they matter, and how to set them up in ERPLite for all of Bisht Ji's spices."
What is HSN?
HSN stands for Harmonized System of Nomenclature. That sounds complicated, so let us break it down.
- Harmonized = agreed upon by everyone
- System = an organized method
- Nomenclature = naming convention
HSN is an international system for classifying products. It was developed by the World Customs Organization (WCO). Over 200 countries use HSN codes to classify traded goods. When Bisht Ji's spices are exported, customs officers in any country can look at the HSN code and know exactly what the product is — even without speaking the same language.
In India, the GST system uses HSN codes to identify products and apply the correct tax rate.
Why Do HSN Codes Matter?
- Correct tax rate: Different products have different GST rates. The HSN code tells you which rate applies.
- Uniform classification: No confusion about what a product is. "Haldi" or "Turmeric Powder" — the HSN code 0910 is the same everywhere.
- Returns and compliance: GSTR-1 (sales return) requires HSN-wise summary of sales.
- Audit trail: Tax officers can verify that the correct GST rate was charged.
HSN Code Structure
HSN codes have a hierarchical structure:
| Level | Digits | What It Describes | Example |
|---|---|---|---|
| Chapter | First 2 digits | Broad category | 09 = Coffee, Tea, Spices |
| Heading | First 4 digits | Sub-category | 0910 = Ginger, saffron, turmeric, thyme |
| Sub-heading | First 6 digits | Specific product | 091030 = Turmeric (curcuma) |
| Tariff item | 8 digits | Very specific | 09103010 = Turmeric, fresh |
For most GST purposes, you need 4-digit or 6-digit HSN codes, depending on your turnover:
| Annual Turnover | HSN Digits Required |
|---|---|
| Up to Rs 5 crore | 4-digit HSN code |
| Above Rs 5 crore | 6-digit HSN code |
Bisht Ji's turnover is about Rs 90 lakh. So he needs 4-digit HSN codes on his invoices.
SAC — For Services
Just like goods have HSN codes, services have SAC codes — Services Accounting Codes.
SAC codes start with 99 and follow a similar structure:
| SAC Code | Service |
|---|---|
| 9954 | Construction services |
| 9971 | Financial services |
| 9972 | Real estate services |
| 9983 | Computer and IT services |
| 9985 | Support services (cleaning, security, etc.) |
| 9964 | Passenger transport services |
| 9965 | Goods transport services |
| 9992 | Education services |
If Sharma Sir's CA firm charges for accounting services, the SAC code would fall under 9982 (Legal and accounting services).
For this book, since Bisht Ji deals in goods (spices), we will focus on HSN codes. But remember: HSN for goods, SAC for services. The principle is the same.
How to Find the Right HSN Code
Meera asked, "How do I know which HSN code to use for each spice?"
Negi Bhaiya showed her three methods:
Method 1: The Official GST Portal
Go to cbic-gst.gov.in (Central Board of Indirect Taxes and Customs). This is the official source.
- Visit the website
- Go to "GST Goods & Services Rates" or "HSN Code Search"
- Type the product name (for example, "turmeric")
- The system will show matching HSN codes and their GST rates
Method 2: GST Rate Finder App
The government has an app called GST Rate Finder available on Android and iOS. You can search for any product and find its HSN code and rate.
Method 3: Ask Your CA
When in doubt, ask your CA (like Sharma Sir). Some products can be tricky — the same item might fall under different codes depending on how it is processed.
For example:
- Fresh turmeric (raw, just harvested) = one HSN code
- Dried turmeric = another HSN code
- Turmeric powder (ground) = another HSN code
- Turmeric in consumer packing with a brand name = may have a different rate
Always verify with the official source.

The Four GST Tax Slabs
GST has four main tax slabs: 5%, 12%, 18%, and 28%. There are also items at 0% (exempt) and a few at special rates (like 0.25% for rough diamonds and 3% for gold).
0% — Exempt Items (No GST)
These items are not taxed under GST:
| Category | Examples |
|---|---|
| Fresh food | Fresh fruits, fresh vegetables, fresh milk, eggs, fresh meat, fresh fish |
| Staples | Unbranded rice, wheat, flour (atta), pulses (dal), salt |
| Other essentials | Curd, lassi, buttermilk (unbranded), bread, jaggery (gur) |
| Cultural | Books, newspapers, printed materials |
| Health | Blood, human hair, contraceptives |
| Agricultural | Seeds, plants, organic manure |
Rawat Aunty's kirana store sells many exempt items — loose rice, dal, fresh vegetables. This is one reason her total taxable turnover might stay below the threshold.
5% — Lower Rate
| Examples |
|---|
| Branded/packaged rice, wheat, flour, pulses |
| Sugar, tea, coffee (not instant) |
| Spices (most types when packaged) |
| Edible oils (mustard, groundnut) |
| Footwear below Rs 1,000 |
| Coal, fertilizers |
| Skimmed milk powder |
| Apparel below Rs 1,000 |
Most of Bisht Ji's spices fall in the 5% slab. Packaged spices like turmeric powder, chilli powder, cumin, coriander — all at 5%.
12% — Medium-Low Rate
| Examples |
|---|
| Ghee, butter, cheese |
| Almonds, dry fruits (processed) |
| Cell phones |
| Sewing machines |
| Umbrella |
| Playing cards |
18% — Standard Rate
This is the most common slab. A large number of items fall here.
| Examples |
|---|
| Soap, shampoo, toothpaste |
| Hair oil, detergent |
| Computers, laptops, printers |
| Steel, aluminum products |
| Restaurant food (in AC restaurants) |
| Most services (IT, consulting, telecom) |
| Instant food mixes, pasta, cornflakes |
28% — Luxury / Sin Goods
| Examples |
|---|
| Cars, motorcycles (above certain engine capacity) |
| Air conditioners, washing machines |
| Aerated drinks (Coca-Cola, Pepsi) |
| Tobacco products, cigarettes |
| Cement |
| Paint and varnish |
Some 28% items also attract an additional Compensation Cess — for example, a car might be 28% GST + 15% cess.
Quick Reference for Bisht Ji's Products
| Product | HSN Code | GST Rate |
|---|---|---|
| Turmeric Powder | 0910 | 5% |
| Chilli Powder | 0904 | 5% |
| Cumin Seeds (Jeera) | 0909 | 5% |
| Coriander Powder (Dhaniya) | 0909 | 5% |
| Black Pepper (Kali Mirch) | 0904 | 5% |
| Ginger Powder (Sonth) | 0910 | 5% |
| Cloves (Laung) | 0907 | 5% |
| Cardamom (Elaichi) | 0908 | 5% |
| Fennel Seeds (Saunf) | 0909 | 5% |
| Mixed Spice Powder (Garam Masala) | 0910 | 5% |
Most spices fall under Chapter 09 of the HSN (Coffee, Tea, Mate, and Spices) and are taxed at 5% when sold in packaged form.
GST Invoice Rules
Now that we know HSN codes and tax rates, let us learn about the invoice itself. GST has strict rules about what a Tax Invoice must contain.
Mandatory Fields in a Tax Invoice
Every GST Tax Invoice must have the following:
| Field | Description | Example (Bisht Traders) |
|---|---|---|
| Supplier Name | Name of the seller | Bisht Traders |
| Supplier Address | Registered address | Main Road, Haldwani, Uttarakhand |
| Supplier GSTIN | 15-digit GST number | 05AADFB1234R1Z8 |
| Invoice Number | Unique, sequential, max 16 characters | BT/2025-26/0147 |
| Invoice Date | Date of issue | 15-Jan-2026 |
| Buyer Name | Customer name | Mountain Spice Mart |
| Buyer Address | Customer address | Mall Road, Dehradun |
| Buyer GSTIN | If registered | 05AABCM5678P1Z2 |
| Place of Supply | State where supply is delivered | Uttarakhand (05) |
| HSN Code | For each item | 0910 |
| Description | What is being sold | Turmeric Powder 500g |
| Quantity | How much | 200 packets |
| Unit | Measurement unit | Pcs / Kg / etc. |
| Rate | Price per unit (before tax) | Rs 45 per packet |
| Taxable Value | Quantity x Rate | Rs 9,000 |
| CGST Rate & Amount | If intra-state | 2.5%, Rs 225 |
| SGST Rate & Amount | If intra-state | 2.5%, Rs 225 |
| IGST Rate & Amount | If inter-state | (not applicable here) |
| Total Amount | Grand total | Rs 9,450 |
| Signature | Of seller or authorized person | Bisht Ji's signature |
Important: If even one of these fields is missing or wrong, the buyer cannot claim Input Tax Credit on that invoice. This is why getting invoices right is so critical.
A Sample Invoice
Here is what Bisht Ji's invoice looks like:
+============================================================+
| BISHT TRADERS |
| Main Road, Haldwani, Uttarakhand - 263139 |
| GSTIN: 05AADFB1234R1Z8 Phone: 9876543210 |
+============================================================+
| TAX INVOICE |
| Invoice No: BT/2025-26/0147 Date: 15-Jan-2026 |
+------------------------------------------------------------+
| Bill To: |
| Mountain Spice Mart |
| Mall Road, Dehradun, Uttarakhand |
| GSTIN: 05AABCM5678P1Z2 |
| Place of Supply: Uttarakhand (05) |
+------+------------------+------+-----+--------+------------+
| HSN | Description | Qty | Rate| Amount | GST |
+------+------------------+------+-----+--------+------------+
| 0910 | Turmeric Pdr 500g| 200 | 45 | 9,000 | 5% (CGST |
| | | | | | 2.5%+SGST |
| | | | | | 2.5%) |
| 0904 | Chilli Pdr 500g | 150 | 40 | 6,000 | 5% |
| 0909 | Cumin Seeds 200g | 100 | 60 | 6,000 | 5% |
+------+------------------+------+-----+--------+------------+
| Taxable Value: Rs 21,000 |
| CGST @ 2.5%: Rs 525 |
| SGST @ 2.5%: Rs 525 |
| ───────────────────────────── |
| TOTAL: Rs 22,050 |
+------------------------------------------------------------+
| Amount in words: Twenty-Two Thousand Fifty Rupees Only |
| |
| Signature: ____________ |
+============================================================+

Three Types of GST Documents
Not every sale needs a full Tax Invoice. GST law defines three main types of documents:
1. Tax Invoice
- Issued by a regular GST-registered person
- Contains all the fields listed above (GSTIN, HSN, tax breakup, etc.)
- The buyer can use this to claim Input Tax Credit
- Bisht Ji issues Tax Invoices for all his sales
2. Bill of Supply
- Issued by a person registered under the Composition Scheme
- Also issued when selling exempt goods (0% GST items)
- Does NOT show any tax breakup (no CGST, SGST, IGST columns)
- Must say "Composition Taxable Person" on it
- The buyer cannot claim ITC on a Bill of Supply
If Rawat Aunty registers under the Composition Scheme, she will issue Bills of Supply, not Tax Invoices.
3. Receipt Voucher
- Issued when you receive advance payment before delivering goods or services
- GST must be paid on the advance
- When the actual supply happens, a Tax Invoice is issued and the advance is adjusted
Quick Comparison
| Feature | Tax Invoice | Bill of Supply | Receipt Voucher |
|---|---|---|---|
| Who issues | Regular GST person | Composition person or for exempt goods | Anyone receiving advance |
| Tax shown | Yes (CGST/SGST/IGST) | No | Yes |
| ITC for buyer | Yes | No | Adjusted later |
| HSN code | Required | Optional | Not required |
Credit Notes and Debit Notes
Sometimes after issuing an invoice, something changes. For example:
-
Bisht Ji sent 200 packets but 10 were damaged. The buyer returns them. Bisht Ji needs to reduce the original invoice value. He issues a Credit Note.
-
Bisht Ji realized he charged Rs 40 per packet but the agreed price was Rs 45. He needs to increase the invoice value. He issues a Debit Note.
Credit Note
A Credit Note reduces the value of a previous invoice. It reduces the seller's output tax liability.
Use it when:
- Goods are returned
- Price is reduced after the sale
- Tax rate was charged higher than correct
Debit Note
A Debit Note increases the value of a previous invoice. It increases the seller's output tax liability.
Use it when:
- Additional charges are added
- Price is increased after the sale
- Tax was charged lower than correct
Both Credit Notes and Debit Notes must be reported in GSTR-1 (we will cover this in Chapter 20).
Hands-On: Setting Up HSN Codes in ERPLite for Bisht Ji
Negi Bhaiya said, "OK Meera, now let's set up all of Bisht Ji's products with the correct HSN codes and GST rates in ERPLite."
Step 1: Open the Item Master
Go to Masters > Items. Click on the first item: Turmeric Powder 500g.
Step 2: Fill in the Tax Details
In the item details form, find the Tax / GST section:
| Field | What to Enter |
|---|---|
| HSN Code | 0910 |
| GST Rate | 5% |
| Tax Category | Regular |
Click Save.
Step 3: Repeat for All Items
Meera went through each of Bisht Ji's products:
| Product | HSN Code | GST Rate | Status |
|---|---|---|---|
| Turmeric Powder 500g | 0910 | 5% | Done |
| Turmeric Powder 1kg | 0910 | 5% | Done |
| Chilli Powder 500g | 0904 | 5% | Done |
| Chilli Powder 1kg | 0904 | 5% | Done |
| Cumin Seeds 200g | 0909 | 5% | Done |
| Cumin Seeds 500g | 0909 | 5% | Done |
| Coriander Powder 500g | 0909 | 5% | Done |
| Black Pepper 100g | 0904 | 5% | Done |
| Garam Masala 200g | 0910 | 5% | Done |
| Cardamom 50g | 0908 | 5% | Done |
Step 4: Verify with a Test Invoice
To make sure everything is working, Meera created a test sales invoice:
- Go to Transactions > Sales Invoice > New
- Select customer: Mountain Spice Mart (Dehradun)
- Add item: Turmeric Powder 500g, Qty: 10, Rate: Rs 45
- ERPLite automatically fills in:
- HSN Code: 0910
- GST Rate: 5%
- CGST: 2.5% = Rs 11.25
- SGST: 2.5% = Rs 11.25
- Total: Rs 472.50
"Perfect!" said Negi Bhaiya. "Now every time you create an invoice for Bisht Ji, the HSN code and GST will appear automatically. No need to remember codes or calculate tax manually."
Step 5: Check Inter-State Invoice
Meera then created a test invoice for a Delhi customer:
- Select customer: Delhi Spice House (New Delhi)
- Add item: Cumin Seeds 200g, Qty: 50, Rate: Rs 60
- ERPLite automatically shows:
- HSN Code: 0909
- GST Rate: 5%
- IGST: 5% = Rs 150 (no split into CGST/SGST because it is inter-state)
- Total: Rs 3,150
ERPLite detects the inter-state sale (Uttarakhand to Delhi) and automatically switches from CGST+SGST to IGST.

Quick Recap
- HSN (Harmonized System of Nomenclature) is an international system to classify products. Every product has a unique code.
- SAC (Services Accounting Code) is the equivalent for services. SAC codes start with 99.
- Use cbic-gst.gov.in or the GST Rate Finder app to look up HSN codes.
- GST has four main slabs: 5%, 12%, 18%, 28%. Some items are exempt (0%).
- A Tax Invoice must have: supplier and buyer details, GSTIN, invoice number, date, HSN code, quantity, rate, taxable value, CGST/SGST/IGST amounts, total, and signature.
- Bill of Supply is for Composition Scheme dealers or exempt goods — no tax breakup shown.
- Receipt Voucher is issued when advance payment is received.
- Credit Notes reduce an invoice value. Debit Notes increase it.
- In ERPLite, set up HSN codes and GST rates in the Item Master. The software auto-calculates tax on every invoice.
Practice Exercise
Exercise 1: Find the HSN Code
Look up the HSN codes for the following products (use cbic-gst.gov.in or the GST Rate Finder app):
- Basmati Rice (branded, packaged)
- Honey (natural)
- Mustard Oil
- Washing Soap
- Notebooks (paper)
Exercise 2: Identify the Tax Slab
For each item below, write the GST rate slab (0%, 5%, 12%, 18%, or 28%):
- Fresh tomatoes from a farmer
- Branded packaged atta (wheat flour)
- A laptop computer
- A bottle of Coca-Cola
- A mobile phone
- A newspaper
- Toothpaste
- Ghee (cow ghee, branded)
Exercise 3: Spot the Invoice Errors
Look at this invoice and find what is wrong (there are 4 errors):
BISHT TRADERS
Haldwani, Uttarakhand
Invoice No: 147 Date: 15/01/2026
Sold to: Some Customer, Dehradun
Turmeric Powder 200 pcs x Rs 45 = Rs 9,000
GST @ 5% = Rs 450
Total: Rs 9,450
(Hint: Compare with the mandatory fields we listed above.)
Exercise 4: Credit Note or Debit Note?
For each situation, say whether Bisht Ji should issue a Credit Note or Debit Note:
- A customer returns 50 packets of damaged chilli powder.
- Bisht Ji realizes he charged 12% GST instead of the correct 5%.
- The customer agrees to pay Rs 5 more per packet because of a quality upgrade.
- Bisht Ji gave an extra discount of 10% after the invoice was already sent.
Exercise 5: ERPLite Setup
If you have access to Udyamo ERPLite, set up the following items with correct HSN codes and GST rates:
- Fennel Seeds (Saunf) 200g
- Bay Leaves (Tej Patta) 50g
- Fenugreek Seeds (Methi) 100g
Create a test invoice for an intra-state sale and an inter-state sale. Verify that the tax is calculated correctly.
Fun Fact
The HSN system was first created in 1988 by the World Customs Organization based in Brussels, Belgium. Today, over 98% of world trade is classified using HSN codes. So when Bisht Ji writes "0910" on his invoice for turmeric, a customs officer in Japan, Brazil, or Germany would instantly know he is talking about spices from the ginger family. Bisht Ji's little spice shop in Haldwani speaks the same product language as the biggest companies in the world!
Input Tax Credit (ITC) — Pay Less, Legally
It was Wednesday afternoon. Meera had just finished entering Bisht Ji's purchase invoices into ERPLite. "Sharma Sir, Bisht Ji paid Rs 42,000 in GST on his purchases this month. And he collected Rs 58,000 in GST on his sales. Does he really have to pay Rs 58,000 to the government?" Sharma Sir smiled. "No, Meera. He only pays the difference. Rs 58,000 minus Rs 42,000. That's Rs 16,000. The rest is already paid. This is called Input Tax Credit — ITC. It's the heart of GST. And today, you will understand it completely."
The Core Idea of ITC
Input Tax Credit is the single most important concept in GST. If you understand ITC, you understand why GST is better than the old tax system.
Here is the idea in one sentence:
You paid GST when you bought something. You collected GST when you sold something. You only pay the government the DIFFERENCE.
Let us write this as a formula:
GST to pay = GST collected on sales - GST paid on purchases
= Output Tax - Input Tax Credit
That's it. The GST you paid on your purchases is your Input Tax Credit. You use it to reduce the GST you owe to the government.
Why is it Called "Input" Tax Credit?
In business:
- Inputs = what you buy to run your business (raw materials, goods for resale, services)
- Output = what you sell
The tax on your inputs (purchases) is your "Input Tax." You get "Credit" for it — meaning it reduces your tax bill.
Think of it like this: Imagine you're at a chai shop. You give the shopkeeper a Rs 100 note. The chai costs Rs 30. He gives you Rs 70 back as change. ITC is like that change — you already paid some GST through your purchases, so the government gives you "change" by reducing your final tax bill.
Step-by-Step: How ITC Works
Let us trace ITC through Bisht Ji's business with real numbers.
Bisht Ji's January Purchases (What He Bought)
| Purchase | Supplier | Taxable Value | GST @ 5% | Total Paid |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Turmeric (raw) from Rajasthan | Rajasthan Spice Co. | Rs 2,00,000 | Rs 10,000 (IGST) | Rs 2,10,000 |
| Chilli (raw) from Andhra | AP Mirchi Traders | Rs 1,50,000 | Rs 7,500 (IGST) | Rs 1,57,500 |
| Cumin from Gujarat | Gujarat Seeds Ltd | Rs 1,00,000 | Rs 5,000 (IGST) | Rs 1,05,000 |
| Packaging material (local) | Haldwani Packaging | Rs 40,000 | Rs 7,200 (CGST 3,600 + SGST 3,600) @ 18% | Rs 47,200 |
| Transport charges | Kumaon Transport | Rs 50,000 | Rs 2,500 (CGST 1,250 + SGST 1,250) @ 5% | Rs 52,500 |
| Total | Rs 5,40,000 | Rs 32,200 | Rs 5,72,200 |
Bisht Ji's total Input Tax (GST paid on purchases) = Rs 32,200.
Bisht Ji's January Sales (What He Sold)
| Sale | Customer | State | Taxable Value | GST @ 5% | Total Received |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Turmeric Powder to Dehradun shop | Mountain Spice | Uttarakhand | Rs 3,00,000 | Rs 15,000 (CGST 7,500 + SGST 7,500) | Rs 3,15,000 |
| Chilli Powder to Delhi wholesaler | Delhi Masala House | Delhi | Rs 2,00,000 | Rs 10,000 (IGST) | Rs 2,10,000 |
| Cumin to Nainital shop | Lake City Store | Uttarakhand | Rs 1,50,000 | Rs 7,500 (CGST 3,750 + SGST 3,750) | Rs 1,57,500 |
| Mixed order to Lucknow | UP Grocers | UP | Rs 1,00,000 | Rs 5,000 (IGST) | Rs 1,05,000 |
| Total | Rs 7,50,000 | Rs 37,500 | Rs 7,87,500 |
Bisht Ji's total Output Tax (GST collected on sales) = Rs 37,500.
The ITC Calculation
GST payable to government = Output Tax - Input Tax Credit
= Rs 37,500 - Rs 32,200
= Rs 5,300
Without ITC, Bisht Ji would pay Rs 37,500 to the government. With ITC, he pays only Rs 5,300. He saves Rs 32,200 — legally! This is not tax evasion. This is how the system is designed to work.

How ITC is Set Off: CGST, SGST, IGST
ITC is not just one pool. The credit you earn is split by type (CGST, SGST, IGST), and there are rules about which credit can be used against which tax.
The Set-Off Rules
| ITC Available | Can Be Used Against |
|---|---|
| IGST Credit | IGST first, then CGST, then SGST |
| CGST Credit | CGST first, then IGST (NOT against SGST) |
| SGST Credit | SGST first, then IGST (NOT against CGST) |
The key rule to remember: CGST credit cannot be used against SGST, and SGST credit cannot be used against CGST. This is because CGST is a Central tax and SGST is a State tax — they cannot cross over directly.
Detailed Set-Off for Bisht Ji (January)
Let us first calculate the ITC by type:
Input Tax (ITC earned):
| Type | Amount | Source |
|---|---|---|
| IGST | Rs 22,500 | Purchases from Rajasthan, AP, Gujarat |
| CGST | Rs 4,850 | Purchases from local Haldwani suppliers |
| SGST | Rs 4,850 | Purchases from local Haldwani suppliers |
| Total ITC | Rs 32,200 |
Output Tax (tax collected on sales):
| Type | Amount | Source |
|---|---|---|
| IGST | Rs 15,000 | Sales to Delhi, UP |
| CGST | Rs 11,250 | Sales within Uttarakhand |
| SGST | Rs 11,250 | Sales within Uttarakhand |
| Total Output | Rs 37,500 |
Step-by-step set-off:
Step 1: Use IGST credit first (Rs 22,500)
- Against IGST output: Rs 15,000. Remaining IGST credit = Rs 7,500.
- Against CGST output: Rs 7,500. Remaining IGST credit = Rs 0.
Step 2: Use CGST credit (Rs 4,850)
- Against remaining CGST output: Rs 11,250 - Rs 7,500 = Rs 3,750. Use Rs 3,750 of CGST credit. Remaining CGST credit = Rs 1,100.
- Remaining CGST credit (Rs 1,100) can be used against IGST (but IGST is already zero). So Rs 1,100 carries forward.
Step 3: Use SGST credit (Rs 4,850)
- Against SGST output: Rs 11,250. Use Rs 4,850. Remaining SGST output = Rs 6,400.
Step 4: Calculate what Bisht Ji actually pays in cash
| Tax | Output | ITC Used | Cash to Pay |
|---|---|---|---|
| IGST | Rs 15,000 | Rs 15,000 (from IGST credit) | Rs 0 |
| CGST | Rs 11,250 | Rs 7,500 (IGST) + Rs 3,750 (CGST) = Rs 11,250 | Rs 0 |
| SGST | Rs 11,250 | Rs 4,850 (SGST) | Rs 6,400 |
| Total | Rs 37,500 | Rs 31,100 | Rs 6,400 |
Bisht Ji pays Rs 6,400 in cash. He carries forward Rs 1,100 of CGST credit to next month.
Note: Don't worry if the set-off seems complicated. ERPLite does this calculation automatically. But it is important to understand the logic so you can verify the numbers.
Conditions for Claiming ITC
You cannot claim ITC on just any purchase. There are strict conditions. If even one condition is not met, your ITC claim will be rejected.
The Five Conditions
Condition 1: You must have a valid tax invoice (or debit note)
No invoice = no ITC. The invoice must contain all mandatory fields — supplier GSTIN, HSN code, tax breakup, etc. (We covered these in Chapter 18.)
If Bisht Ji buys spices from a farmer who is not registered for GST and does not give an invoice with GSTIN, Bisht Ji cannot claim ITC on that purchase.
Condition 2: You must have actually received the goods or services
You cannot claim ITC on goods that are still in transit or not yet delivered. The goods must be in your possession (or your agent's possession).
If Bisht Ji orders 1,000 kg of turmeric and only 800 kg arrives (200 kg lost in transit), he can claim ITC only on the 800 kg that he actually received.
Condition 3: The supplier must have filed their GST return
This is a crucial condition. The GST you paid on your purchase must show up in the supplier's GSTR-1 (sales return). If the supplier collects GST from you but doesn't file their return, you lose your ITC.
This is why Sharma Sir always tells clients: "Buy from registered, compliant suppliers."
Condition 4: You must have filed your own return
You can only claim ITC when you file your GSTR-3B. If you don't file your return, you don't get the credit.
Condition 5: Payment must be made within 180 days
If you have not paid the supplier within 180 days from the invoice date, you must reverse the ITC (give it back). Once you pay, you can reclaim it.
Imagine Bisht Ji buys Rs 1,00,000 of chilli from AP Mirchi Traders in January but doesn't pay them until August (more than 180 days). He would have to reverse the ITC in the month when 180 days are up. When he finally pays, he can reclaim it.
Summary of Conditions
| Condition | What It Means | What Goes Wrong If Not Met |
|---|---|---|
| Valid tax invoice | Must have proper GST invoice | No ITC allowed |
| Goods/services received | Must be in your possession | ITC only on what you got |
| Supplier filed return | Supplier's GSTR-1 must show the invoice | ITC blocked until matched |
| You filed your return | You must file GSTR-3B | No ITC without filing |
| Payment within 180 days | Pay the supplier in time | ITC reversed, reclaimed on payment |
Blocked Credits — When ITC is NOT Allowed
Even if all five conditions above are met, there are certain purchases where ITC is blocked by law. You simply cannot claim ITC on them, no matter what.
List of Blocked Credits (Section 17(5) of CGST Act)
| Blocked Item | Why |
|---|---|
| Motor vehicles (cars, bikes) | Personal use likely; exception for transport business |
| Food and beverages | Unless you are in the food/hospitality business |
| Health and fitness services | Gym membership, health club |
| Club memberships | Social club, sports club |
| Rent-a-cab services | Unless you are a transport company |
| Travel benefits for employees | Leave travel, vacations |
| Construction of immovable property | Building your own office/shop (not a real estate developer) |
| Personal use items | Anything bought for personal consumption, not business |
| Goods/services for making exempt supplies | If your output is exempt, no ITC on inputs |
| Goods lost, stolen, damaged, or given as free sample | Cannot claim ITC on waste |
| Tax paid under Composition Scheme | Composition dealers have no ITC at all |
Examples for Bisht Ji
-
Bisht Ji buys a car for Rs 8,00,000 plus GST. ITC blocked. He cannot claim the GST on the car because motor vehicles are blocked credits (unless the car is used for transportation of goods, which a sedan is not).
-
Bisht Ji orders samosas and chai for a client meeting. Cost: Rs 2,000 plus GST. ITC blocked. Food and beverages for employees/guests is a blocked credit.
-
Bisht Ji buys a packaging machine for Rs 3,00,000 plus GST. ITC allowed! Machinery used for business is not in the blocked list. This is a legitimate business expense.
-
Bisht Ji buys turmeric for resale. ITC allowed! Goods purchased for resale are fully eligible for ITC.
ITC Reversal — When You Must Return ITC
Sometimes you claim ITC initially but later need to reverse (return) it. Here are the common situations:
Situation 1: Non-Payment Within 180 Days
We already covered this. If you don't pay the supplier within 180 days, reverse the ITC. Reclaim it when you pay.
Situation 2: Goods Used for Exempt + Taxable Supplies
If Bisht Ji uses some inputs to make both taxable supplies (packaged spices, 5% GST) and exempt supplies (unbranded loose spices, 0% GST), he must proportionally reverse ITC for the exempt portion.
For example: If 20% of his sales are exempt, he must reverse approximately 20% of his common ITC.
Situation 3: Credit Note Received from Supplier
If the supplier issues a credit note (for returns, discount, etc.), Bisht Ji's ITC must be reduced accordingly.
Situation 4: Inputs Used for Personal Purposes
If Bisht Ji takes some spices home for personal use, he must reverse ITC on those spices. Business inputs used for personal purposes do not qualify for ITC.
The Matching Concept — GSTR-2A / GSTR-2B
"How does the government know if my ITC claim is valid?" Meera asked.
Sharma Sir explained: "The government matches your claims with your suppliers' filings."
Here is how it works:
- Your supplier files GSTR-1 (details of their sales). Your purchase invoices appear in their sales data.
- This data automatically populates into your GSTR-2A (a dynamic, real-time statement) and GSTR-2B (a static, monthly statement).
- When you file GSTR-3B and claim ITC, the government checks: Does your ITC claim match what appears in GSTR-2B?
If there is a mismatch — for example, you claim ITC of Rs 10,000 on a purchase from Supplier X, but Supplier X never reported that sale in their GSTR-1 — the government will flag it.
GSTR-2A vs GSTR-2B
| Feature | GSTR-2A | GSTR-2B |
|---|---|---|
| Nature | Dynamic (keeps changing) | Static (fixed for each month) |
| Updates when | Whenever a supplier files/amends | Generated on 14th of next month |
| Use for | Checking supplier compliance | Claiming ITC in GSTR-3B |
| Recommended for ITC | No (it keeps changing) | Yes (use this as reference) |
In practice: Before filing GSTR-3B, Sharma Sir always asks Negi Bhaiya to download Bisht Ji's GSTR-2B and compare it with the purchase register in ERPLite. Any mismatch must be investigated.

Hands-On: Calculating Bisht Ji's Monthly ITC in ERPLite
Negi Bhaiya showed Meera how to check ITC in ERPLite.
Step 1: Open the GST Report
Go to Reports > GST Reports > Input Tax Credit Summary.
Select the period: January 2026.
ERPLite shows a summary:
| Tax Type | ITC Available | Source |
|---|---|---|
| IGST | Rs 22,500 | Inter-state purchases |
| CGST | Rs 4,850 | Intra-state purchases |
| SGST | Rs 4,850 | Intra-state purchases |
| Total | Rs 32,200 |
Step 2: Compare with GSTR-2B
Download GSTR-2B from the GST portal for Bisht Ji. Compare each invoice:
| Supplier | Invoice No. | Our Records | GSTR-2B | Match? |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Rajasthan Spice Co. | RSC/456 | Rs 10,000 | Rs 10,000 | Yes |
| AP Mirchi Traders | APM/789 | Rs 7,500 | Rs 7,500 | Yes |
| Gujarat Seeds Ltd | GS/123 | Rs 5,000 | Rs 5,000 | Yes |
| Haldwani Packaging | HP/234 | Rs 7,200 | Rs 7,200 | Yes |
| Kumaon Transport | KT/567 | Rs 2,500 | Rs 2,500 | Yes |
All invoices matched! Bisht Ji can safely claim Rs 32,200 as ITC.
Step 3: Check for Blocked Credits
Meera noticed one more purchase entry: "Office Lunch — Rs 1,200 + GST Rs 216."
Negi Bhaiya said, "Good catch! Food and beverages are blocked credits. We should NOT include this Rs 216 in our ITC claim. Let me mark it as 'ITC Not Available' in ERPLite."
In ERPLite, when entering a purchase invoice, there is an option for each line item:
- ITC Eligible: Yes / No
For the lunch expense, set it to No. ERPLite will exclude it from ITC calculations.
Step 4: View the Net Payable
Go to Reports > GST Reports > Tax Liability Summary.
| IGST | CGST | SGST | Total | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Output Tax | Rs 15,000 | Rs 11,250 | Rs 11,250 | Rs 37,500 |
| Input Tax Credit | Rs 22,500 | Rs 4,850 | Rs 4,850 | Rs 32,200 |
| Net Payable (after set-off) | Rs 0 | Rs 0 | Rs 6,400 | Rs 6,400 |
| ITC Carry Forward | Rs 0 | Rs 1,100 | Rs 0 | Rs 1,100 |
Bisht Ji needs to pay Rs 6,400 in cash to the government this month. And Rs 1,100 of CGST credit carries forward to February.

Quick Recap
- ITC (Input Tax Credit) = GST you paid on purchases. You use it to reduce the GST you owe on sales.
- Formula: GST payable = Output Tax - Input Tax Credit.
- IGST credit is set off against IGST first, then CGST, then SGST. CGST and SGST credits cannot cross over to each other.
- Five conditions for claiming ITC: valid invoice, goods received, supplier filed return, you filed return, paid within 180 days.
- Blocked credits: motor vehicles, food, personal items, club memberships, construction, etc.
- ITC reversal happens when: non-payment within 180 days, goods used for exempt supplies, credit note received, or personal use.
- GSTR-2B is the reference document for ITC claims. Always reconcile before filing.
- In ERPLite, mark blocked credit items as "ITC Not Available" so they are excluded from ITC calculations.
Practice Exercise
Exercise 1: Calculate the ITC
Bisht Ji's February purchases:
| Purchase | GST Paid |
|---|---|
| Turmeric from Rajasthan | Rs 8,000 (IGST) |
| Chilli from Andhra Pradesh | Rs 6,000 (IGST) |
| Packaging from Haldwani | Rs 3,600 (CGST Rs 1,800 + SGST Rs 1,800) |
| New computer for office | Rs 14,400 (CGST Rs 7,200 + SGST Rs 7,200) |
| Lunch for staff meeting | Rs 540 (CGST Rs 270 + SGST Rs 270) |
February sales output tax:
| Tax Type | Amount |
|---|---|
| IGST | Rs 12,000 |
| CGST | Rs 9,000 |
| SGST | Rs 9,000 |
Carry-forward from January: CGST Rs 1,100.
Questions:
- What is the total eligible ITC? (Remember blocked credits!)
- Calculate the net payable for each tax type (IGST, CGST, SGST).
- Is there any ITC carry forward to March?
Exercise 2: Blocked or Allowed?
For each purchase below, write whether ITC is ALLOWED or BLOCKED:
- A delivery van for transporting spices
- Tea and snacks for office staff
- A laptop for the accountant
- Construction of a new warehouse
- Raw spices for resale
- Printer cartridges for the office
- A gym membership for Bisht Ji
- Courier charges for sending goods to customers
Exercise 3: ITC Reversal
Bisht Ji bought Rs 2,00,000 worth of cumin from Gujarat Seeds Ltd in September. GST paid: Rs 10,000. He claimed ITC in September.
- In March (180+ days later), he still has not paid Gujarat Seeds Ltd.
- What should he do with the ITC?
- If he pays them in April, what happens?
Exercise 4: GSTR-2B Mismatch
When reconciling February's GSTR-2B, Meera finds that one supplier (Haldwani Packaging, invoice HP/290, GST Rs 3,600) does not appear in GSTR-2B. What should she do? List at least 3 steps.
Fun Fact
ITC is not unique to India. Most countries with a VAT (Value Added Tax) system have a similar concept. In the European Union, it's called "VAT deduction." In Australia, it's called "GST credit." The idea is the same everywhere — businesses should only pay tax on the value they add, not on what was already taxed. The concept was first introduced by a French tax official named Maurice Laure in 1954. So the next time you calculate ITC for Bisht Ji, remember — you're using an idea that a Frenchman invented over 70 years ago!
GSTR-1 — Your Sales Return
Friday morning. Sharma Sir called Meera and Negi Bhaiya into his cabin. "Bisht Ji's GSTR-1 for January is due on the 11th of February. That's four days away. Meera, I want you to prepare it. Negi Bhaiya will guide you." Meera felt nervous. She had understood GST in theory, but this was real — filing an actual return for a real client with the government. "Don't worry," Negi Bhaiya said, putting a hand on her shoulder. "We'll take the data from ERPLite. Most of the work is already done. You just need to verify and organize it."
What is GSTR-1?
GSTR-1 is a return (a report filed with the government) that contains details of all your outward supplies — in simple words, all your sales for the month.
Every registered taxpayer under GST (except those under the Composition Scheme) must file GSTR-1.
Think of it this way: The government wants to know — who did you sell to, how much did you sell, and how much GST did you charge? GSTR-1 is where you report all of this.
Who Files GSTR-1?
- Every person registered under Regular GST (not Composition Scheme)
- Even if you had zero sales in the month, you must file a Nil GSTR-1
Filing Frequency
| Your Annual Turnover | How Often You File GSTR-1 |
|---|---|
| More than Rs 5 crore | Monthly (by the 11th of next month) |
| Up to Rs 5 crore | Quarterly under the QRMP scheme (by the 13th of the month following the quarter) |
QRMP stands for Quarterly Returns with Monthly Payment. Under this scheme, small businesses file GSTR-1 quarterly but still pay GST monthly.
Bisht Ji's turnover is about Rs 90 lakh — under Rs 5 crore. He has opted for the QRMP scheme, so he files GSTR-1 quarterly. But for learning purposes, Sharma Sir wants Meera to practice with monthly data first.
Due Date
| Filing Type | Due Date |
|---|---|
| Monthly GSTR-1 | 11th of the next month |
| Quarterly GSTR-1 (QRMP) | 13th of the month after the quarter ends |
For January 2026 (monthly): Due by 11th February 2026.
For October-December 2025 quarter (QRMP): Due by 13th January 2026.
What Goes Inside GSTR-1?
GSTR-1 captures all your sales, but they need to be organized into specific categories. Let us understand each one.
The Main Sections of GSTR-1
| Table | What It Contains | Details |
|---|---|---|
| Table 4 | B2B Invoices | Sales to other GST-registered businesses (buyer has GSTIN) |
| Table 5 | B2C (Large) Invoices | Sales to unregistered persons where invoice value > Rs 2,50,000 |
| Table 7 | B2C (Small) | Summary of sales to unregistered persons where invoice value <= Rs 2,50,000 |
| Table 6 | Exports | Sales to buyers outside India |
| Table 9 | Credit Notes and Debit Notes | Adjustments to previous invoices |
| Table 11 | Advances Received | GST on advance payments received (where invoice not yet issued) |
| Table 11(B) | Advance Adjusted | When the invoice is issued against a previous advance |
| Table 12 | HSN Summary | Summary of all sales organized by HSN code |
| Table 13 | Documents Issued | Summary of invoice numbers, credit note numbers, etc. |
Understanding B2B vs B2C
This is a critical distinction in GSTR-1.
B2B (Business to Business): Your buyer is a GST-registered business. You have their GSTIN. Each invoice is reported individually with full details — buyer GSTIN, invoice number, date, value, tax amounts.
Why individually? Because the buyer will claim ITC on this invoice. The government needs to match your B2B invoice with the buyer's ITC claim.
B2C (Business to Consumer): Your buyer is not GST-registered (or you don't have their GSTIN). There are two sub-categories:
- B2C Large: Invoice value is more than Rs 2,50,000. Reported individually (because it is a large transaction).
- B2C Small: Invoice value is Rs 2,50,000 or less. Reported as a summary — total sales grouped by tax rate and state. Individual invoices are not listed.
Bisht Ji's Sales Breakdown for January 2026
Let us organize Bisht Ji's January sales into GSTR-1 categories:
B2B Invoices (Table 4):
| Invoice No. | Date | Buyer | Buyer GSTIN | Taxable Value | Tax Type | Tax Amount |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| BT/0141 | 05-Jan | Mountain Spice Mart, Dehradun | 05AABCM5678P1Z2 | Rs 1,20,000 | CGST+SGST | Rs 3,000 + Rs 3,000 |
| BT/0142 | 08-Jan | Delhi Masala House, Delhi | 07AABCD9876R1Z5 | Rs 2,00,000 | IGST | Rs 10,000 |
| BT/0144 | 12-Jan | Lake City Store, Nainital | 05AABCL3456K1Z9 | Rs 80,000 | CGST+SGST | Rs 2,000 + Rs 2,000 |
| BT/0146 | 18-Jan | UP Grocers, Lucknow | 09AABCU7890M1Z1 | Rs 1,00,000 | IGST | Rs 5,000 |
| BT/0147 | 22-Jan | Kumaon Traders, Almora | 05AABCK2345N1Z4 | Rs 60,000 | CGST+SGST | Rs 1,500 + Rs 1,500 |
| BT/0149 | 28-Jan | Hill Masala, Rishikesh | 05AABCH6789Q1Z7 | Rs 1,40,000 | CGST+SGST | Rs 3,500 + Rs 3,500 |
All these buyers are GST-registered (they have GSTINs). Each invoice is reported individually.
B2C Small (Table 7):
Some of Bisht Ji's sales were to small shops or walk-in customers who are not GST-registered. These are reported as a summary:
| State | Tax Rate | Taxable Value | CGST | SGST | IGST |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Uttarakhand | 5% | Rs 50,000 | Rs 1,250 | Rs 1,250 | — |
(These were small cash sales to local unregistered shops, all below Rs 2,50,000 per invoice.)
B2C Large (Table 5):
None this month. None of Bisht Ji's sales to unregistered persons exceeded Rs 2,50,000.
Credit Notes (Table 9):
| Credit Note No. | Date | Original Invoice | Buyer GSTIN | Value | Tax |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| BT/CN/003 | 15-Jan | BT/0141 | 05AABCM5678P1Z2 | Rs 5,000 | CGST Rs 125 + SGST Rs 125 |
Mountain Spice Mart returned some damaged packets worth Rs 5,000.
HSN Summary (Table 12):
| HSN Code | Description | UQC | Total Qty | Taxable Value | IGST | CGST | SGST |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 0910 | Turmeric, ginger, spice mixes | Kgs | 2,400 | Rs 3,60,000 | Rs 8,000 | Rs 5,500 | Rs 5,500 |
| 0904 | Chilli, pepper | Kgs | 1,800 | Rs 2,20,000 | Rs 5,000 | Rs 3,000 | Rs 3,000 |
| 0909 | Cumin, coriander, fennel | Kgs | 1,200 | Rs 1,70,000 | Rs 2,000 | Rs 2,250 | Rs 2,250 |
UQC = Unit Quantity Code (Kgs, Pcs, Ltrs, etc.)
The IFF — Invoice Furnishing Facility
If Bisht Ji is on the QRMP scheme (quarterly filing), he still needs to report B2B invoices every month using the IFF (Invoice Furnishing Facility).
Why? Because his B2B customers need to see those invoices in their GSTR-2B to claim ITC. If Bisht Ji waits 3 months to report the invoices, his customers cannot claim ITC for those months.
The IFF is filed by the 13th of the next month (same as the quarterly GSTR-1 due date concept, but monthly for B2B invoices only).
| If You Are On QRMP | What You File Monthly | What You File Quarterly |
|---|---|---|
| B2B invoices | IFF (by 13th) | Part of quarterly GSTR-1 |
| B2C sales | Nothing monthly | Reported in quarterly GSTR-1 |
| HSN summary | Nothing monthly | Reported in quarterly GSTR-1 |
Penalty for Late Filing
"What happens if we file late?" Meera asked.
| Situation | Penalty |
|---|---|
| Late filing of GSTR-1 (with tax liability) | Rs 50 per day (Rs 25 CGST + Rs 25 SGST) |
| Late filing of GSTR-1 (nil return) | Rs 20 per day (Rs 10 CGST + Rs 10 SGST) |
| Maximum penalty | Rs 10,000 per return (Rs 5,000 CGST + Rs 5,000 SGST) |
"Rs 50 per day might not sound like much," Sharma Sir said. "But if you are late by 200 days, that's Rs 10,000. And this is for each return. If you miss 6 months of GSTR-1, that could be Rs 60,000 in penalties. Plus, your customers won't be able to claim ITC until you file. They will stop buying from you."
Other Consequences of Not Filing
- Your customers cannot see your invoices in their GSTR-2A/2B
- Your customers cannot claim ITC on purchases from you
- After a prolonged default, the government can cancel your GST registration
- You cannot file GSTR-3B until GSTR-1 is filed (sequential filing requirement)
Hands-On: Preparing GSTR-1 in ERPLite
Now let us see how Meera prepared Bisht Ji's GSTR-1 using ERPLite.
Step 1: Verify All Sales Invoices
Go to Reports > GST Reports > GSTR-1 Report.
Select period: January 2026.
ERPLite pulls all sales invoices for the month and automatically categorizes them:
- B2B invoices: 6 invoices
- B2C invoices: 3 invoices (all small, under Rs 2,50,000)
- Credit notes: 1
- Debit notes: 0
Meera checked the count. "We issued invoices BT/0141 to BT/0150 in January. That's 10 invoices total. But BT/0143 was cancelled (voided) and BT/0148 and BT/0150 were proforma invoices (not yet converted to sales). So 10 - 3 = 7 actual invoices. Plus one was to an unregistered person, making it 6 B2B + 1 B2C. Wait — there were 3 B2C sales."
Negi Bhaiya checked: "You're right about the count, but remember — BT/0145 was also a B2C sale to a walk-in customer, and BT/0151 was actually a January invoice (dated 30th Jan, but numbered in the 151 series because we crossed into the next batch). Let me check."
After careful verification:
| Category | Count | Verified? |
|---|---|---|
| B2B Invoices | 6 | Yes — all buyer GSTINs verified |
| B2C Small | 3 | Yes — all under Rs 2,50,000, no GSTIN |
| Credit Notes | 1 | Yes — linked to original invoice BT/0141 |
| Cancelled | 1 | BT/0143 — verified as cancelled |
Step 2: Review Each B2B Invoice
For each B2B invoice, Meera verified:
- Buyer GSTIN is correct (cross-checked with buyer master)
- HSN codes are correct
- Tax rates are correct (5% for all spices)
- CGST/SGST or IGST is correctly applied based on state
She found one issue: Invoice BT/0144 to Lake City Store had the GSTIN entered as 05AABCL3456K2Z9 instead of 05AABCL3456K1Z9. A typo in the 13th digit.
"Good catch!" said Negi Bhaiya. "If we file with a wrong GSTIN, Lake City Store won't see this invoice in their GSTR-2B. They'll call and complain. Let me correct it."
He corrected the GSTIN in the party master and in the invoice.
Step 3: Generate the GSTR-1 JSON File
In ERPLite, go to Reports > GST Reports > GSTR-1 Export.
Select period: January 2026.
Click Generate JSON.
ERPLite creates a JSON file that can be uploaded directly to the GST portal. The file contains all the data organized into the GSTR-1 format — B2B invoices, B2C summary, credit notes, HSN summary, and document details.
Step 4: Upload to GST Portal
- Log in to gst.gov.in with Bisht Ji's credentials.
- Go to Returns > GSTR-1.
- Select the period: January 2026.
- Click Upload JSON (or use the offline tool).
- Upload the file generated by ERPLite.
- The portal processes the file and shows a summary.
Step 5: Verify on the Portal
After upload, Meera checked each section on the portal:
| Section | Portal Shows | Our Records | Match? |
|---|---|---|---|
| B2B (Table 4) | 6 invoices, Rs 7,00,000 | 6 invoices, Rs 7,00,000 | Yes |
| B2C Small (Table 7) | Rs 50,000 | Rs 50,000 | Yes |
| Credit Notes (Table 9) | 1 note, Rs 5,000 | 1 note, Rs 5,000 | Yes |
| HSN Summary (Table 12) | 3 HSN codes | 3 HSN codes | Yes |
Everything matched.
Step 6: File the Return
- Click Submit. (This locks the data — no more changes possible.)
- Review the summary one final time.
- Click File with DSC (Digital Signature Certificate) or File with EVC (Electronic Verification Code via OTP).
- Enter OTP sent to Bisht Ji's registered mobile.
- Click File.
Done! Bisht Ji's GSTR-1 for January 2026 is filed.
Meera felt a rush of satisfaction. "My first return!"
Sharma Sir nodded. "Good work. But remember, this is just the sales side. The real payment happens when you file GSTR-3B. That's next."

Common Mistakes in GSTR-1
Sharma Sir shared a list of mistakes he had seen over the years:
| Mistake | What Goes Wrong | How to Avoid |
|---|---|---|
| Wrong GSTIN of buyer | Buyer can't see invoice in GSTR-2B, can't claim ITC | Always verify GSTIN before invoice |
| Wrong place of supply | CGST+SGST charged instead of IGST (or vice versa) | Check buyer's state code |
| Missing invoices | Under-reporting of sales | Reconcile invoice register with GSTR-1 before filing |
| Wrong HSN code | Tax rate mismatch, audit issues | Verify HSN at item master level |
| Not reporting credit notes | Excess tax liability shown | Include all credit/debit notes |
| Filing after due date | Penalty of Rs 50/day | Set reminders, prepare data in advance |
| Duplicate invoices | Same invoice reported twice | Check for duplicates in ERPLite report |
| Wrong financial year in invoice number | Rejected by portal | Ensure invoice series matches the FY |
"The most common mistake," Sharma Sir said, "is wrong GSTIN. Always verify. One wrong digit and the buyer loses their ITC. That's their money."
Amendments — Fixing Mistakes After Filing
What if Meera discovers an error after GSTR-1 is already filed?
GST allows amendments. You can correct mistakes from a previous month in the next month's GSTR-1.
| Section | What You Can Amend |
|---|---|
| Table 9A | Amend B2B invoices from previous months |
| Table 9B | Amend B2C (large) invoices from previous months |
| Table 9C | Amend credit/debit notes from previous months |
However, there are limits:
- Amendments for a financial year can be made only until the earlier of: 30th November of next year, or the date of filing the annual return (GSTR-9).
- You cannot amend the GSTIN from unregistered to registered (that would change a B2C invoice to B2B — not allowed as amendment).
"If you find a mistake, fix it in the very next return," Sharma Sir advised. "Don't let it pile up."
Quick Recap
- GSTR-1 reports all your outward supplies (sales) for the period.
- Filed monthly (turnover > Rs 5 crore) or quarterly under QRMP.
- Due date: 11th of next month (monthly) or 13th after quarter end (quarterly).
- Main sections: B2B invoices (individual, with buyer GSTIN), B2C Large (individual, > Rs 2.5 lakh), B2C Small (summary), Credit/Debit Notes, HSN Summary.
- IFF (Invoice Furnishing Facility) lets QRMP taxpayers report B2B invoices monthly.
- Late filing penalty: Rs 50/day (or Rs 20/day for nil), max Rs 10,000.
- ERPLite auto-generates GSTR-1 data from sales invoices. Export as JSON and upload to the GST portal.
- Always verify GSTINs, HSN codes, and invoice counts before filing.
- Mistakes can be amended in the next period's GSTR-1.
Practice Exercise
Exercise 1: Categorize These Sales
Bisht Traders made the following sales in February 2026. Categorize each as B2B, B2C Large, or B2C Small:
- Rs 1,50,000 to Mountain Spice Mart (GSTIN: 05AABCM5678P1Z2)
- Rs 45,000 to a walk-in customer (no GSTIN)
- Rs 3,00,000 to a wedding caterer (no GSTIN)
- Rs 80,000 to UP Grocers (GSTIN: 09AABCU7890M1Z1)
- Rs 12,000 to a local chai shop (no GSTIN)
- Rs 2,80,000 to Delhi Masala House (GSTIN: 07AABCD9876R1Z5)
Exercise 2: Calculate the Penalty
Bisht Ji forgot to file his GSTR-1 for March 2026. He had sales (not nil). He finally filed it on 25th April 2026.
- How many days late is the filing?
- What is the late fee?
- What other consequences might Bisht Ji face?
Exercise 3: Spot the Error
Look at this B2B entry in GSTR-1:
| Invoice No. | Date | Buyer | Buyer GSTIN | Place of Supply | Taxable Value | CGST | SGST |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| BT/0155 | 10-Feb | Delhi Masala House | 07AABCD9876R1Z5 | Delhi (07) | Rs 80,000 | Rs 2,000 | Rs 2,000 |
What is wrong? (Hint: Look at the buyer's state and the tax type.)
Exercise 4: GSTR-1 Preparation
Using the following February 2026 sales data for Bisht Traders, prepare a summary of what goes into each section of GSTR-1:
| Invoice | Date | Buyer | GSTIN | State | Value | GST Rate |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| BT/0155 | 03-Feb | Hill Masala | 05AABCH6789Q1Z7 | UK | Rs 90,000 | 5% |
| BT/0156 | 07-Feb | Delhi Masala | 07AABCD9876R1Z5 | Delhi | Rs 1,60,000 | 5% |
| BT/0157 | 10-Feb | Walk-in | None | UK | Rs 8,000 | 5% |
| BT/0158 | 14-Feb | UP Grocers | 09AABCU7890M1Z1 | UP | Rs 1,20,000 | 5% |
| BT/0159 | 20-Feb | Walk-in | None | UK | Rs 15,000 | 5% |
| BT/0160 | 25-Feb | Mountain Spice | 05AABCM5678P1Z2 | UK | Rs 2,10,000 | 5% |
Also, there was 1 credit note: CN/004 dated 18-Feb against BT/0155, value Rs 10,000.
Organize into: B2B (Table 4), B2C Small (Table 7), Credit Notes (Table 9), and HSN Summary (Table 12).
Fun Fact
Before GST, India had no single national system for tracking sales. A seller in Tamil Nadu and a buyer in Uttarakhand filed completely different forms with different state authorities. It was almost impossible to match and verify transactions across states. GSTR-1 changed this — every sale by every registered business in India is now recorded in one central database. The GST Network (GSTN) processes over 800 crore invoices per year. That is more than 200 invoices for every person in India! And it all runs on a technology platform built by Infosys. Every time Meera uploads Bisht Ji's JSON file, she is adding to this massive national database.
GSTR-3B — The Monthly Summary
"GSTR-1 tells the government what you sold," Sharma Sir explained. "But GSTR-3B is where you actually PAY." It was the 15th of February. Bisht Ji's GSTR-1 for January was filed four days ago. Now it was time for GSTR-3B — due on the 20th. Meera opened her notebook. "So GSTR-1 is like telling the government your bill, and GSTR-3B is like paying the bill?" Sharma Sir nodded. "Exactly right. And today, you're going to calculate how much Bisht Ji owes and help him pay it."
What is GSTR-3B?
GSTR-3B is a monthly summary return that every regular GST-registered person must file. Unlike GSTR-1, which lists every invoice in detail, GSTR-3B gives a summary of:
- All your output tax (GST collected on sales)
- All your input tax credit (GST paid on purchases)
- The net tax payable (the difference)
And most importantly — this is where you actually pay the tax. When you file GSTR-3B, you make the payment.
GSTR-1 vs GSTR-3B
| Feature | GSTR-1 | GSTR-3B |
|---|---|---|
| What it reports | Details of all sales (invoice-wise) | Summary of sales, purchases, and tax |
| Payment | No payment made | Tax payment is made |
| Frequency | Monthly or quarterly | Monthly (for most) |
| Due date | 11th of next month | 20th of next month |
| Level of detail | Invoice-by-invoice | Summary totals |
| Purpose | Inform government about your sales | Calculate and pay tax |
Think of it this way: GSTR-1 is like an itemized receipt showing every dish you ordered at a restaurant. GSTR-3B is the final bill at the bottom that says "Total: Rs X. Please pay."
Who Files GSTR-3B?
- Every regular GST-registered person
- Even if you have no transactions in the month — file a Nil GSTR-3B
- Composition scheme dealers do NOT file GSTR-3B (they file CMP-08 quarterly)
Due Date
| Turnover | Due Date |
|---|---|
| More than Rs 5 crore | 20th of the next month |
| Up to Rs 5 crore (QRMP) | 22nd or 24th of the next month (depending on state) |
For Uttarakhand, the QRMP due date is the 22nd. But since we are learning with monthly data, let us use the standard 20th as our reference.
For January 2026 data: GSTR-3B is due by 20th February 2026.
The Structure of GSTR-3B
GSTR-3B has a simple structure with a few key tables. Let us go through each one.
Table 3.1 — Outward Supplies (Your Sales)
This is where you report the total value and tax of all your sales. It is divided into categories:
| Row | Description | What Goes Here |
|---|---|---|
| (a) | Taxable outward supplies (other than zero-rated, nil-rated, and exempt) | Your normal taxable sales — the main number |
| (b) | Zero-rated outward supplies (exports) | Sales to customers outside India |
| (c) | Nil-rated and exempt outward supplies | Sales of items that are not taxed (0% items) |
| (d) | Inward supplies (reverse charge) | Purchases where YOU pay the GST instead of the supplier |
| (e) | Non-GST outward supplies | Sales of items outside GST (petrol, alcohol, etc.) |
For Bisht Ji, most sales go in row (a) — taxable outward supplies.
Bisht Ji's Table 3.1 for January 2026:
| Row | Description | Taxable Value | IGST | CGST | SGST | Cess |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (a) | Taxable supplies | Rs 7,50,000 | Rs 15,000 | Rs 11,250 | Rs 11,250 | 0 |
| (b) | Zero-rated | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| (c) | Nil/Exempt | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| (d) | Reverse charge | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| (e) | Non-GST | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
Total output tax: IGST Rs 15,000 + CGST Rs 11,250 + SGST Rs 11,250 = Rs 37,500.
Note: The credit note of Rs 5,000 (for the returned goods) reduces the taxable value. If you include it, the taxable value in row (a) would be Rs 7,45,000 instead of Rs 7,50,000, and the total tax would be reduced by Rs 250. For simplicity, we use the gross figures here and the credit note adjustment happens automatically in the final calculation.
Table 3.2 — Inter-State Supplies to Unregistered Persons and Composition Dealers
This table captures inter-state sales made to:
- Unregistered persons (no GSTIN)
- Composition dealers
Bisht Ji did not make any inter-state B2C sales in January, so this table is zero for him.
Table 4 — Eligible ITC (Input Tax Credit)
This is the most important table for reducing your tax. Here you report the ITC you are claiming.
| Row | Description | IGST | CGST | SGST | Cess |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (A) | ITC Available | ||||
| (1) | Import of goods | 0 | — | — | 0 |
| (2) | Import of services | 0 | — | — | 0 |
| (3) | Inward supplies (reverse charge) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| (4) | Inward supplies from ISD | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| (5) | All other ITC | Rs 22,500 | Rs 4,850 | Rs 4,850 | 0 |
| Total ITC Available | Rs 22,500 | Rs 4,850 | Rs 4,850 | 0 | |
| (B) | ITC Reversed | ||||
| (1) | As per rules 42 & 43 (proportional reversal) | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| (2) | Others | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| (C) | Net ITC Available (A - B) | Rs 22,500 | Rs 4,850 | Rs 4,850 | 0 |
| (D) | Ineligible ITC (from Table 4(D)) | 0 | Rs 270 | Rs 270 | 0 |
Row (5) "All other ITC" is where most of the ITC goes — purchases from registered suppliers within India.
Row (D) is where you report ITC that is not eligible (blocked credits like the office lunch from Chapter 19).
The net ITC that Bisht Ji can use = Rs 32,200 (total of IGST + CGST + SGST after excluding blocked credits).
Table 5 — Exempt, Nil-Rated, and Non-GST Supplies
This is a summary table for supplies that do not attract GST:
| Type | Inter-State | Intra-State |
|---|---|---|
| Nil-rated supplies | 0 | 0 |
| Exempt supplies | 0 | 0 |
| Non-GST supplies | 0 | 0 |
Bisht Ji sells only taxable goods, so this table is all zeros.
If Rawat Aunty were filing (she sells some exempt items like loose rice and dal), she would report those values here.
Table 6 — Payment of Tax
This is the final table — the actual payment calculation. This is where ITC is set off against the output tax.
Here is how it works for Bisht Ji:
Step 1: Start with Output Tax
| Tax | Output Tax |
|---|---|
| IGST | Rs 15,000 |
| CGST | Rs 11,250 |
| SGST | Rs 11,250 |
| Total | Rs 37,500 |
Step 2: Apply ITC (set-off)
Remember the set-off rules from Chapter 19:
- IGST credit first against IGST, then CGST, then SGST
- CGST credit against CGST, then IGST
- SGST credit against SGST, then IGST
| Tax | Output | ITC Set-Off | Cash Payable |
|---|---|---|---|
| IGST | Rs 15,000 | Rs 15,000 (from IGST credit) | Rs 0 |
| CGST | Rs 11,250 | Rs 7,500 (from remaining IGST) + Rs 3,750 (from CGST credit) = Rs 11,250 | Rs 0 |
| SGST | Rs 11,250 | Rs 4,850 (from SGST credit) | Rs 6,400 |
| Total | Rs 37,500 | Rs 31,100 | Rs 6,400 |
Carry-forward CGST credit: Rs 4,850 - Rs 3,750 = Rs 1,100 (goes to next month).
Step 3: The Final Payment Table
| Description | IGST | CGST | SGST | Cess | Total |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Tax payable | 15,000 | 11,250 | 11,250 | 0 | 37,500 |
| Paid through ITC | 15,000 | 11,250 | 4,850 | 0 | 31,100 |
| Paid in cash | 0 | 0 | 6,400 | 0 | 6,400 |
Bisht Ji needs to pay Rs 6,400 in cash to the government.
How to Pay: The Electronic Ledgers and Challan
GST has three electronic "wallets" for every taxpayer on the GST portal:
1. Electronic Cash Ledger
This is like your bank account with the government. When you pay GST in cash (via net banking, NEFT, RTGS, or over-the-counter at a bank), the money goes into this ledger.
2. Electronic Credit Ledger
This holds all your ITC. When your suppliers file GSTR-1 and the ITC flows into your GSTR-2B, it appears here.
3. Electronic Liability Ledger
This shows your total tax obligation. When you file GSTR-3B, the liability shows up here. You "pay" it by using funds from your Credit Ledger (ITC) and Cash Ledger.
Creating a Challan and Making Payment
To pay the Rs 6,400, Meera followed these steps:
Step 1: Create a Challan
On the GST portal, go to Services > Payments > Create Challan.
Enter the amounts:
| Tax | Amount |
|---|---|
| SGST | Rs 6,400 |
| CGST | Rs 0 |
| IGST | Rs 0 |
| Cess | Rs 0 |
| Total | Rs 6,400 |
Step 2: Choose Payment Method
| Method | How It Works |
|---|---|
| Net Banking | Pay directly from bank account through the portal |
| NEFT / RTGS | Generate a mandate and pay from any bank |
| Over the Counter | Pay at a bank branch (for amounts up to Rs 10,000) |
Bisht Ji uses net banking. Meera selected his bank, and Bisht Ji logged into his bank account to authorize the payment.
Step 3: Payment Confirmation
After payment, the amount appears in the Electronic Cash Ledger on the GST portal. The challan reference number is generated (CIN — Challan Identification Number).
Step 4: File GSTR-3B
Now go back to GSTR-3B. All tables are filled. The payment is made. Click Submit and then File with EVC (OTP).
GSTR-3B for January 2026 is filed! The liability is discharged.

Interest and Late Fees
Late Filing Fee
| Situation | Late Fee |
|---|---|
| Late GSTR-3B (with tax liability) | Rs 50 per day (Rs 25 CGST + Rs 25 SGST) |
| Late GSTR-3B (nil return) | Rs 20 per day (Rs 10 CGST + Rs 10 SGST) |
| Maximum | Rs 10,000 per return |
Interest on Late Payment
If you file GSTR-3B late and pay the tax late, you also owe interest:
| Situation | Interest Rate |
|---|---|
| Tax paid late | 18% per annum on the outstanding amount |
| Excess ITC claimed and used | 24% per annum on the excess amount |
Interest is calculated from the day after the due date until the date of actual payment.
Example: Bisht Ji's January GSTR-3B was due on 20th February. If he files on 20th March instead (28 days late):
- Late fee: 28 days x Rs 50 = Rs 1,400
- Interest on Rs 6,400 for 28 days: Rs 6,400 x 18% x 28/365 = Rs 88 (approximately)
- Total extra cost: Rs 1,400 + Rs 88 = Rs 1,488
"That's why we never miss a deadline," Sharma Sir said firmly.
GSTR-3B for Nil Returns
Even if Bisht Ji had zero sales and zero purchases in a month (maybe the shop was closed for renovation), he still must file GSTR-3B. It is called a Nil GSTR-3B.
All tables will show zero. No payment needed. But the filing itself is mandatory.
On the GST portal, there is even a special SMS-based nil filing option. You can file a nil GSTR-3B by sending an SMS from the registered mobile number — without even logging into the portal.
Hands-On: Filing Bisht Ji's GSTR-3B in ERPLite and on the Portal
Let us walk through the entire process step by step.
Part A: Get the Numbers from ERPLite
Step 1: Open ERPLite. Go to Reports > GST Reports > GSTR-3B Report.
Select period: January 2026.
ERPLite generates a report that mirrors the GSTR-3B format:
Table 3.1 — Outward Supplies:
| Type | Taxable Value | IGST | CGST | SGST |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Taxable supplies | Rs 7,50,000 | Rs 15,000 | Rs 11,250 | Rs 11,250 |
| Zero-rated | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| Nil/Exempt | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| Reverse charge | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| Non-GST | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
Table 4 — ITC:
| Type | IGST | CGST | SGST |
|---|---|---|---|
| All other ITC | Rs 22,500 | Rs 4,850 | Rs 4,850 |
| ITC Reversed | 0 | 0 | 0 |
| Net ITC | Rs 22,500 | Rs 4,850 | Rs 4,850 |
| Ineligible ITC | 0 | Rs 270 | Rs 270 |
Table 6 — Payment:
| IGST | CGST | SGST | Total | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Tax payable | 15,000 | 11,250 | 11,250 | 37,500 |
| ITC utilized | 15,000 | 11,250 | 4,850 | 31,100 |
| Cash payable | 0 | 0 | 6,400 | 6,400 |
Meera printed this report and compared it with the manual calculation she had done. Everything matched.
Step 2: Cross-check with GSTR-1 data.
| Check | GSTR-1 Total | GSTR-3B Total | Match? |
|---|---|---|---|
| Total taxable value | Rs 7,50,000 | Rs 7,50,000 | Yes |
| Total IGST | Rs 15,000 | Rs 15,000 | Yes |
| Total CGST | Rs 11,250 | Rs 11,250 | Yes |
| Total SGST | Rs 11,250 | Rs 11,250 | Yes |
"Always check that GSTR-1 and GSTR-3B match," Negi Bhaiya said. "If they don't, you'll get a notice from the GST department asking why."
Step 3: Cross-check ITC with GSTR-2B.
Download Bisht Ji's GSTR-2B from the portal. Compare total ITC:
| Source | IGST | CGST | SGST | Total |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| GSTR-2B | Rs 22,500 | Rs 4,850 | Rs 4,850 | Rs 32,200 |
| Our claim | Rs 22,500 | Rs 4,850 | Rs 4,850 | Rs 32,200 |
| Match? | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes |
Part B: File on the GST Portal
Step 4: Log in to gst.gov.in with Bisht Ji's credentials.
Step 5: Go to Returns > GSTR-3B. Select period: January 2026.
Step 6: Fill in each table. The portal has an online form. Enter the numbers from the ERPLite report:
- Table 3.1: Enter taxable value and tax amounts for each category
- Table 4: Enter ITC details
- Table 5: Enter exempt/nil/non-GST values (all zero for Bisht Ji)
Step 7: Click Save to save your work.
Step 8: Click on Payment of Tax (Table 6). The portal calculates the set-off automatically and shows:
Tax Payable: IGST: 15,000 CGST: 11,250 SGST: 11,250
ITC Utilized: IGST: 15,000 CGST: 11,250 SGST: 4,850
Cash Required: IGST: 0 CGST: 0 SGST: 6,400
Step 9: If the Electronic Cash Ledger does not have enough balance, create a challan and make the payment first (as described above). Once Rs 6,400 is in the cash ledger, proceed.
Step 10: Click Offset Liability. The portal uses the ITC from the Credit Ledger and cash from the Cash Ledger to pay off the liability.
Step 11: Verify the final summary. Click Submit and then File with EVC (OTP on registered mobile).
Step 12: Download the filed GSTR-3B and the payment receipt. Save them in Bisht Ji's file.
"Done!" Meera said, and she could not help smiling.
"Remember," Sharma Sir said, "you just saved Bisht Ji Rs 31,100 in cash payment by properly claiming ITC. If you had not tracked his purchases, verified the invoices, and reconciled with GSTR-2B, he might have paid the full Rs 37,500. That's the value of a good accountant."

Monthly Timeline: Putting It All Together
Here is the monthly cycle for Bisht Ji:
| Date | What Happens |
|---|---|
| 1st to last day of month | Business happens — sales and purchases |
| 1st-5th of next month | Reconcile all invoices in ERPLite |
| 5th-10th | Prepare GSTR-1 data, verify, export JSON |
| 11th | GSTR-1 due date — File it |
| 11th-14th | Download GSTR-2B, reconcile ITC |
| 14th-18th | Prepare GSTR-3B data, calculate net payable |
| 18th-19th | Create challan, make payment |
| 20th | GSTR-3B due date — File it |
"Pin this timeline on the wall," Sharma Sir told Meera. "Every month, same rhythm. Like the monsoon — it comes, you prepare, you handle it."
Quick Recap
- GSTR-3B is the monthly summary return where you calculate and pay GST.
- Table 3.1: Report your output tax (sales). Categories: taxable, zero-rated, nil/exempt, reverse charge, non-GST.
- Table 4: Report your ITC. Include all eligible credits, exclude blocked credits, note any reversals.
- Table 5: Report exempt, nil-rated, and non-GST supplies.
- Table 6: The payment table. Use ITC first (from Credit Ledger), then pay the balance in cash (from Cash Ledger).
- Due date: 20th of the next month (22nd/24th for QRMP).
- Late fee: Rs 50/day (max Rs 10,000). Interest: 18% per annum.
- Always cross-check GSTR-1 totals with GSTR-3B totals, and ITC claims with GSTR-2B.
- ERPLite generates GSTR-3B data from your voucher entries. Verify, then file on the GST portal.
Practice Exercise
Exercise 1: Fill GSTR-3B Table 3.1
Using Bisht Ji's February 2026 sales data (from the Chapter 20 exercises):
| Invoice | Buyer | State | Value | Rate |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| BT/0155 | Hill Masala | UK | Rs 90,000 | 5% |
| BT/0156 | Delhi Masala | Delhi | Rs 1,60,000 | 5% |
| BT/0157 | Walk-in | UK | Rs 8,000 | 5% |
| BT/0158 | UP Grocers | UP | Rs 1,20,000 | 5% |
| BT/0159 | Walk-in | UK | Rs 15,000 | 5% |
| BT/0160 | Mountain Spice | UK | Rs 2,10,000 | 5% |
Credit note: CN/004 for Rs 10,000 (against BT/0155, intra-state).
Calculate:
- Total taxable value
- Total IGST
- Total CGST
- Total SGST
Exercise 2: Calculate Net Payable
February ITC available (from Chapter 19 Exercise 1):
- IGST: Rs 14,000
- CGST: Rs 9,000 + Rs 1,100 (carry forward from January) = Rs 10,100
- SGST: Rs 9,000
Carry forward from January: CGST Rs 1,100.
Using the output tax from Exercise 1, calculate:
- ITC set-off for each tax type
- Cash payable for each tax type
- Any carry-forward to March
Exercise 3: Timeline
Bisht Ji's financial year is April 2025 to March 2026. List the GSTR-3B due dates for every month of the year (assume monthly filing, due on 20th). How many GSTR-3B returns does he file in one year?
Exercise 4: What If?
Bisht Ji's February GSTR-3B shows SGST payable (cash) of Rs 4,000. But he does not have money in his bank account. The due date is 20th March. He manages to pay on 5th April.
- How many days late?
- Calculate the late fee.
- Calculate the interest (18% per annum on Rs 4,000).
- What is the total extra cost?
Fun Fact
Here is something encouraging: In the first year of GST (2017-18), the GST portal crashed multiple times on deadline days because millions of people tried to file at the last minute. Today, the system handles over 1.4 crore GSTR-3B filings every month smoothly. The technology has improved enormously. But the habit of last-minute filing has not changed! Sharma Sir's golden rule: "File by the 15th. Sleep well on the 20th." If Meera follows this discipline, she will be ahead of 80% of accountants in India.
GSTR-9, E-Way Bills & Compliance
It was late March. The financial year was ending. Sharma Sir gathered Meera and Negi Bhaiya for a planning meeting. "We have three things to do before we close out the year for Bisht Ji. One — prepare for the annual return, GSTR-9. Two — Bisht Ji has a large shipment of spices going to Delhi next week, so we need an e-Way bill. Three — I want to do a full compliance check to make sure we haven't missed anything all year." He looked at Meera. "By the end of today, you'll know how to handle all three."
Part 1: GSTR-9 — The Annual Return
What is GSTR-9?
GSTR-9 is the annual return under GST. While GSTR-1 and GSTR-3B are filed every month (or quarter), GSTR-9 is filed once a year. It is a summary of all your monthly returns for the entire financial year.
Think of it like an annual exam paper that covers everything from all the monthly tests. The government uses GSTR-9 to see the full picture of your business for the year.
Who Files GSTR-9?
| Type of Taxpayer | Annual Return |
|---|---|
| Regular GST taxpayer | GSTR-9 |
| Composition scheme taxpayer | GSTR-9A |
| E-commerce operator | GSTR-9B |
Bisht Ji is a regular taxpayer, so he files GSTR-9.
Note: Taxpayers with annual turnover up to Rs 2 crore have the option to file GSTR-9 (it is not mandatory for them as per recent relaxations). However, it is good practice to file it. Sharma Sir always recommends filing, even if optional.
Due Date
The due date for GSTR-9 is 31st December of the year following the financial year.
| Financial Year | GSTR-9 Due Date |
|---|---|
| April 2025 — March 2026 | 31st December 2026 |
| April 2024 — March 2025 | 31st December 2025 |
So Bisht Ji has until 31st December 2026 to file his annual return for FY 2025-26. But Sharma Sir starts preparation early — in April or May itself — because the data is fresh and any errors are easier to catch.
What Does GSTR-9 Contain?
GSTR-9 has six parts:
| Part | What It Covers |
|---|---|
| Part I | Basic details — GSTIN, legal name, financial year |
| Part II | Details of outward supplies (sales) — taken from GSTR-1 data |
| Part III | Details of inward supplies (purchases) — taken from GSTR-3B data |
| Part IV | Details of tax paid — IGST, CGST, SGST paid through ITC and cash |
| Part V | Transactions from previous year reported in current year (amendments) |
| Part VI | Other information — HSN-wise summary of outward and inward supplies, late fees, refunds, demands |
The Big Reconciliation
The most important part of GSTR-9 preparation is reconciliation. You need to make sure that:
-
GSTR-1 totals match GSTR-9 sales figures — Every invoice you reported in monthly GSTR-1 should add up to the annual total in GSTR-9.
-
GSTR-3B totals match GSTR-9 tax figures — The total tax you paid across 12 GSTR-3B returns should match the annual figure.
-
Books of accounts match GSTR-9 — Your accounting records (in ERPLite) should match what you reported in GST returns.
If there is a mismatch, you need to find out why and fix it.
Common Mismatches
| Mismatch | Why It Happens | How to Fix |
|---|---|---|
| GSTR-1 sales > Books | Extra invoice in GSTR-1 (duplicate, or amendment not done) | File amendment in GSTR-1 |
| GSTR-1 sales < Books | Missing invoice in GSTR-1 | Include in current year GSTR-1 (if within time limit) |
| GSTR-3B tax > GSTR-1 tax | Paid more tax than reported sales | Check for reverse charge, advances, or errors |
| GSTR-3B tax < GSTR-1 tax | Reported more sales than tax paid | This is serious — means you owe tax. Pay with interest. |
| ITC in GSTR-3B > ITC in GSTR-2B | Claimed more credit than what suppliers reported | Reverse the excess ITC, pay with interest |
Bisht Ji's Annual Reconciliation (FY 2025-26)
Meera started with a reconciliation worksheet:
Sales Reconciliation:
| Month | GSTR-1 Taxable Value | Books (ERPLite) | Difference |
|---|---|---|---|
| Apr 2025 | Rs 6,20,000 | Rs 6,20,000 | 0 |
| May 2025 | Rs 7,10,000 | Rs 7,10,000 | 0 |
| Jun 2025 | Rs 5,80,000 | Rs 5,80,000 | 0 |
| Jul 2025 | Rs 6,50,000 | Rs 6,50,000 | 0 |
| Aug 2025 | Rs 7,40,000 | Rs 7,40,000 | 0 |
| Sep 2025 | Rs 6,90,000 | Rs 6,90,000 | 0 |
| Oct 2025 | Rs 8,10,000 | Rs 8,10,000 | 0 |
| Nov 2025 | Rs 8,50,000 | Rs 8,50,000 | 0 |
| Dec 2025 | Rs 9,20,000 | Rs 9,20,000 | 0 |
| Jan 2026 | Rs 7,50,000 | Rs 7,50,000 | 0 |
| Feb 2026 | Rs 5,93,000 | Rs 5,93,000 | 0 |
| Mar 2026 | Rs 6,87,000 | Rs 6,87,000 | 0 |
| Total | Rs 86,00,000 | Rs 86,00,000 | 0 |
All months matched. Meera felt relieved. The discipline of filing GSTR-1 correctly each month paid off.
ITC Reconciliation:
| Source | Total ITC Claimed (FY) |
|---|---|
| GSTR-3B (sum of 12 months) | Rs 3,45,600 |
| GSTR-2B (sum of 12 months) | Rs 3,42,100 |
| Books (ERPLite Purchase Register) | Rs 3,46,800 |
There was a small difference. Meera investigated:
- Rs 3,500 difference between GSTR-3B and GSTR-2B: This was because one supplier filed their GSTR-1 late, and the ITC appeared in GSTR-2B of the next month. Meera adjusted this.
- Rs 1,200 difference between books and GSTR-3B: This was blocked credit (office meals) that was in the books but correctly excluded from GSTR-3B. No action needed — it was right.
After adjustments, everything reconciled.

Part 2: E-Way Bills — Moving Goods Across Distance
What is an E-Way Bill?
An E-Way Bill (Electronic Way Bill) is a document required when goods worth more than Rs 50,000 are being transported from one place to another.
Think of it as a digital "travel permit" for goods. Before GST, trucks were stopped at state borders for physical inspections. E-Way bills replaced that — now the details are online, and officers can verify with a simple scan.
When is an E-Way Bill Required?
| Situation | E-Way Bill Required? |
|---|---|
| Goods value > Rs 50,000, being transported | Yes |
| Goods value <= Rs 50,000 | No (generally, but some states have lower limits) |
| Inter-state transport of any value | Yes (some states require it even below Rs 50,000) |
| Transport within the same city | No (generally, if distance < 10 km in some states) |
Who Generates the E-Way Bill?
| Who | When |
|---|---|
| Supplier (the person sending the goods) | In most cases, the supplier generates it |
| Buyer (the person receiving the goods) | If the supplier doesn't generate it, the buyer can |
| Transporter | If neither the supplier nor buyer generates it, the transporter can |
What Information is Needed?
To generate an e-Way bill, you need:
| Field | Description | Example |
|---|---|---|
| GSTIN of supplier | Who is sending | 05AADFB1234R1Z8 (Bisht Traders) |
| GSTIN of recipient | Who is receiving | 07AABCD9876R1Z5 (Delhi Masala House) |
| Invoice number | Which invoice | BT/0165 |
| Invoice date | When was the invoice issued | 25-Mar-2026 |
| Value of goods | Total invoice value | Rs 2,85,000 |
| HSN code | Product classification | 0910, 0904 |
| Transport mode | Road, rail, air, ship | Road |
| Vehicle number | Which vehicle | UK07AB1234 |
| Transporter ID | GSTIN or Enrolment ID of transporter | 05AABCT5678Q1Z3 |
| Distance | Approximate distance in km | 310 km (Haldwani to Delhi) |
E-Way Bill Validity
The validity of an e-Way bill depends on the distance:
| Distance | Validity |
|---|---|
| Up to 200 km | 1 day |
| Every additional 200 km | 1 additional day |
| Over-dimensional cargo: up to 20 km | 1 day |
| Every additional 20 km | 1 additional day |
For Bisht Ji's shipment from Haldwani to Delhi (about 310 km): Validity = 2 days (200 km for day 1 + remaining 110 km within the next 200 km bracket for day 2).
If the goods cannot reach in time (truck breakdown, road block, bad weather in the mountains), the e-Way bill can be extended before it expires.
E-Way Bill Number (EBN)
When an e-Way bill is generated, you get a unique 12-digit E-Way Bill Number (EBN). This number can be verified by any GST officer on the road.
Hands-On: Generating an E-Way Bill for Bisht Ji's Delhi Shipment
Bisht Ji is sending a large shipment of spices to Delhi Masala House. The invoice value is Rs 2,85,000 — well above the Rs 50,000 threshold. An e-Way bill is mandatory.
Method 1: Generate on the E-Way Bill Portal
Step 1: Go to ewaybillgst.gov.in and log in with Bisht Ji's credentials.
Step 2: Click on Generate E-Way Bill.
Step 3: Fill in the form:
| Field | Entry |
|---|---|
| Transaction Type | Outward (we are sending goods) |
| Sub-Type | Supply |
| Document Type | Tax Invoice |
| Document Number | BT/0165 |
| Document Date | 25-Mar-2026 |
| From — GSTIN | 05AADFB1234R1Z8 |
| From — State | Uttarakhand |
| To — GSTIN | 07AABCD9876R1Z5 |
| To — State | Delhi |
| Item — HSN | 0910 |
| Item — Description | Turmeric Powder and mixed spices |
| Item — Value | Rs 2,85,000 |
| Item — Tax Rate | IGST 5% |
| Item — Tax Amount | Rs 14,250 |
| Transport Mode | Road |
| Vehicle Number | UK07AB1234 |
| Transporter Name | Kumaon Road Carriers |
| Transporter ID | 05AABCT5678Q1Z3 |
| Distance | 310 km |
Step 4: Click Submit.
The system generates the e-Way bill and provides:
- E-Way Bill Number (EBN): 3210 5678 9012
- Generated on: 25-Mar-2026, 10:30 AM
- Valid until: 27-Mar-2026, 11:59 PM (2 days)
Step 5: Print the e-Way bill or share the EBN with the transporter. The driver must carry a copy (printed or on mobile).
Method 2: Generate from ERPLite
ERPLite has an integrated e-Way bill generation feature.
Step 1: Open the sales invoice BT/0165 in ERPLite.
Step 2: Click the E-Way Bill button (or go to Actions > Generate E-Way Bill).
Step 3: ERPLite pre-fills most fields from the invoice:
- Supplier details (from company profile)
- Buyer details (from party master)
- Item details, HSN codes, tax amounts (from the invoice)
You only need to add:
- Transport mode: Road
- Vehicle number: UK07AB1234
- Transporter details: Kumaon Road Carriers
- Distance: 310 km
Step 4: Click Generate. ERPLite connects to the e-Way bill portal via API and generates the bill.
Step 5: The EBN is saved against the invoice in ERPLite. You can print it anytime.
"This is so much easier," Meera said. "Everything comes from the invoice automatically."
Negi Bhaiya nodded. "That's the whole point of ERP. Enter the data once, use it everywhere."

E-Way Bill Rules to Remember
| Rule | Details |
|---|---|
| Cannot be edited | Once generated, the e-Way bill cannot be edited. You can only cancel and create a new one. |
| Cancellation window | Must be cancelled within 24 hours of generation. After that, it cannot be cancelled. |
| Part B update | If the vehicle number changes (different truck), you can update Part B (transport details) without cancelling the whole bill. |
| Consolidated EWB | If a transporter is carrying goods for multiple consignees in one vehicle, they can generate a Consolidated E-Way Bill. |
| Verification | GST officers can stop and check vehicles. They verify the EBN against the portal. If no valid e-Way bill — penalty. |
| Penalty for missing EWB | Rs 10,000 or the tax sought to be evaded, whichever is higher. The goods and vehicle can also be detained. |
Part 3: Common Compliance Mistakes and Penalties
Sharma Sir pulled out a list he had compiled over years of practice. "These are the mistakes I see most often. Learn from other people's errors, Meera."
Mistake 1: Late Filing of Returns
| Return | Late Fee | Interest |
|---|---|---|
| GSTR-1 | Rs 50/day (max Rs 10,000) | Not applicable (no tax payment in GSTR-1) |
| GSTR-3B | Rs 50/day (max Rs 10,000) | 18% p.a. on outstanding tax |
| GSTR-9 | Rs 200/day (Rs 100 CGST + Rs 100 SGST), max 0.50% of turnover | Not applicable directly |
For Bisht Ji (Rs 86 lakh turnover): Maximum GSTR-9 late fee = 0.50% x Rs 86,00,000 = Rs 43,000. That is a significant amount.
Mistake 2: Wrong HSN Code
Using the wrong HSN code can lead to:
- Paying wrong tax rate (too much or too little)
- Mismatch in returns
- Notice from the GST department
- If you paid less tax due to wrong HSN: you owe the difference plus 18% interest
Example: If Bisht Ji classified a "masala paste" (which falls under a different HSN at 18% GST) as "spice powder" (5% GST), he would be paying 13% less tax than required. On Rs 10 lakh of such sales, that is Rs 1,30,000 in unpaid tax — plus interest and possible penalty.
Mistake 3: Mismatch Between GSTR-1 and GSTR-3B
Your GSTR-1 (invoice-wise sales details) and GSTR-3B (summary tax payment) should show the same totals. If they don't:
| If GSTR-1 > GSTR-3B | If GSTR-3B > GSTR-1 |
|---|---|
| You reported more sales than you paid tax on | You paid more tax than you reported sales |
| Government sends notice for unpaid tax | Possible over-payment (you can claim refund, but it's a headache) |
| Must pay the difference with interest | Must file amendments to correct |
Mistake 4: Not Reconciling ITC
If you claim ITC that is not supported by your GSTR-2B (because the supplier didn't file their return), the department will ask you to reverse the excess ITC and pay interest at 18%.
Prevention: Always reconcile ITC with GSTR-2B before filing GSTR-3B. We covered this process in Chapters 19 and 21.
Mistake 5: Missing E-Way Bills
Every time goods worth more than Rs 50,000 move, an e-Way bill must be generated. If Bisht Ji's truck is caught without a valid e-Way bill:
- Penalty: Rs 10,000 or the tax amount, whichever is higher
- Detention: Goods and vehicle can be detained
- Release: Only after paying the penalty and tax (if applicable)
In the hills of Uttarakhand, transport can be unpredictable. Bisht Ji once had a truck delayed for 3 days due to a landslide near Kathgodam. The e-Way bill expired. He had to extend it before expiry — which he almost forgot. Negi Bhaiya saved the day by extending it online just in time.
Mistake 6: Not Filing Nil Returns
Even if there were no transactions in a month, you must file nil returns. Not filing = late fee accumulates every day.
Mistake 7: Charging Wrong Tax Type (CGST+SGST vs IGST)
If the place of supply is wrong on an invoice, the wrong tax type gets charged. For example:
- Charging CGST+SGST on an inter-state sale (should be IGST)
- Charging IGST on an intra-state sale (should be CGST+SGST)
This creates problems for both the seller and the buyer. The buyer may not get ITC, and the seller may face notices.
Summary of Penalties
| Violation | Penalty |
|---|---|
| Late GSTR-1 | Rs 50/day, max Rs 10,000 |
| Late GSTR-3B | Rs 50/day, max Rs 10,000 + interest 18% p.a. |
| Late GSTR-9 | Rs 200/day, max 0.50% of turnover |
| Late tax payment | Interest @ 18% p.a. |
| Excess ITC claimed | Interest @ 24% p.a. + possible penalty |
| Missing e-Way bill | Rs 10,000 or tax amount (higher) + detention |
| Wrong HSN / wrong tax | Difference in tax + interest 18% p.a. + possible penalty |
| Fraud / intentional evasion | 100% of tax amount as penalty, or Rs 10,000 (higher) + prosecution |
| Not registering when required | 100% of tax due, minimum Rs 10,000 |
A Compliance Checklist for the Year
Sharma Sir gave Meera a checklist that every accountant should follow:
Monthly Checklist
| Task | When | Done? |
|---|---|---|
| Reconcile all sales invoices | 1st-5th of next month | |
| Reconcile all purchase invoices | 1st-5th of next month | |
| Verify HSN codes on all invoices | Before GSTR-1 filing | |
| Prepare and file GSTR-1 | By 11th | |
| Download GSTR-2B and reconcile ITC | After 14th | |
| Prepare and file GSTR-3B | By 20th | |
| Make tax payment (challan) | Before 20th | |
| Generate e-Way bills for large shipments | Before goods move | |
| File any pending amendments | In current month's GSTR-1 | |
| Save all filed returns and payment receipts | After filing |
Quarterly Checklist (For QRMP taxpayers)
| Task | When |
|---|---|
| File IFF (B2B invoices) | By 13th of each month |
| File quarterly GSTR-1 | By 13th after quarter end |
| File GSTR-3B monthly | By 22nd/24th |
Annual Checklist
| Task | When |
|---|---|
| Reconcile GSTR-1 totals with books | April-May |
| Reconcile GSTR-3B totals with books | April-May |
| Reconcile ITC claimed vs GSTR-2B | April-May |
| Prepare GSTR-9 | June-September |
| Get GSTR-9 reviewed by CA | October-November |
| File GSTR-9 | By 31st December |
| File GSTR-9C (if applicable — turnover > Rs 5 crore) | By 31st December |
GSTR-9C — The Reconciliation Statement
For taxpayers with turnover above Rs 5 crore, there is an additional requirement: GSTR-9C, which is a self-certified reconciliation statement between:
- The annual return (GSTR-9)
- The audited financial statements
Bisht Ji's turnover is under Rs 5 crore, so GSTR-9C is not required for him. But Sharma Sir told Meera to keep it in mind for larger clients.
Hands-On: Meera Helps Bisht Ji with Year-End Activities
Activity 1: Generate the Annual Sales Report
In ERPLite, go to Reports > GST Reports > Annual Summary.
Select financial year: 2025-26.
ERPLite generates a consolidated view:
| Quarter | Taxable Sales | IGST | CGST | SGST | Total Tax |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Q1 (Apr-Jun) | Rs 19,10,000 | Rs 28,500 | Rs 30,750 | Rs 30,750 | Rs 90,000 |
| Q2 (Jul-Sep) | Rs 20,80,000 | Rs 32,000 | Rs 34,000 | Rs 34,000 | Rs 1,00,000 |
| Q3 (Oct-Dec) | Rs 25,80,000 | Rs 41,000 | Rs 43,500 | Rs 43,500 | Rs 1,28,000 |
| Q4 (Jan-Mar) | Rs 20,30,000 | Rs 30,500 | Rs 33,250 | Rs 33,250 | Rs 97,000 |
| Full Year | Rs 86,00,000 | Rs 1,32,000 | Rs 1,41,500 | Rs 1,41,500 | Rs 4,15,000 |
Activity 2: Reconcile with Filed Returns
Meera compared the ERPLite annual total with the sum of all 12 GSTR-1 returns filed on the portal:
| Source | Total Taxable Sales | Total Tax |
|---|---|---|
| ERPLite (Books) | Rs 86,00,000 | Rs 4,15,000 |
| Sum of GSTR-1 returns | Rs 86,00,000 | Rs 4,15,000 |
| Difference | Rs 0 | Rs 0 |
A perfect match! Consistent month-by-month filing with verified data pays off at year-end.
Activity 3: Prepare GSTR-9 Data
Meera used ERPLite's GSTR-9 Report to generate the annual return data. ERPLite fills in most of the GSTR-9 tables automatically:
- Part II (Sales): From sales invoice register
- Part III (Purchases/ITC): From purchase invoice register
- Part IV (Tax paid): From payment records
- Part VI (HSN summary): From item master and invoice data
She then downloaded the data and uploaded it to the GST portal for Bisht Ji to review and file.
Activity 4: Generate the Delhi E-Way Bill
As described in the hands-on section above, Meera generated the e-Way bill for the large Delhi shipment directly from ERPLite.
Sharma Sir reviewed everything and said, "This is excellent work, Meera. Bisht Ji's compliance is clean — no mismatches, no missing returns, no penalties. That's exactly what a good accountant delivers."

Quick Recap
- GSTR-9 is the annual return. Filed once a year by 31st December. Summarizes all monthly returns.
- The key to GSTR-9 is reconciliation — match GSTR-1, GSTR-3B, GSTR-2B, and books of accounts.
- Late fee for GSTR-9: Rs 200/day, max 0.50% of turnover.
- E-Way Bill is required when transporting goods worth > Rs 50,000.
- Generate on ewaybillgst.gov.in or directly from ERPLite.
- Validity depends on distance: 1 day per 200 km.
- Missing e-Way bill penalty: Rs 10,000 or tax amount (whichever is higher), plus detention of goods and vehicle.
- Common compliance mistakes: late filing, wrong HSN, GSTR-1/3B mismatch, unreconciled ITC, missing e-Way bills, not filing nil returns.
- Use the monthly, quarterly, and annual checklists to stay compliant throughout the year.
Practice Exercise
Exercise 1: GSTR-9 Reconciliation
Here is a simplified annual summary for a hypothetical business:
| Month | GSTR-1 Sales | GSTR-3B Tax Paid | ITC Claimed (GSTR-3B) | ITC in GSTR-2B |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| April | Rs 5,00,000 | Rs 8,000 | Rs 17,000 | Rs 17,000 |
| May | Rs 6,00,000 | Rs 12,000 | Rs 18,000 | Rs 16,500 |
| June | Rs 4,50,000 | Rs 5,500 | Rs 17,000 | Rs 17,000 |
Questions:
- What is the total GSTR-1 sales for the quarter?
- What is the total tax paid in GSTR-3B for the quarter?
- Is there an ITC mismatch? In which month? What is the difference?
- What should the accountant do about the mismatch?
Exercise 2: E-Way Bill
Bisht Ji is making the following shipments. For each, say whether an e-Way bill is required:
- Rs 80,000 worth of turmeric from Haldwani to Dehradun (200 km)
- Rs 30,000 worth of chilli from Haldwani to Nainital (65 km)
- Rs 1,50,000 worth of mixed spices from Haldwani to Lucknow (350 km)
- Rs 60,000 worth of cumin from Bisht Ji's godown to his shop (same city, 3 km)
For each shipment that requires an e-Way bill, calculate the validity period.
Exercise 3: Penalty Calculation
Calculate the total penalty/cost for each situation:
- Bisht Ji files GSTR-9 for FY 2025-26 on 15th February 2027 (46 days late). His turnover is Rs 86 lakh.
- A truck carrying Rs 1,20,000 worth of spices is caught without an e-Way bill.
- Bisht Ji forgot to file GSTR-3B for August 2025 (had tax liability). He files it on 15th October 2025. Cash tax payable was Rs 8,000.
Exercise 4: Compliance Checklist
It is the 8th of the month. List all the GST tasks that should have been completed by now and all the tasks coming up in the next 15 days. Use the monthly checklist from this chapter.
Exercise 5: Full-Year Mock Exercise
You are the accountant for a small trader (similar to Bisht Ji). The financial year just ended. Create a list of every GST return that was filed during the year and every return still to be filed. Include:
- Return type
- Period
- Due date
- Status (Filed / Pending)
(Assume monthly GSTR-1 and GSTR-3B filing.)
Fun Fact
When GST was launched on July 1, 2017, the very first e-Way bill system crashed within days because of the massive number of bills being generated. It was relaunched in February 2018 with better infrastructure. Today, India generates over 3 crore e-Way bills every month — that is about 10 lakh bills every day. The e-Way bill system has reduced the average time trucks spend at checkpoints from hours to minutes. For a state like Uttarakhand, where narrow mountain roads mean any delay at a checkpoint creates a long backup, this has been a huge improvement. The next time you see a spice truck winding its way down from Haldwani toward the plains, know that somewhere in a computer, an e-Way bill is tracking its journey — and somewhere, an accountant like Meera made sure it was generated on time.
TDS — Tax Deducted at Source
It is a rainy Thursday morning in Haldwani. Meera is checking the purchase register on her computer when Bisht Ji walks in, shaking water off his umbrella. "Sharma Sir, I need to pay my transporter — Rawat Transport — Rs 75,000 for last month's deliveries. Can you prepare the payment?" Sharma Sir looks up from his newspaper. "Of course. But Bisht Ji, you know we have to deduct TDS before paying, right?" Bisht Ji sighs. "Haan, haan, that TDS headache again. Meera beti, do you know about TDS?" Meera shakes her head. Sharma Sir smiles. "Perfect timing. Let's learn."

What is TDS?
Sharma Sir puts down his tea and picks up a marker.
"Meera, let me ask you something. When does the government collect income tax from a person?"
Meera thinks. "At the end of the year? When they file their return?"
"Correct — that is the normal way. But think about it. If the government waits a whole year, what happens? Some people might spend all their money. Some might hide it. Some might simply not pay. The government has to chase lakhs of people."
He draws a simple picture on the whiteboard:
"So the government came up with a clever idea. Instead of waiting till the end of the year, they said — collect a small part of the tax at the time of payment itself."
"Imagine a river. The government does not wait for all the water to reach the sea. It puts a small dam upstream and collects some water along the way. That is TDS."
TDS = Tax Deducted at Source. When you pay someone, you cut (deduct) a small percentage as tax and send it directly to the government. The person receiving the payment gets the remaining amount.
"So the tax is collected at the source — at the point where the money is paid. That is why it is called Tax Deducted at Source."
A Real-Life Example
Sharma Sir makes it even simpler.
"Bisht Ji has to pay Rs 75,000 to Rawat Transport for delivery charges. Under the TDS rules, Bisht Ji must deduct a small percentage — say 2% — as tax before paying."
Let us see the numbers:
| Item | Amount (Rs) |
|---|---|
| Total bill from Rawat Transport | 75,000 |
| TDS deducted at 2% | 1,500 |
| Amount actually paid to Rawat Transport | 73,500 |
"Bisht Ji pays Rs 73,500 to the transporter. The remaining Rs 1,500 goes to the government as tax."
"But is that fair?" Meera asks. "The transporter earned Rs 75,000 but only got Rs 73,500."
"Good question!" Sharma Sir says. "The transporter is not losing money. When Rawat Transport files their income tax return at the end of the year, they can show that Rs 1,500 was already paid on their behalf. It gets adjusted against their total tax. Think of it as an advance payment of tax."
"So TDS is like... paying tax in instalments?"
"Exactly. Small amounts collected throughout the year, instead of one big amount at the end."

Who is the Deductor? Who is the Deductee?
There are two parties in every TDS transaction:
| Role | Who? | What do they do? |
|---|---|---|
| Deductor | The person making the payment | Deducts TDS from the payment and deposits it with the government |
| Deductee | The person receiving the payment | Receives the payment after TDS is cut; claims credit for TDS in their tax return |
In our example:
- Deductor = Bisht Traders (they are making the payment)
- Deductee = Rawat Transport (they are receiving the payment)
"Meera, remember this," Sharma Sir says. "The deductor has a big responsibility. They must:
- Deduct the correct TDS amount
- Deposit it with the government on time
- File a TDS return (a report telling the government how much TDS they deducted and from whom)
- Give a TDS certificate to the deductee"
"If the deductor forgets to deduct TDS, or deducts it but does not deposit it, there are penalties and interest charges."
TAN — Tax Deduction Account Number
"Before a business can deduct TDS, it needs a special number from the Income Tax Department," Sharma Sir explains. "This is called TAN."
TAN = Tax Deduction and Collection Account Number. It is a 10-character alphanumeric code. Every person who deducts TDS must have a TAN.
"Bisht Traders has a TAN. It looks something like this: DELB12345C."
"Without a TAN, you cannot deposit TDS with the government. You cannot file TDS returns. It is mandatory."
"Is TAN the same as PAN?" Meera asks.
"No. PAN (Permanent Account Number) is your personal tax identity — every taxpayer has one. TAN is specifically for people who deduct TDS. A business might have both: PAN for its own income tax and TAN for the TDS it deducts from others."
| Number | Full Form | Who Needs It | Purpose |
|---|---|---|---|
| PAN | Permanent Account Number | Every taxpayer | To file income tax returns, track your own tax |
| TAN | Tax Deduction Account Number | Anyone who deducts TDS | To deposit TDS and file TDS returns |
Common TDS Sections and Rates
"Now comes the important part," Sharma Sir says. "TDS is not one flat rate for everything. Different types of payments have different TDS rates. The Income Tax Act has different sections for different payment types."
He writes the most common ones on the whiteboard:
The Sections You Must Know
| Section | Payment Type | Who Pays? | TDS Rate |
|---|---|---|---|
| 194C | Contractor/transporter payments | Business paying a contractor | 1% (individual/HUF) or 2% (company/firm) |
| 194J | Professional or technical fees | Business paying a CA, lawyer, doctor, consultant, etc. | 10% |
| 194H | Commission or brokerage | Business paying commission to an agent | 5% |
| 194A | Interest (other than bank interest on savings) | Bank or business paying interest | 10% |
| 194I | Rent | Tenant paying rent | 10% (for building/furniture/land) |
"These five sections cover probably 80% of the TDS work you will do in a small CA office," Sharma Sir says.
Let us understand each one.
Section 194C — Contractor Payments
This is the most common one for businesses like Bisht Traders.
"When a business pays a contractor — a transporter, a labour contractor, a printing press, a caterer — for any work done under a contract, TDS must be deducted under section 194C."
Rates:
- 1% if the contractor is an individual or HUF (Hindu Undivided Family)
- 2% if the contractor is a company or firm
Threshold: TDS is required only if:
- A single payment exceeds Rs 30,000, OR
- Total payments to that contractor during the year exceed Rs 1,00,000
"Bisht Ji's transporter bill is Rs 75,000 — that is above Rs 30,000. So TDS must be deducted."
"If Rawat Transport is a proprietorship (one person), the rate is 1%. If it is a firm or company, the rate is 2%."
Section 194J — Professional Fees
"When Bisht Ji pays Sharma Sir's CA firm for doing his audit or GST filing, TDS is deducted under 194J."
Rate: 10%
Threshold: TDS is required only if the total payment during the year exceeds Rs 30,000.
"So if Bisht Ji pays us Rs 50,000 for the full year's work, he must deduct 10% = Rs 5,000 as TDS."
Meera's eyes go wide. "He deducts tax from YOUR fees, Sir?"
Sharma Sir laughs. "Yes! Even CA's pay tax, Meera. That is the beauty of TDS — it catches everyone."
Section 194H — Commission or Brokerage
"If Bisht Ji has a sales agent who earns commission for finding customers, and the commission is, say, Rs 40,000 in a year, Bisht Ji must deduct 5% TDS."
Rate: 5%
Threshold: Payment exceeding Rs 15,000 in a year.
Section 194A — Interest
"If a business pays interest on a loan — say Bisht Ji borrowed money from a friend and pays interest — TDS at 10% must be deducted."
Rate: 10%
Threshold: Rs 5,000 per year (for non-bank payers). Banks have a separate threshold of Rs 40,000.
Section 194I — Rent
"If a business pays rent for an office, shop, warehouse, or land, and the annual rent exceeds Rs 2,40,000, TDS must be deducted."
Rate: 10% for building, furniture, land; 2% for plant and machinery.
Threshold: Annual rent exceeding Rs 2,40,000.
"Bisht Ji pays Rs 15,000 per month rent for his godown. That is Rs 1,80,000 per year — below the limit. So no TDS on rent for him. But if he moves to a bigger warehouse at Rs 25,000 per month, TDS will apply."
Summary Table of Thresholds
Meera makes a neat table in her notebook:
| Section | Payment Type | TDS Rate | Threshold Limit |
|---|---|---|---|
| 194C | Contractor | 1% / 2% | Single bill > Rs 30,000 or yearly total > Rs 1,00,000 |
| 194J | Professional fees | 10% | Yearly total > Rs 30,000 |
| 194H | Commission | 5% | Yearly total > Rs 15,000 |
| 194A | Interest | 10% | Yearly total > Rs 5,000 (non-bank) |
| 194I | Rent | 10% / 2% | Yearly total > Rs 2,40,000 |
"Keep this table handy, Meera," Sharma Sir says. "You will refer to it almost every day."
When is TDS Deposited with the Government?
"After you deduct TDS, you must deposit it with the government. There are deadlines."
| TDS Deducted In | Deposit Deadline |
|---|---|
| April to February (any month) | 7th of the next month |
| March | 30th April |
"So if Bisht Ji deducts TDS today — let's say in October — the TDS must be deposited with the government by 7th November."
"What if he is late?" Meera asks.
"Interest at 1.5% per month. And if he does not deduct at all, interest at 1% per month from the date it should have been deducted. These penalties add up quickly."
TDS Return — Form 26Q
"Every quarter, the deductor must file a TDS return. This is a report that tells the government: here is a list of all the people I paid, how much I paid them, and how much TDS I deducted."
| Quarter | Period | Filing Deadline |
|---|---|---|
| Q1 | April - June | 31st July |
| Q2 | July - September | 31st October |
| Q3 | October - December | 31st January |
| Q4 | January - March | 31st May |
"The form used for non-salary TDS is Form 26Q. For salary TDS, it is Form 24Q."
"After filing the return, the deductor must issue a TDS certificate to each deductee. This certificate is called Form 16A (for non-salary) or Form 16 (for salary). It shows how much TDS was deducted."
"The deductee uses this certificate to claim credit in their own income tax return."
Meera draws the complete flow in her notebook:
Deductor pays someone → Deducts TDS → Deposits TDS with government by 7th of next month → Files quarterly return (26Q) → Issues TDS certificate (16A) to deductee → Deductee claims credit in their return.
Setting Up TDS in ERPLite
Negi Bhaiya takes over. "Okay Meera, enough theory. Let me show you how TDS works in ERPLite."
Step 1: Enable TDS in Company Settings
"First, we need to make sure TDS is turned on for Bisht Traders."
- Open ERPLite and go to Settings > Company Settings
- Find the section called Tax Deduction at Source (TDS)
- Toggle Enable TDS to ON
- Enter the company's TAN number: DELB12345C
- Click Save

Step 2: Set Up TDS Sections
"Now we need to tell ERPLite which TDS sections we use."
- Go to Masters > TDS Sections
- Click + New Section
- Fill in the details:
For section 194C:
| Field | Value |
|---|---|
| Section Code | 194C |
| Description | Payment to Contractors |
| Rate (Individual/HUF) | 1% |
| Rate (Company/Firm) | 2% |
| Single Bill Threshold | 30,000 |
| Annual Threshold | 1,00,000 |
- Click Save
- Repeat for 194J, 194H, 194A, and 194I with their respective rates and thresholds.
"ERPLite comes with common TDS sections pre-loaded," Negi Bhaiya says. "But you should always check that the rates are correct. Sometimes the government changes rates in the Budget."

Step 3: Link TDS Section to a Vendor
"Now we need to tell ERPLite that Rawat Transport falls under section 194C."
- Go to Masters > Vendors
- Open Rawat Transport
- In the Tax Information tab, set:
- PAN: ABCPR1234F
- TDS Applicable: Yes
- TDS Section: 194C
- Entity Type: Individual (so rate will be 1%)
- Click Save
"Now, every time we create a purchase bill for Rawat Transport, ERPLite will automatically calculate TDS."
Meera Processes Bisht Ji's Transporter Payment
"Time to do this for real," Negi Bhaiya says. "Bisht Ji's transporter bill is right here. Let's go."
Step 4: Create the Purchase Bill with TDS
-
Go to Transactions > Purchase Bill > + New
-
Fill in the header:
- Vendor: Rawat Transport
- Bill Number: RT/2025-26/087
- Bill Date: 15-Oct-2025
- Due Date: 30-Oct-2025
-
Add the line item:
- Description: Transportation charges for October 2025
- Amount: Rs 75,000
-
ERPLite automatically shows the TDS section:
| TDS Details | |
|---|---|
| Section | 194C |
| Entity Type | Individual |
| TDS Rate | 1% |
| TDS Amount | Rs 750 |
Wait — Meera notices something. "Negi Bhaiya, I calculated 2% earlier with Sharma Sir. That was Rs 1,500. But ERPLite shows 1% = Rs 750. Which is correct?"
Negi Bhaiya checks. "The vendor is set as Individual, so the rate is 1%. If Rawat Transport were a firm or company, it would be 2%. The rate depends on the entity type of the vendor. Sharma Sir used 2% as an example to make the math easy. Let me check with Bisht Ji."
He calls Bisht Ji. Rawat Transport is actually a partnership firm. So the rate should be 2%.
Negi Bhaiya updates the vendor master:
- Entity Type: Firm
Now ERPLite recalculates:
| TDS Details (Updated) | |
|---|---|
| Section | 194C |
| Entity Type | Firm |
| TDS Rate | 2% |
| TDS Amount | Rs 1,500 |
- The bill summary now shows:
| Item | Amount (Rs) |
|---|---|
| Transportation charges | 75,000 |
| Less: TDS u/s 194C @ 2% | (1,500) |
| Net payable to Rawat Transport | 73,500 |
- Click Save and then Approve.

Step 5: Check the Accounting Entries
Meera clicks on View Journal Entry to see what ERPLite recorded behind the scenes:
| Account | Debit (Rs) | Credit (Rs) |
|---|---|---|
| Transportation Charges (Expense) | 75,000 | — |
| Rawat Transport (Vendor/Creditor) | — | 73,500 |
| TDS Payable — 194C (Liability) | — | 1,500 |
| Total | 75,000 | 75,000 |
"See how it balances?" Negi Bhaiya says. "The full Rs 75,000 is an expense. But the vendor is only owed Rs 73,500. The remaining Rs 1,500 is a liability — we owe it to the government."
Meera traces the logic:
- Transportation Charges Debit = We incurred an expense of Rs 75,000 (the full bill amount)
- Rawat Transport Credit = We owe the vendor only Rs 73,500
- TDS Payable Credit = We owe the government Rs 1,500
"When we pay the vendor, we pay Rs 73,500. When we deposit TDS, the Rs 1,500 liability gets cleared."
Step 6: Make the Payment
- Go to Transactions > Payment > + New
- Select Vendor: Rawat Transport
- The outstanding amount shows Rs 73,500 (not Rs 75,000 — because TDS was already deducted)
- Pay Rs 73,500 via NEFT
- Click Save and Approve
Step 7: Deposit TDS with the Government
"This Rs 1,500 must be deposited by 7th November," Negi Bhaiya reminds Meera.
- Go to Compliance > TDS > Deposit TDS
- ERPLite shows all pending TDS amounts:
| Deductee | Section | Amount (Rs) | Deducted On |
|---|---|---|---|
| Rawat Transport | 194C | 1,500 | 15-Oct-2025 |
- Select the entry and click Generate Challan
- ERPLite generates a challan (payment form) that Bisht Ji uses to pay the TDS online through the government portal (OLTAS/e-Pay Tax)
- After payment, enter the BSR Code and Challan Serial Number in ERPLite

TDS on Sharma Sir's Own Fees
Sharma Sir chuckles. "Meera, now process TDS on my fees too. Bisht Ji pays our firm Rs 60,000 per year for accounting and GST services. What section?"
Meera thinks. "Professional fees... that is section 194J. Rate is 10%. Threshold is Rs 30,000 per year. Bisht Ji is paying Rs 60,000 — above the threshold. So TDS = Rs 6,000."
"Correct! Go ahead and set it up."
Meera creates the purchase bill:
| Item | Amount (Rs) |
|---|---|
| Professional fees — V.K. Sharma & Associates | 60,000 |
| Less: TDS u/s 194J @ 10% | (6,000) |
| Net payable | 54,000 |
Sharma Sir nods approvingly. "Even I am not above the tax system, Meera. No one is."
Common Mistakes to Avoid
Sharma Sir lists the mistakes he has seen in thirty years:
-
Not deducting TDS at all — "I didn't know" is not an excuse. Interest at 1% per month from the date of deduction.
-
Deducting but not depositing — This is the worst. Interest at 1.5% per month, plus penalty. The expense may be disallowed.
-
Wrong section or rate — If you use 194C when it should be 194J, the TDS return will have errors. Always check the nature of the payment.
-
Ignoring thresholds — TDS is only required above certain limits. Deducting on small amounts creates unnecessary work.
-
Late filing of return — Late fee of Rs 200 per day (maximum = TDS amount). So if TDS is Rs 1,500 and you are 10 days late, you pay Rs 2,000 late fee — more than the TDS itself!
-
Not issuing TDS certificate — The deductee needs their Form 16A. Penalty for not issuing: Rs 100 per day per certificate.
The Deductee's Side — Checking Form 26AS
"One more thing," Sharma Sir says. "The deductee — like Rawat Transport — can check if the TDS deposited by Bisht Ji actually reached the government."
"How?"
"Through Form 26AS. This is a statement available on the Income Tax website. It shows all TDS credits for a PAN. Rawat Transport can log in, check their 26AS, and see: 'Yes, Bisht Traders deducted Rs 1,500 under 194C and deposited it.' If it does not show there, there is a problem."
"This is important for us too. When we prepare Rawat Transport's income tax return, we check their 26AS to claim TDS credit."
Quick Recap — Chapter 23
What is TDS? Tax Deducted at Source — a small percentage of tax cut at the time of payment and deposited with the government.
Who is the Deductor? The person making the payment (e.g., Bisht Traders).
Who is the Deductee? The person receiving the payment (e.g., Rawat Transport).
Key Sections:
- 194C — Contractor payments (1% individual, 2% firm/company)
- 194J — Professional fees (10%)
- 194H — Commission (5%)
- 194A — Interest (10%)
- 194I — Rent (10%)
TAN is mandatory for deductors.
Deposit deadline: 7th of the next month.
TDS Return: Form 26Q filed quarterly.
TDS Certificate: Form 16A issued to each deductee.
In ERPLite: Set up TDS sections in Masters, link to vendors, and TDS auto-calculates on purchase bills.
Practice Exercise — Try This Yourself
Exercise 1: Identify the correct TDS section and calculate TDS for each payment:
| # | Payment | Section? | TDS Rate? | TDS Amount? |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | Bisht Ji pays Rs 40,000 to a labour contractor (individual) | _____ | _____ | _____ |
| 2 | Bisht Ji pays Rs 50,000 to Sharma Sir's CA firm | _____ | _____ | _____ |
| 3 | Bisht Ji pays Rs 8,000 commission to a sales agent (yearly total) | _____ | _____ | _____ |
| 4 | Bisht Ji pays Rs 25,000 monthly rent for a warehouse | _____ | _____ | _____ |
| 5 | Bisht Ji pays Rs 20,000 to a transporter (individual, only bill this year) | _____ | _____ | _____ |
Answers:
- 194C, 1%, Rs 400 (above Rs 30,000 single bill threshold)
- 194J, 10%, Rs 5,000 (above Rs 30,000 annual threshold)
- 194H — but No TDS, because Rs 8,000 is below the Rs 15,000 threshold
- 194I, 10%, Rs 2,500 per month (annual rent = Rs 3,00,000, above Rs 2,40,000 threshold)
- 194C — but No TDS, because single bill Rs 20,000 is below Rs 30,000 threshold and it is the only bill this year (below Rs 1,00,000 annual)
Exercise 2: Write out the journal entry for payment #1 above (labour contractor, Rs 40,000, TDS 1%).
Exercise 3: Bisht Ji deducted TDS of Rs 1,500 on 15th October but forgot to deposit it until 15th December. How many months of interest is charged? At what rate? Calculate the interest amount.
(Answer: 2 months late. Interest at 1.5% per month = Rs 1,500 x 1.5% x 2 = Rs 45.)
Fun Fact
Did you know that the TDS system was introduced in India way back in 1961 with the Income Tax Act? The idea was borrowed from the British "Pay As You Earn" (PAYE) system. Today, TDS is the single largest source of income tax collection for the Indian government. In 2023-24, TDS collections crossed Rs 8 lakh crore — that is more than the entire GDP of many small countries! Every time you deduct TDS, even Rs 750 from a transporter's bill, you are part of this massive system that keeps the country running.
And here is something that might make you smile: even Bollywood actors and cricket players have TDS deducted from their fees. So the next time you see a superstar on screen, know that someone, somewhere, did exactly what Meera just learned — deducted TDS from their payment.
Next chapter, Meera faces a different challenge — processing salaries for the office staff. Payroll, PF, ESIC — it's all new. Let's find out how she handles it.
Payroll Basics — Salary, PF, ESIC
It is the last day of the month. Meera has been at Sharma Sir's office for almost three months now, and she has learned to handle vouchers, GST, and TDS. Today, Negi Bhaiya looks up from his screen and says, "Meera, guess what — salary day! Sharma Sir wants you to process this month's payroll." Meera blinks. "Payroll? I've never done that." Negi Bhaiya grins. "There's always a first time. And today it's personal — because your salary is in this batch too." Meera sits up straight. Suddenly, this lesson matters a lot.

What is Payroll?
Sharma Sir walks in with his usual 11 o'clock chai. Meera immediately asks, "Sir, what exactly is payroll?"
"Simple, Meera. Payroll is the process of calculating and paying salaries to employees. But it is not just writing a cheque. You have to calculate deductions — like PF, ESIC, professional tax, TDS — and then pay the employee what remains."
Payroll = Calculating each employee's gross salary, subtracting all deductions (PF, ESIC, Professional Tax, TDS), and paying the remaining amount (net salary) to the employee.
"Think of it like this," Sharma Sir says. "When you buy a bag of apples, you pay the shopkeeper. But the shopkeeper doesn't keep all the money. He has to pay the wholesaler, pay rent, pay electricity. What's left is his profit."
"Similarly, a salary has many parts. Some parts go to the employee, some go to the government (PF, ESIC, tax). The payroll process figures out who gets how much."
CTC, Gross Salary, and Net Salary
"Before we do any numbers, you need to understand three important terms," Sharma Sir says.
CTC — Cost to Company
"This is the total amount the company spends on an employee. It includes the salary, the employer's share of PF and ESIC, bonus, insurance — everything."
"When a job advertisement says 'CTC Rs 2,40,000 per year,' it does NOT mean the employee will receive Rs 2,40,000 in their bank account."
Gross Salary
"This is the salary before deductions. It includes Basic, HRA, Special Allowance, Conveyance, and other components. But it does NOT include the employer's contributions."
Net Salary (Take-Home)
"This is what actually lands in the employee's bank account. It is the gross salary minus all deductions."
CTC > Gross Salary > Net Salary (Take-Home)
Here is a simple flow:
| Term | What It Means | Example |
|---|---|---|
| CTC | Total cost the employer bears | Rs 2,40,000/year |
| Gross Salary | What is promised before deductions | Rs 2,00,000/year |
| Deductions | PF, ESIC, Professional Tax, TDS | Rs 30,000/year |
| Net Salary | What the employee actually receives | Rs 1,70,000/year |
"The difference between CTC and Gross is the employer's contributions — like the employer's share of PF and ESIC. The employee never sees this in their payslip."
Meera writes in her notebook: CTC minus employer contributions = Gross. Gross minus employee deductions = Net (take-home).
Salary Components — Breaking Down the Salary
"Every salary is made up of several parts," Sharma Sir explains. "Let me show you the common components."
1. Basic Salary
"This is the foundation. It is usually 40% to 50% of CTC. Many other components — like PF and HRA — are calculated based on Basic. So Basic is the most important number."
2. HRA — House Rent Allowance
"This is meant to help the employee pay rent. It is usually 40% to 50% of Basic (50% in metro cities, 40% in other cities). HRA has special income tax benefits — if the employee pays rent, part of HRA can be exempt from tax."
"Haldwani is not a metro city, so we use 40% of Basic."
3. Special Allowance
"This is a balancing figure. After calculating Basic, HRA, and other fixed components, whatever is left to reach the Gross Salary is put here."
4. Conveyance Allowance
"A small amount for travel expenses — usually Rs 1,600 per month. This is now often merged into Special Allowance under the new tax regime."
Example: Meera's Salary Breakdown
Sharma Sir pulls out a sheet. "Let's use your salary as an example, Meera. Your CTC is Rs 1,44,000 per year. That is Rs 12,000 per month."
| Component | Monthly (Rs) | Annual (Rs) | How Calculated |
|---|---|---|---|
| Basic Salary | 5,000 | 60,000 | ~42% of CTC |
| HRA | 2,000 | 24,000 | 40% of Basic |
| Special Allowance | 3,400 | 40,800 | Balancing figure |
| Gross Salary | 10,400 | 1,24,800 | |
| Employer PF (12% of Basic) | 600 | 7,200 | Employer pays this |
| Employer ESIC (3.25% of Gross) | 338 | 4,056 | Employer pays this |
| Employer share of other benefits | 662 | 7,944 | Insurance, bonus provision, etc. |
| CTC | 12,000 | 1,44,000 |
"See? Your CTC is Rs 12,000 per month. But your Gross Salary is only Rs 10,400. The remaining Rs 1,600 is the employer's cost — PF, ESIC, and other benefits."
Meera stares at the numbers. "So I won't even get Rs 10,400?"
"No," Sharma Sir says gently. "There are employee deductions too. Let's calculate those."
PF — Provident Fund
"PF is a retirement savings scheme run by the government. Both the employee and the employer contribute."
PF = Provident Fund. A portion of the employee's salary is deducted and deposited into a PF account. The employer adds an equal amount. This money earns interest and can be withdrawn after retirement (or under certain conditions earlier).
How PF is Calculated
| Contribution | Rate | Based On | Meera's Amount (Monthly) |
|---|---|---|---|
| Employee's share | 12% of Basic | Basic Salary | 12% of 5,000 = Rs 600 |
| Employer's share | 12% of Basic | Basic Salary | 12% of 5,000 = Rs 600 |
"So Rs 600 is deducted from Meera's salary every month. And the employer also contributes Rs 600. Total Rs 1,200 goes into Meera's PF account every month."
"Wait," Meera says. "So the employer is also putting money for me?"
"Yes! That is the beauty of PF. Your employer matches your contribution. It is free money — well, not exactly free, it is part of your CTC. But it is being saved for your future."
"The money earns interest too — currently around 8.25% per year. Over 20-30 years, it grows into a large amount."
Important rule: PF is mandatory for all establishments with 20 or more employees. Even smaller establishments can voluntarily register. The employee's contribution is deducted from their salary. The employer's contribution is an additional cost above the gross salary.
A Note About PF Split
"Technically, the employer's 12% is split into two parts," Negi Bhaiya adds:
- 3.67% goes to the Employee's Provident Fund (EPF)
- 8.33% goes to the Employee's Pension Scheme (EPS)
"But for our payroll calculation, we just use 12% as one number. The PF department handles the split internally."
ESIC — Employees' State Insurance Corporation
"ESIC is like a health insurance scheme run by the government for employees," Sharma Sir explains.
ESIC = Employees' State Insurance Corporation. It provides medical benefits, sickness benefits, maternity benefits, and disability benefits to employees. Both employee and employer contribute.
Who is Covered?
"ESIC is applicable to employees whose gross salary is Rs 21,000 per month or less."
Meera's gross salary is Rs 10,400 — well below Rs 21,000. So ESIC applies to her.
How ESIC is Calculated
| Contribution | Rate | Based On | Meera's Amount (Monthly) |
|---|---|---|---|
| Employee's share | 0.75% of Gross | Gross Salary | 0.75% of 10,400 = Rs 78 |
| Employer's share | 3.25% of Gross | Gross Salary | 3.25% of 10,400 = Rs 338 |
"So Rs 78 is deducted from Meera's salary. The employer pays Rs 338 separately."
"With ESIC, Meera gets access to ESI hospitals and dispensaries. If she falls sick, she gets paid sick leave. If she has an accident, she gets disability benefit."
"In Uttarakhand, there are ESI dispensaries in Haldwani, Rudrapur, and Dehradun," Negi Bhaiya adds. "It is a very useful benefit."
Professional Tax
"This is a state-level tax on employment. Different states have different rates."
Professional Tax = A tax levied by the state government on salaried individuals and professionals. The employer deducts it from the employee's salary and deposits it with the state government.
"Uttarakhand charges Professional Tax. The rates depend on the salary slab."
| Monthly Salary (Rs) | Professional Tax (Rs per month) |
|---|---|
| Up to 8,333 | Nil |
| 8,334 to 16,667 | Rs 100 |
| 16,668 to 25,000 | Rs 150 |
| Above 25,000 | Rs 200 |
(Note: Professional Tax slabs vary and may be updated by the state government. Always check the current rates.)
Meera's gross salary is Rs 10,400 — she falls in the Rs 8,334 to Rs 16,667 slab. So her Professional Tax is Rs 100 per month.
Meera's Complete Salary Slip
"Now let's put it all together," Sharma Sir says.
Earnings (What Meera Gets)
| Component | Amount (Rs) |
|---|---|
| Basic Salary | 5,000 |
| HRA | 2,000 |
| Special Allowance | 3,400 |
| Total Gross Salary | 10,400 |
Deductions (What is Taken Out)
| Deduction | Amount (Rs) |
|---|---|
| Employee PF (12% of Basic) | 600 |
| Employee ESIC (0.75% of Gross) | 78 |
| Professional Tax | 100 |
| TDS on Salary | 0 (income below taxable limit) |
| Total Deductions | 778 |
Net Salary (Take-Home)
| Amount (Rs) | |
|---|---|
| Gross Salary | 10,400 |
| Less: Total Deductions | 778 |
| Net Salary (Take-Home) | 9,622 |
Meera looks at the number. "Rs 9,622. That's what I will get in my bank account?"
"Yes," Sharma Sir says. "Does it make sense now? Your CTC is Rs 12,000, but after all the deductions and employer contributions, you receive Rs 9,622."
"But don't feel bad about the deductions," Negi Bhaiya adds. "The PF money is being saved for your future. The ESIC gives you health coverage. The Professional Tax funds state services. It all comes back to you in different ways."
The Other Two Employees
Sharma Sir's office has three employees (including Meera). Let's calculate payroll for all three.
Negi Bhaiya — Junior Accountant
| Component | Amount (Rs) |
|---|---|
| Basic Salary | 10,000 |
| HRA | 4,000 |
| Special Allowance | 6,000 |
| Gross Salary | 20,000 |
Deductions:
| Deduction | Amount (Rs) |
|---|---|
| Employee PF | 1,200 (12% of 10,000) |
| Employee ESIC | 150 (0.75% of 20,000) |
| Professional Tax | 150 |
| Total Deductions | 1,500 |
Net Salary: Rs 18,500
Pant Ji — Office Assistant
| Component | Amount (Rs) |
|---|---|
| Basic Salary | 6,000 |
| HRA | 2,400 |
| Special Allowance | 3,600 |
| Gross Salary | 12,000 |
Deductions:
| Deduction | Amount (Rs) |
|---|---|
| Employee PF | 720 (12% of 6,000) |
| Employee ESIC | 90 (0.75% of 12,000) |
| Professional Tax | 100 |
| Total Deductions | 910 |
Net Salary: Rs 11,090
Summary — All Three Employees
| Employee | Gross (Rs) | PF (Rs) | ESIC (Rs) | PT (Rs) | Net (Rs) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Meera | 10,400 | 600 | 78 | 100 | 9,622 |
| Negi Bhaiya | 20,000 | 1,200 | 150 | 150 | 18,500 |
| Pant Ji | 12,000 | 720 | 90 | 100 | 11,090 |
| Total | 42,400 | 2,520 | 318 | 350 | 39,212 |
"The total net salary payout is Rs 39,212. The total employee PF is Rs 2,520. The employer also pays Rs 2,520 as PF. The total employer ESIC is much more — let me calculate."
Employer ESIC:
- Meera: 3.25% of 10,400 = Rs 338
- Negi Bhaiya: 3.25% of 20,000 = Rs 650
- Pant Ji: 3.25% of 12,000 = Rs 390
- Total Employer ESIC: Rs 1,378
Processing Payroll in ERPLite
Negi Bhaiya takes over. "Let me show you how to do all of this in ERPLite."
Step 1: Set Up Employees
- Go to HR > Employees > + New Employee
- Fill in Meera's details:
| Field | Value |
|---|---|
| Employee Name | Meera Joshi |
| Employee Code | EMP-003 |
| Date of Joining | 01-Aug-2025 |
| Designation | Trainee |
| Department | Accounts |
| PAN | ABCPJ1234K |
| Aadhaar | 1234-5678-9012 |
| Bank Account | SBI Haldwani, A/c 12345678901 |
| UAN (for PF) | 100987654321 |
| ESIC Number | 3456789012 |
- Click Save
Repeat for Negi Bhaiya and Pant Ji.

Step 2: Set Up Salary Structure
"Now we tell ERPLite what each employee's salary looks like."
- Go to HR > Salary Structure > + New
- Name it: "Standard Structure — Trainee"
- Add components:
| Component | Type | Calculation |
|---|---|---|
| Basic Salary | Earning | Fixed amount: Rs 5,000 |
| HRA | Earning | 40% of Basic |
| Special Allowance | Earning | Balancing amount |
| Employee PF | Deduction | 12% of Basic |
| Employee ESIC | Deduction | 0.75% of Gross |
| Professional Tax | Deduction | As per slab |
- Set Gross Salary target: Rs 10,400
- Click Save
- Assign this structure to Meera
Create similar structures for Negi Bhaiya (Gross Rs 20,000) and Pant Ji (Gross Rs 12,000).

Step 3: Generate Monthly Payroll
"This is the exciting part — generating the actual salary slips."
- Go to HR > Payroll > Process Payroll
- Select Month: October 2025
- Select Employees: All (or select specific employees)
- Click Calculate
ERPLite calculates all earnings and deductions for each employee and shows a summary:
| Employee | Gross (Rs) | Deductions (Rs) | Net Pay (Rs) |
|---|---|---|---|
| Meera Joshi | 10,400 | 778 | 9,622 |
| Negi (R.S. Negi) | 20,000 | 1,500 | 18,500 |
| Pant Ji (H.C. Pant) | 12,000 | 910 | 11,090 |
| Total | 42,400 | 3,188 | 39,212 |
- Review each salary slip by clicking the employee name
- Click Approve Payroll

Step 4: View Salary Slip
Meera clicks on her own name to see her salary slip:
╔══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ V.K. SHARMA & ASSOCIATES ║
║ Main Road, Haldwani, Uttarakhand ║
║ ║
║ SALARY SLIP ║
║ Month: October 2025 ║
║ ║
║ Employee: Meera Joshi Code: EMP-003 ║
║ Designation: Trainee Department: Accounts ║
║ PAN: ABCPJ1234K UAN: 100987654321 ║
║ Bank: SBI Haldwani A/c: 12345678901 ║
║ ║
║ EARNINGS ║ DEDUCTIONS ║
║ Basic Salary 5,000 ║ Employee PF 600 ║
║ HRA 2,000 ║ Employee ESIC 78 ║
║ Special Allow. 3,400 ║ Professional Tax 100 ║
║ ║ TDS 0 ║
║ ║ ║
║ Total Earnings 10,400 ║ Total Deductions 778 ║
║ ║
║ NET PAY: Rs 9,622 ║
║ (Rupees Nine Thousand Six Hundred Twenty-Two Only) ║
║ ║
╚══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝
"My first salary slip," Meera says quietly. She stares at it for a long moment. This piece of paper means she is earning. She is contributing. She is independent.
Sharma Sir notices. "Frame-worthy, isn't it?" he says kindly.
Step 5: Process Payment
- Go to HR > Payroll > Pay Salaries
- Select the approved payroll for October 2025
- Payment mode: Bank Transfer (NEFT)
- ERPLite generates a payment batch with three transfers:
| Employee | Bank Account | Amount (Rs) |
|---|---|---|
| Meera Joshi | SBI 12345678901 | 9,622 |
| R.S. Negi | SBI 98765432101 | 18,500 |
| H.C. Pant | PNB 45678901234 | 11,090 |
| Total | 39,212 |
- Click Process to record the payment
The Accounting Entries for Payroll
"Now let's look at what happens in the books," Sharma Sir says. "This is the part that connects payroll to accounting."
When payroll is processed, ERPLite creates a journal entry:
| Account | Debit (Rs) | Credit (Rs) |
|---|---|---|
| Salary Expense | 42,400 | — |
| Employer PF Expense | 2,520 | — |
| Employer ESIC Expense | 1,378 | — |
| Employee PF Payable | — | 2,520 |
| Employer PF Payable | — | 2,520 |
| Employee ESIC Payable | — | 318 |
| Employer ESIC Payable | — | 1,378 |
| Professional Tax Payable | — | 350 |
| Bank Account (Net Salary) | — | 39,212 |
| Total | 46,298 | 46,298 |
Meera traces the logic:
- Salary Expense (Debit Rs 42,400) — The total gross salary is an expense to the business.
- Employer PF Expense (Debit Rs 2,520) — The employer's PF contribution is an additional expense.
- Employer ESIC Expense (Debit Rs 1,378) — Same for ESIC.
- Employee PF Payable (Credit Rs 2,520) — Money deducted from employees, to be deposited with PF authorities.
- Employer PF Payable (Credit Rs 2,520) — Employer's matching contribution, also to be deposited.
- Employee ESIC Payable (Credit Rs 318) — To be deposited with ESIC.
- Employer ESIC Payable (Credit Rs 1,378) — To be deposited with ESIC.
- Professional Tax Payable (Credit Rs 350) — To be deposited with state government.
- Bank Account (Credit Rs 39,212) — Actual money paid to employees.
"See how the total debits equal total credits?" Sharma Sir points out. "Rs 46,298 on each side. Double-entry never fails."
When to Deposit PF and ESIC
"Just like TDS, PF and ESIC have deadlines," Negi Bhaiya warns.
| Payment | Deposit Deadline | Where |
|---|---|---|
| PF (employee + employer) | 15th of next month | EPFO portal |
| ESIC (employee + employer) | 15th of next month | ESIC portal |
| Professional Tax | As per state rules (usually monthly or quarterly) | State government portal |
"For October salary, PF and ESIC must be deposited by 15th November."
"Late deposit of PF carries interest at 12% per annum, plus damages up to 100% of the amount. So never be late."
A Quick Note on TDS on Salary
"You noticed Meera's TDS on salary is zero," Sharma Sir says. "That's because her annual income is below the taxable limit under the new tax regime. But for employees with higher salaries, the employer must calculate and deduct TDS every month under section 192."
"How does the employer know how much TDS to deduct?"
"The employer estimates the employee's total annual income, calculates the total tax for the year, and divides it by 12. That monthly amount is deducted as TDS from each salary."
"We don't need to worry about it for our three employees right now. But it's good to know."
Payroll Compliance Calendar
Sharma Sir has a calendar on the wall with dates circled in red. He adds the payroll dates.
| Date | Task |
|---|---|
| Last day of month | Process payroll, pay salaries |
| 7th of next month | Deposit TDS on salary (if applicable) |
| 15th of next month | Deposit PF contributions |
| 15th of next month | Deposit ESIC contributions |
| Quarterly | File Professional Tax return |
| Annually (31st May) | File PF annual return |
| Annually | Issue Form 16 to employees (salary TDS certificate) |
"Payroll is not a one-time task," Sharma Sir says. "It happens every month, and the deadlines are strict. Miss them, and there are penalties."
Quick Recap — Chapter 24
Payroll = Calculating employee salaries with all deductions and paying the net amount.
CTC > Gross Salary > Net Salary (Take-Home).
Salary Components: Basic (40-50% of CTC), HRA (40-50% of Basic), Special Allowance (balancing figure).
PF: 12% of Basic by employee + 12% by employer. Mandatory retirement savings.
ESIC: 0.75% of Gross by employee + 3.25% by employer. Applicable if gross salary is Rs 21,000/month or less. Provides health and insurance benefits.
Professional Tax: State-level tax deducted from salary. Varies by state and salary slab.
In ERPLite: Set up employees with salary structures, process monthly payroll, generate salary slips, and make payments.
Deadlines: PF and ESIC by 15th of next month. TDS by 7th of next month.
Practice Exercise — Try This Yourself
Exercise 1: Calculate the complete salary slip for an employee with the following details:
- Basic Salary: Rs 8,000
- HRA: Rs 3,200 (40% of Basic)
- Special Allowance: Rs 4,800
- Gross Salary: Rs 16,000
Calculate: Employee PF, Employee ESIC, Professional Tax, Total Deductions, and Net Salary.
Exercise 2: A company has 4 employees with these gross salaries: Rs 15,000, Rs 18,000, Rs 22,000, and Rs 10,000.
a) Which employees are covered by ESIC? (Hint: ESIC applies if gross is Rs 21,000 or less.)
b) Calculate the total employee PF for all 4 employees. (Assume Basic = 50% of Gross for all.)
Exercise 3: Write out the journal entry for the following payroll:
- Total Gross Salary: Rs 50,000
- Employee PF: Rs 3,000
- Employer PF: Rs 3,000
- Employee ESIC: Rs 200
- Employer ESIC: Rs 867
- Professional Tax: Rs 400
- Net Salary paid by bank: Rs 46,400
(Hint: Total debit should equal total credit.)
Answers for Exercise 1:
- Employee PF: 12% of 8,000 = Rs 960
- Employee ESIC: 0.75% of 16,000 = Rs 120
- Professional Tax: Rs 100 (salary is between 8,334 and 16,667)
- Total Deductions: 960 + 120 + 100 = Rs 1,180
- Net Salary: 16,000 - 1,180 = Rs 14,820
Answers for Exercise 2: a) Three employees are covered: Rs 15,000, Rs 18,000, and Rs 10,000. The employee with Rs 22,000 gross exceeds the Rs 21,000 ESIC limit. b) Basic (50% of Gross): 7,500 + 9,000 + 11,000 + 5,000 = 32,500. Total Employee PF: 12% of 32,500 = Rs 3,900.
Fun Fact
Here is something interesting about PF. The Employees' Provident Fund Organisation (EPFO) is one of the largest social security organisations in the world. It manages over Rs 18 lakh crore in assets and has more than 28 crore accounts. That is almost as many accounts as the entire population of the United States!
When Sharma Sir started working as a young CA in the 1990s, PF records were maintained in huge registers by hand. Today, everything is online. You can check your PF balance on your phone using the UMANG app or by giving a missed call to 011-22901406 from your registered mobile number.
And here is some motivation: PF is a powerful wealth-building tool. If Meera contributes Rs 600 per month (with Rs 600 matched by the employer) at 8.25% interest, by the time she is 60 years old, her PF balance will be over Rs 50 lakh. Starting young makes all the difference.
Next chapter, Meera discovers that even things like trucks and computers lose value over time. Fixed assets and depreciation — it sounds complicated, but Sharma Sir makes it simple.
Fixed Assets & Depreciation
Bisht Ji is excited today. He walks into Sharma Sir's office carrying a folder of papers and a wide smile. "Sharma Sir, I bought a new delivery truck! A Tata Intra V30 — Rs 8,00,000. Now my deliveries will reach Almora, Pithoragarh, even Munsyari on time!" Sharma Sir congratulates him and then says, "Wonderful, Bisht Ji. Now we need to record this in your books properly. Meera, do you know what a fixed asset is?" Meera shakes her head. Sharma Sir pulls up a chair. "Time for a new lesson."

What are Fixed Assets?
"Meera, when Bisht Ji buys turmeric from a farmer, what does he do with it?"
"He sells it to his customers," Meera replies.
"Correct. The turmeric comes in and goes out. It is stock — meant to be sold. But this truck — is Bisht Ji going to sell this truck?"
"No. He's going to use it for deliveries."
"Exactly. A fixed asset is something a business buys NOT to sell, but to USE for a long time — usually more than one year."
Fixed Asset = Something a business owns and uses for more than one year to run its operations. It is not meant for sale. Examples: building, vehicle, computer, furniture, machinery.
Sharma Sir lists common fixed assets:
| Fixed Asset | Used For | Typical Life |
|---|---|---|
| Building / Office | Working space | 20-60 years |
| Vehicle (truck, car, scooter) | Delivery, travel | 8-15 years |
| Computer / Laptop | Office work, accounting | 3-6 years |
| Furniture (desk, chair, shelf) | Office setup | 10-15 years |
| Machinery | Manufacturing, processing | 10-20 years |
| Air Conditioner | Cooling the office | 8-10 years |
"Think of Bisht Ji's business. He has:"
| Asset | Value (Rs) |
|---|---|
| Delivery Truck (new) | 8,00,000 |
| Shop furniture | 50,000 |
| Computer | 35,000 |
| Weighing machine | 15,000 |
"All of these are fixed assets. They help the business run, but they are not for sale."
Fixed Assets vs Current Assets
"There is an important difference between fixed assets and current assets," Sharma Sir adds.
| Fixed Assets | Current Assets |
|---|---|
| Used for a long time (more than 1 year) | Used up or sold within 1 year |
| Not meant for sale | Meant to be sold or converted to cash |
| Examples: building, truck, computer | Examples: stock, cash, money owed by customers |
| Value goes DOWN over time (depreciation) | Value changes with buying and selling |
"Bisht Ji's truck is a fixed asset. Bisht Ji's stock of turmeric is a current asset."
Why Do Fixed Assets Lose Value?
Sharma Sir picks up a marker and draws two trucks on the whiteboard — one shiny and new, one old and battered.
"Meera, if someone offered you a brand-new truck and a 5-year-old truck of the same model, which would you pay more for?"
"The new one, obviously."
"Why?"
"Because the old one has been used. It might have problems. Parts might be worn out. It's... old."
"Exactly. Over time, fixed assets lose value. This happens because of three reasons:"
1. Wear and Tear
"The truck is driven every day on hilly Uttarakhand roads — Haldwani to Almora, Bageshwar to Munsyari. The engine wears out. The tyres wear down. The body gets scratched and dented. Every kilometre reduces its value."
2. Passage of Time
"Even if the truck is parked in a garage and never used, it still loses value. Why? Because a newer, better model comes out. Technology improves. The old truck becomes outdated. A 2025 truck is worth less in 2028 even if it has never been driven."
3. Obsolescence
"A computer bought today will be slow and outdated in 4-5 years. Software changes. Hardware improves. The old computer cannot keep up. This is obsolescence — the asset becomes useless not because it broke, but because the world moved on."

What is Depreciation?
"Now here is the accounting part," Sharma Sir says. "We know that fixed assets lose value. Accounting must reflect this. We cannot show the truck at Rs 8,00,000 forever in our books when its real value is going down."
Depreciation = The process of gradually reducing the value of a fixed asset in the books over its useful life. It is an expense that is recorded every year.
"Think of it this way. Bisht Ji bought the truck for Rs 8,00,000. He will use it for about 10-15 years. The cost of the truck should be spread over all those years — not charged entirely in the year of purchase."
"Why not charge it all in Year 1?" Meera asks.
"Good question. If Bisht Ji charges the entire Rs 8,00,000 as an expense in Year 1, his profit will be very low that year — and very high in Year 2, 3, 4. That doesn't show the real picture. The truck is being used every year, so a portion of its cost should be an expense every year."
A simple analogy: Imagine you buy a big box of 365 incense sticks for a temple. You don't say, "I used all the incense on Day 1." You use one stick per day. Similarly, depreciation spreads the cost of an asset over the days, months, and years it is used.
Two Methods of Depreciation
"There are two main methods," Sharma Sir explains. "One is simple and even. The other is used by Indian tax law."
Method 1: Straight Line Method (SLM)
"In this method, you charge an equal amount of depreciation every year."
Formula:
Annual Depreciation = (Cost of Asset - Residual Value) / Useful Life in Years
Residual Value (also called scrap value) is what the asset might be worth at the very end of its life. For simplicity, it is often assumed to be zero or a small amount.
Example: Bisht Ji's truck costs Rs 8,00,000. Useful life = 10 years. Residual value = Rs 50,000.
Annual Depreciation = (8,00,000 - 50,000) / 10 = Rs 75,000 per year
| Year | Opening Value (Rs) | Depreciation (Rs) | Closing Value (Rs) |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | 8,00,000 | 75,000 | 7,25,000 |
| 2 | 7,25,000 | 75,000 | 6,50,000 |
| 3 | 6,50,000 | 75,000 | 5,75,000 |
| 4 | 5,75,000 | 75,000 | 5,00,000 |
| 5 | 5,00,000 | 75,000 | 4,25,000 |
"See? Same amount every year. Simple and easy to understand."
Method 2: Written Down Value (WDV) Method
"This is the method used by Indian Income Tax rules. In this method, you charge a fixed percentage of the remaining value each year."
Formula:
Annual Depreciation = WDV at start of year x Depreciation Rate
"The rate is fixed by the Income Tax Act for each type of asset."
Example: Same truck. Rs 8,00,000. Depreciation rate for motor vehicles under IT Act = 15%.
| Year | Opening WDV (Rs) | Depreciation @ 15% (Rs) | Closing WDV (Rs) |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | 8,00,000 | 1,20,000 | 6,80,000 |
| 2 | 6,80,000 | 1,02,000 | 5,78,000 |
| 3 | 5,78,000 | 86,700 | 4,91,300 |
| 4 | 4,91,300 | 73,695 | 4,17,605 |
| 5 | 4,17,605 | 62,641 | 3,54,964 |
"Notice the difference? In WDV, the depreciation amount goes DOWN every year. Year 1 has the highest depreciation (Rs 1,20,000). Year 5 has less (Rs 62,641). This makes sense because a new asset loses more value in its early years."
Comparing the Two Methods
| Feature | Straight Line (SLM) | Written Down Value (WDV) |
|---|---|---|
| Depreciation amount | Same every year | Decreases every year |
| Used for | Companies Act (financial statements) | Income Tax Act (tax calculations) |
| Easier to calculate? | Yes | Slightly more work |
| More realistic? | Less — assets don't lose value evenly | More — assets lose more value early on |
| Value reaches zero? | Yes (eventually) | No (keeps reducing but never reaches zero) |
"In practice," Sharma Sir says, "you might use SLM for your financial statements (as per the Companies Act) and WDV for calculating tax (as per the Income Tax Act). Both are important."
"For our work in this office, we mostly use WDV because most of our clients are small businesses and proprietorships that focus on Income Tax calculations."
IT Act Depreciation Rates
Meera copies the important rates from Sharma Sir's reference chart:
| Asset Category | IT Act Rate (WDV) |
|---|---|
| Building (residential) | 5% |
| Building (commercial/factory) | 10% |
| Furniture and fittings | 10% |
| Plant and machinery (general) | 15% |
| Motor vehicles (all types) | 15% |
| Computers and laptops | 40% |
| Software | 40% |
| Intangible assets (patents, etc.) | 25% |
"Computers depreciate at 40%!" Meera exclaims. "That's very fast."
"Yes. Because computers become outdated very quickly. A 3-year-old computer is practically ancient in today's world. The tax law recognizes this and allows a higher depreciation rate."
"Vehicles at 15% is more moderate — they last longer."
"And buildings at 5-10% — they last the longest."
Half-Year Rule
"There is one more rule to know," Sharma Sir says. "If an asset is purchased in the second half of the financial year (that is, after 30th September), only half the normal depreciation is allowed in that year."
"The financial year runs from April to March. If Bisht Ji bought the truck on 15th October — that is in the second half — first year depreciation would be:"
Half-year depreciation = Rs 1,20,000 / 2 = Rs 60,000
"But if he bought it on 15th June (first half), he gets the full Rs 1,20,000."
"This is important for tax planning," Negi Bhaiya adds. "If a client is thinking of buying a big asset in September or October, we sometimes advise them to buy it before 30th September to get full depreciation."
Meera Adds Bisht Ji's Truck in ERPLite
"Okay, let's do this in the software," Negi Bhaiya says.
Step 1: Set Up Asset Categories
- Go to Masters > Asset Categories
- Check if "Motor Vehicles" exists. If not, click + New Category
| Field | Value |
|---|---|
| Category Name | Motor Vehicles |
| Depreciation Method | WDV (Written Down Value) |
| Depreciation Rate | 15% |
| Asset Account | Fixed Assets — Motor Vehicles |
| Depreciation Expense Account | Depreciation Expense |
| Accumulated Depreciation Account | Accumulated Depreciation — Motor Vehicles |
- Click Save
"Let me also check the other categories," Meera says. She finds:
| Category | Method | Rate |
|---|---|---|
| Building | WDV | 10% |
| Furniture & Fittings | WDV | 10% |
| Computers | WDV | 40% |
| Plant & Machinery | WDV | 15% |
| Motor Vehicles | WDV | 15% |
"Good — all set up."

Step 2: Add the New Asset
- Go to Assets > Fixed Assets > + New Asset
- Fill in the details:
| Field | Value |
|---|---|
| Asset Name | Delivery Truck — Tata Intra V30 |
| Asset Code | FA-VEH-001 |
| Category | Motor Vehicles |
| Purchase Date | 15-Oct-2025 |
| Purchase Price | Rs 8,00,000 |
| Vendor | Tata Motors Dealer, Haldwani |
| Invoice Number | TM/2025/4567 |
| Location | Bisht Traders, Haldwani |
| Registration Number | UK07-AB-1234 |
-
ERPLite automatically picks up:
- Depreciation Method: WDV
- Depreciation Rate: 15%
- Half-year rule applicable: Yes (purchased after 30th Sept)
-
Click Save
"The truck is now in Bisht Ji's books," Negi Bhaiya says.

Step 3: The Purchase Entry
When the asset is saved, ERPLite creates a journal entry:
| Account | Debit (Rs) | Credit (Rs) |
|---|---|---|
| Fixed Assets — Motor Vehicles | 8,00,000 | — |
| Bank Account / Vendor (Tata Motors) | — | 8,00,000 |
"The truck is an asset, so it goes on the debit side. Money went out (or a payable was created), so Bank/Vendor is credited."
Calculating 3 Years of Depreciation
"Now let's calculate depreciation for 3 years," Sharma Sir says. "Meera, try this on paper first, then we'll check with ERPLite."
Year 1 (2025-26): Half-Year Rule Applies
The truck was bought on 15th October 2025 — in the second half of the financial year.
| Amount (Rs) | |
|---|---|
| Opening WDV | 8,00,000 |
| Depreciation @ 15% | 1,20,000 |
| Half-year rule (50%) | 60,000 |
| Closing WDV | 7,40,000 |
Year 2 (2026-27): Full Year
| Amount (Rs) | |
|---|---|
| Opening WDV | 7,40,000 |
| Depreciation @ 15% | 1,11,000 |
| Closing WDV | 6,29,000 |
Year 3 (2027-28): Full Year
| Amount (Rs) | |
|---|---|
| Opening WDV | 6,29,000 |
| Depreciation @ 15% | 94,350 |
| Closing WDV | 5,34,650 |
Summary Table
| Year | Opening WDV (Rs) | Depreciation (Rs) | Closing WDV (Rs) |
|---|---|---|---|
| 2025-26 | 8,00,000 | 60,000 (half year) | 7,40,000 |
| 2026-27 | 7,40,000 | 1,11,000 | 6,29,000 |
| 2027-28 | 6,29,000 | 94,350 | 5,34,650 |
| Total Depreciation over 3 years | 2,65,350 |
"So after 3 years, Bisht Ji's Rs 8,00,000 truck has a book value of Rs 5,34,650 in his accounts. That is a total depreciation of Rs 2,65,350."
Meera checks her calculations. They match. She smiles.
"Excellent work," Sharma Sir says. "Notice how the depreciation amount decreases each year? That is the nature of WDV — higher in the early years, lower later."
Running Depreciation in ERPLite
Step 4: Calculate Depreciation
- Go to Assets > Calculate Depreciation
- Select Financial Year: 2025-26
- Click Calculate
ERPLite calculates depreciation for all assets:
| Asset | Category | Opening WDV (Rs) | Rate | Half Year? | Depreciation (Rs) | Closing WDV (Rs) |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Delivery Truck | Motor Vehicles | 8,00,000 | 15% | Yes | 60,000 | 7,40,000 |
| Computer | Computers | 35,000 | 40% | No | 14,000 | 21,000 |
| Furniture | Furniture | 50,000 | 10% | No | 5,000 | 45,000 |
| Weighing Machine | Plant & Machinery | 15,000 | 15% | No | 2,250 | 12,750 |
| Total | 9,00,000 | 81,250 | 8,18,750 |
- Review and click Post Depreciation

Step 5: The Depreciation Journal Entry
ERPLite creates the following journal entry:
| Account | Debit (Rs) | Credit (Rs) |
|---|---|---|
| Depreciation Expense | 81,250 | — |
| Accumulated Depreciation — Motor Vehicles | — | 60,000 |
| Accumulated Depreciation — Computers | — | 14,000 |
| Accumulated Depreciation — Furniture | — | 5,000 |
| Accumulated Depreciation — Plant & Machinery | — | 2,250 |
| Total | 81,250 | 81,250 |
Meera studies the entry.
"Two new terms," she says. "Depreciation Expense and Accumulated Depreciation. What's the difference?"
Sharma Sir explains:
- Depreciation Expense = This year's depreciation. It goes in the Profit & Loss statement. It is an expense that reduces profit.
- Accumulated Depreciation = The TOTAL depreciation charged so far, over all the years. It sits in the Balance Sheet, as a negative against the asset.
"In the Balance Sheet, assets are shown like this:"
| Item | Amount (Rs) |
|---|---|
| Motor Vehicles (Cost) | 8,00,000 |
| Less: Accumulated Depreciation | (60,000) |
| Net Book Value (WDV) | 7,40,000 |
"The cost stays at Rs 8,00,000 forever — that is what was actually paid. But the accumulated depreciation increases every year, so the net book value goes down."
What Happens When an Asset is Sold?
"Sharma Sir, what if Bisht Ji sells the truck after 3 years?" Meera asks.
"Great question. When a fixed asset is sold, three things can happen."
Case 1: Sold for More than Book Value (Profit)
If the truck's book value is Rs 5,34,650 and Bisht Ji sells it for Rs 6,00,000:
Profit on sale = Rs 6,00,000 - Rs 5,34,650 = Rs 65,350
This profit is taxable.
Case 2: Sold for Less than Book Value (Loss)
If Bisht Ji sells it for Rs 4,50,000:
Loss on sale = Rs 5,34,650 - Rs 4,50,000 = Rs 84,650
This loss can reduce taxable income.
Case 3: Sold for Exactly Book Value
No profit, no loss. This rarely happens in real life.
"ERPLite handles this too," Negi Bhaiya says. "When you dispose of an asset, you enter the sale price and ERPLite calculates the profit or loss automatically."
Bisht Ji's Asset Register
"One last thing," Sharma Sir says. "Every business should maintain an Asset Register — a list of all fixed assets with their details."
ERPLite generates this automatically. Here is Bisht Ji's:
| Asset | Category | Purchase Date | Cost (Rs) | Accum. Dep. (Rs) | WDV (Rs) | Location |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Delivery Truck | Motor Vehicles | 15-Oct-2025 | 8,00,000 | 60,000 | 7,40,000 | Haldwani |
| Computer | Computers | 01-Apr-2024 | 35,000 | 14,000 | 21,000 | Office |
| Furniture | Furniture | 01-Apr-2024 | 50,000 | 5,000 | 45,000 | Office |
| Weighing Machine | Plant & Machinery | 01-Apr-2024 | 15,000 | 2,250 | 12,750 | Godown |
| Total | 9,00,000 | 81,250 | 8,18,750 |
"This register is important for insurance, tax calculations, audits, and loan applications," Sharma Sir says.
Quick Recap — Chapter 25
Fixed Assets = Things a business owns and uses for more than 1 year (building, vehicle, computer, furniture). Not meant for sale.
Depreciation = Gradually reducing the value of a fixed asset in the books. Reflects wear and tear, ageing, and obsolescence.
Two Methods:
- Straight Line (SLM): Equal depreciation every year. Used in financial statements.
- Written Down Value (WDV): Percentage of remaining value. Higher depreciation in early years. Used for Income Tax.
Key IT Act Rates (WDV): Vehicles 15%, Computers 40%, Furniture 10%, Building 10%.
Half-Year Rule: If asset purchased after 30th September, only 50% depreciation in the first year.
Journal Entry: Depreciation Expense (Dr) and Accumulated Depreciation (Cr).
In ERPLite: Set up asset categories with rates, add assets, and calculate depreciation automatically.
Practice Exercise — Try This Yourself
Exercise 1: Classify the following as Fixed Asset or Current Asset:
| Item | Fixed or Current? |
|---|---|
| A computer used in the office | _______ |
| Stock of turmeric in the godown | _______ |
| Cash in the bank | _______ |
| An air conditioner in the office | _______ |
| A printer bought for office use | _______ |
| Money owed by a customer | _______ |
Exercise 2: Calculate 3 years of depreciation using the WDV method:
- Asset: Computer
- Cost: Rs 60,000
- IT Act Rate: 40%
- Purchased: 10th July 2025 (first half — full depreciation in Year 1)
Fill in this table:
| Year | Opening WDV (Rs) | Depreciation @ 40% (Rs) | Closing WDV (Rs) |
|---|---|---|---|
| 2025-26 | 60,000 | _______ | _______ |
| 2026-27 | _______ | _______ | _______ |
| 2027-28 | _______ | _______ | _______ |
Exercise 3: Calculate 3 years of depreciation using the Straight Line method:
- Asset: Furniture
- Cost: Rs 1,00,000
- Useful life: 10 years
- Residual value: Rs 10,000
What is the annual depreciation? What is the book value after 3 years?
Answers:
Exercise 1: Fixed, Current, Current, Fixed, Fixed, Current.
Exercise 2:
| Year | Opening WDV (Rs) | Depreciation @ 40% (Rs) | Closing WDV (Rs) |
|---|---|---|---|
| 2025-26 | 60,000 | 24,000 | 36,000 |
| 2026-27 | 36,000 | 14,400 | 21,600 |
| 2027-28 | 21,600 | 8,640 | 12,960 |
Exercise 3: Annual Depreciation = (1,00,000 - 10,000) / 10 = Rs 9,000. After 3 years: 1,00,000 - (9,000 x 3) = Rs 73,000.
Fun Fact
Did you know that some famous buildings have been fully depreciated in the accounting books but are still worth crores? The Taj Mahal Hotel in Mumbai, built in 1903, would have been fully depreciated decades ago in the books. But its market value? Thousands of crores. This is the difference between book value (what the books say) and market value (what someone would pay for it).
And here is a fun thought: Bisht Ji's truck might have a book value of Rs 5,34,650 after three years, but if he has kept it in excellent condition and Uttarakhand's mountain roads have not been too rough on it, the actual selling price could be quite different. Depreciation is an accounting estimate, not an exact science. The real world is always a little different from the numbers in the books — and that is okay. The important thing is that the books reflect a fair and consistent picture.
In the next chapter, Meera will learn about bank accounts and payment batches — because in today's world, almost every payment goes through the bank. Cash is becoming old-fashioned, even in Haldwani.
Bank Accounts & Payment Batches
Monday morning. Meera arrives at the office to find Negi Bhaiya staring at a pile of vendor bills, rubbing his temples. "Five vendors to pay today," he mutters. "Rawat Transport, the packaging supplier, the printing press, the electricity board, and the cleaning service. All before Friday." Meera peeks at the bills. "Can't Bisht Ji just pay them one by one?" Negi Bhaiya shakes his head. "One by one means five trips to the bank portal, five authorisations, five entries. There is a better way — payment batches. But first, let me make sure the bank accounts are set up properly." He turns to Meera. "Today, you learn how banks and accounting work together."

Why Bank Accounts Matter in Accounting
Sharma Sir arrives with his morning chai and overhears the conversation.
"Good topic, Negi. Meera, let me tell you something. Twenty years ago, when I started my practice, most small businesses ran entirely on cash. A shopkeeper would take cash from the drawer, pay the supplier, and put the change back. Simple."
"But today? Everything has changed."
He counts on his fingers:
- UPI — Even the chai stall outside accepts Google Pay
- NEFT / RTGS — For larger payments between bank accounts
- Cheques — Still used, though less common now
- IMPS — Instant money transfer, any time, any day
- Internet banking — Pay from your computer or phone
"Even Bisht Ji, who sells wholesale spices in Haldwani, does 90% of his payments through the bank now. GST invoices above Rs 50 are often paid via bank. Most vendors prefer bank transfer."
Why does this matter for accounting? Because every bank transaction creates a trail. The bank has a record. Your books have a record. These two records must match. If they don't match, something is wrong — and finding that "something" is called bank reconciliation.
"Also," Sharma Sir adds, "the Income Tax department prefers bank transactions. Cash payments above Rs 10,000 in a single transaction are not allowed as a deduction under the Income Tax Act (Section 40A(3)). So doing business through the bank is not just convenient — it is legally better."
Setting Up Bank Accounts in ERPLite
"Let's start with the basics," Negi Bhaiya says. "Bisht Traders has two bank accounts. Let's set them up."
Step 1: Add a Bank Account
- Go to Masters > Bank Accounts > + New
- Fill in the details for the primary account:
| Field | Value |
|---|---|
| Bank Name | State Bank of India (SBI) |
| Branch | Haldwani Main Branch |
| Account Number | 30456789012 |
| Account Type | Current Account |
| IFSC Code | SBIN0001234 |
| MICR Code | 263002005 |
| Opening Balance | Rs 3,45,000 (as on 01-Apr-2025) |
| Account Holder | Bisht Traders |
- Click Save
Now add the second account:
| Field | Value |
|---|---|
| Bank Name | Punjab National Bank (PNB) |
| Branch | Haldwani City Branch |
| Account Number | 2087654321098 |
| Account Type | Current Account |
| IFSC Code | PUNB0123400 |
| Opening Balance | Rs 87,000 (as on 01-Apr-2025) |
- Click Save

"Why two bank accounts?" Meera asks.
"Many businesses keep multiple accounts," Negi Bhaiya explains. "One for day-to-day operations, one for savings or for specific purposes. Some businesses have one account just for salary payments, another for vendor payments. It helps keep things organized."
Understanding IFSC Code
"Meera, do you know what IFSC is?"
IFSC = Indian Financial System Code. It is an 11-character code that identifies a specific bank branch. You need it for NEFT, RTGS, and IMPS transfers. The first 4 characters are the bank code, the 5th is always 0, and the last 6 identify the branch.
"For example, SBIN0001234 — SBIN is State Bank of India, 0 is fixed, and 001234 is the branch code."
"You can find any bank's IFSC on the RBI website or on your cheque book."
Recording Bank Transactions
"Every time money moves through the bank, we must record it in ERPLite. Let me show you the common types."
Type 1: Bank Payment (Paying a Vendor)
Bisht Ji pays Rs 25,000 to a packaging supplier via NEFT.
- Go to Transactions > Payment > + New
- Fill in:
| Field | Value |
|---|---|
| Payment From | SBI Account — 30456789012 |
| Payment To | Kumar Packaging |
| Amount | Rs 25,000 |
| Payment Mode | NEFT |
| Reference Number | NEFT/2025/78654 |
| Date | 20-Oct-2025 |
| Narration | Payment for October packaging materials |
- Click Save and Approve
The journal entry:
| Account | Debit (Rs) | Credit (Rs) |
|---|---|---|
| Kumar Packaging (Vendor) | 25,000 | — |
| SBI Bank Account | — | 25,000 |
Type 2: Bank Receipt (Receiving from a Customer)
A customer, Gupta Kirana, pays Rs 50,000 via RTGS against their outstanding bills.
- Go to Transactions > Receipt > + New
- Fill in:
| Field | Value |
|---|---|
| Received In | SBI Account — 30456789012 |
| Received From | Gupta Kirana |
| Amount | Rs 50,000 |
| Payment Mode | RTGS |
| Reference Number | RTGS/2025/99876 |
- Click Save and Approve
Type 3: Inter-Bank Transfer
Bisht Ji transfers Rs 50,000 from SBI to PNB.
- Go to Transactions > Contra > + New
- Transfer From: SBI Account
- Transfer To: PNB Account
- Amount: Rs 50,000
- Click Save
The journal entry:
| Account | Debit (Rs) | Credit (Rs) |
|---|---|---|
| PNB Bank Account | 50,000 | — |
| SBI Bank Account | — | 50,000 |
"This is just like the contra voucher Meera learned about in Chapter 5," Negi Bhaiya points out. "Money moves from one pocket to another. Total stays the same."
Payment Batches — Paying Multiple Vendors at Once
"Now for the fun part," Negi Bhaiya says. "We have five vendors to pay. Instead of creating five separate payments, we can create a payment batch."
Payment Batch = A group of payments bundled together, reviewed and approved as one set, and then processed in a single go. This saves time, reduces errors, and makes it easy to track.
Why Use Payment Batches?
| Without Batches | With Batches |
|---|---|
| Create 5 separate payment entries | Create 1 batch with 5 entries |
| Approve each one individually | Review all at once, approve once |
| Hard to track — which are done, which are pending | Clear status — the whole batch is either pending, approved, or paid |
| 5 separate bank transactions | Can be exported as one file and uploaded to the bank portal |
| Easy to miss one payment | All payments visible in one place |
"For a business like Bisht Traders with 30-40 vendors, payment batches are essential. On payment day, you create one batch, review it, and process it."
Step 2: Create a Payment Batch
- Go to Transactions > Payment Batch > + New Batch
- Fill in the batch header:
| Field | Value |
|---|---|
| Batch Name | October 2025 — Vendor Payments |
| Payment Date | 25-Oct-2025 |
| Bank Account | SBI — 30456789012 |
| Payment Mode | NEFT |
- Add the vendors and amounts:
| # | Vendor | Invoice Reference | Amount (Rs) | Account Number | IFSC |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | Rawat Transport | RT/087 | 73,500 | 12345678901 | SBIN0005678 |
| 2 | Kumar Packaging | KP/456 | 25,000 | 98765432101 | PUNB0098700 |
| 3 | Himalaya Printers | HP/089 | 12,000 | 45678901234 | UCBA0004500 |
| 4 | UPCL (Electricity) | OCT-2025 | 8,500 | (Direct bill payment) | — |
| 5 | Clean & Shine Services | CSS/023 | 6,000 | 67890123456 | HDFC0001234 |
| Total | 1,25,000 |
- Click Save

Step 3: Review and Approve
"Before the batch is processed, it must be reviewed," Negi Bhaiya says.
"This is important for businesses with multiple people handling accounts. The person who creates the batch is not always the person who approves it. This separation is called maker-checker — it reduces the risk of mistakes and fraud."
- Sharma Sir (or Bisht Ji) opens the batch
- Reviews each payment:
- Is the amount correct?
- Is it for a valid invoice?
- Is the bank account correct?
- Has TDS been deducted where needed? (Rawat Transport's payment is already after TDS deduction — Rs 73,500 instead of Rs 75,000)
- Clicks Approve Batch
The batch status changes from "Draft" to "Approved."
Step 4: Export for Bank Upload
"Many banks allow you to upload a file instead of typing each payment manually on the internet banking portal," Negi Bhaiya explains.
- Click Export Batch
- Select format: SBI Bulk Payment Format (each bank has its own format)
- ERPLite generates a file (usually CSV or Excel) with all payment details
- Download the file
The file looks something like this:
| Beneficiary Name | Account Number | IFSC | Amount | Narration |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Rawat Transport | 12345678901 | SBIN0005678 | 73500 | Bisht Traders Oct-25 RT/087 |
| Kumar Packaging | 98765432101 | PUNB0098700 | 25000 | Bisht Traders Oct-25 KP/456 |
| Himalaya Printers | 45678901234 | UCBA0004500 | 12000 | Bisht Traders Oct-25 HP/089 |
| Clean & Shine Services | 67890123456 | HDFC0001234 | 6000 | Bisht Traders Oct-25 CSS/023 |
- Bisht Ji logs into SBI internet banking
- Uploads the file in the "Bulk Payment" section
- Authorises the payments
- The bank processes all four NEFT payments at once
(The electricity bill is paid separately through the utility portal or bank bill-pay service.)
"This saves so much time," Meera says.
"Especially during GST season," Negi Bhaiya agrees. "Some clients have 50-60 vendor payments in a month. Imagine doing each one manually!"
Step 5: Mark Batch as Paid
After the bank confirms the payments:
- Go back to the payment batch in ERPLite
- Enter the UTR numbers (Unique Transaction References) from the bank:
| Vendor | UTR Number |
|---|---|
| Rawat Transport | SBIN325100234567 |
| Kumar Packaging | SBIN325100234568 |
| Himalaya Printers | SBIN325100234569 |
| Clean & Shine Services | SBIN325100234570 |
- Click Mark as Paid
- The batch status changes to "Paid"
ERPLite automatically creates journal entries for each payment.

Bank Reconciliation — Making Your Books Match the Bank
"Now comes a topic that every accountant must know," Sharma Sir says. "Bank reconciliation."
"Meera, let me ask you. If ERPLite says the SBI balance is Rs 2,20,000, and the bank statement says the balance is Rs 2,35,000 — which is correct?"
Meera hesitates. "The bank statement?"
"Not necessarily. The answer is — neither might be wrong. They could both be correct, just at different points in time, or reflecting different information."
Bank Reconciliation = The process of comparing your books (ERPLite) with the bank statement to identify differences and ensure they match.
Why Do Differences Happen?
"There are several legitimate reasons why your book balance and bank balance might differ."
| Reason | What Happened | Your Books | Bank Statement |
|---|---|---|---|
| Cheque issued but not yet cleared | You wrote a cheque to a vendor. You recorded it immediately. But the vendor has not deposited it yet. | Payment recorded (balance lower) | No record yet (balance higher) |
| Cheque deposited but not yet cleared | A customer gave you a cheque. You recorded it and deposited it. But the bank has not cleared it yet. | Receipt recorded (balance higher) | No record yet (balance lower) |
| Bank charges | The bank deducted charges (annual fees, transaction fees) that you did not know about. | No record yet | Already deducted |
| Interest credited | The bank credited interest to your account. You did not know the exact amount until the statement came. | No record yet | Already credited |
| Direct deposits by customers | A customer paid directly into your bank account (UPI/NEFT) and you did not record it yet. | No record yet | Already credited |
| Bank errors | The bank made a mistake (rare but it happens). | Your record | Bank's mistake |
"Think of it like this," Sharma Sir says. "You and the bank are both writing in separate notebooks about the same account. Sometimes you write something before the bank sees it. Sometimes the bank writes something before you see it. Reconciliation is when you sit down and compare the two notebooks."
Doing a Bank Reconciliation in ERPLite
Meera's Task: Reconcile Bisht Traders' SBI Account for October 2025
"Let's do this step by step," Negi Bhaiya says.
Step 1: Get the Bank Statement
Bisht Ji has downloaded his October 2025 bank statement from SBI online banking. It shows:
| Date | Description | Debit (Rs) | Credit (Rs) | Balance (Rs) |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 01-Oct | Opening Balance | — | — | 3,45,000 |
| 05-Oct | NEFT — Gupta Kirana | — | 50,000 | 3,95,000 |
| 10-Oct | Cheque #456 — Rent | 15,000 | — | 3,80,000 |
| 15-Oct | NEFT — Tata Motors (Truck) | 8,00,000 | — | (4,20,000) |
| 15-Oct | OD facility activated | — | 5,00,000 | 80,000 |
| 20-Oct | NEFT — Kumar Packaging | 25,000 | — | 55,000 |
| 25-Oct | NEFT Batch — 4 payments | 97,500 | — | (42,500) |
| 27-Oct | RTGS — Mehta Wholesale | — | 2,00,000 | 1,57,500 |
| 28-Oct | UPI — Pandey Stores | — | 35,000 | 1,92,500 |
| 30-Oct | Bank charges | 500 | — | 1,92,000 |
| 31-Oct | Interest on OD | 1,200 | — | 1,90,800 |
| 31-Oct | Closing Balance | 1,90,800 |
Step 2: Compare with ERPLite
Meera opens the bank ledger in ERPLite and compares line by line.
- Go to Banking > Bank Reconciliation
- Select Bank: SBI — 30456789012
- Select Period: October 2025
- Upload or enter the bank statement
ERPLite shows a side-by-side comparison:
| Date | Description | Book Amount (Rs) | Bank Amount (Rs) | Match? |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 05-Oct | Gupta Kirana receipt | 50,000 Cr | 50,000 Cr | YES |
| 10-Oct | Rent payment (Cheque) | 15,000 Dr | 15,000 Dr | YES |
| 15-Oct | Tata Motors payment | 8,00,000 Dr | 8,00,000 Dr | YES |
| 20-Oct | Kumar Packaging | 25,000 Dr | 25,000 Dr | YES |
| 25-Oct | Batch — 4 vendors | 97,500 Dr | 97,500 Dr | YES |
| 27-Oct | Mehta Wholesale receipt | 2,00,000 Cr | 2,00,000 Cr | YES |
| 28-Oct | Pandey Stores (UPI) | — | 35,000 Cr | NO — not in books |
| 30-Oct | Bank charges | — | 500 Dr | NO — not in books |
| 31-Oct | Interest on OD | — | 1,200 Dr | NO — not in books |

Step 3: Identify and Fix Differences
Meera finds three unmatched items:
1. Pandey Stores — Rs 35,000 (Credit, 28-Oct)
"This is a UPI payment from a customer. It came directly into the bank. We did not record it in ERPLite."
Fix: Create a Receipt entry in ERPLite:
- Received from: Pandey Stores
- Amount: Rs 35,000
- Mode: UPI
- Date: 28-Oct-2025
2. Bank Charges — Rs 500 (Debit, 30-Oct)
"The bank charged Rs 500 for transaction fees. We did not know about this until the statement came."
Fix: Create a Payment entry in ERPLite:
- Paid to: SBI (Bank Charges)
- Amount: Rs 500
- Account: Bank Charges (Expense)
- Date: 30-Oct-2025
3. Interest on OD — Rs 1,200 (Debit, 31-Oct)
"Bisht Ji has an overdraft facility. The bank charged Rs 1,200 interest."
Fix: Create a Payment entry in ERPLite:
- Paid to: SBI (Interest on OD)
- Amount: Rs 1,200
- Account: Interest Expense
- Date: 31-Oct-2025
Step 4: After Fixing — Check Balance
After recording these three entries, Meera checks:
| Amount (Rs) | |
|---|---|
| ERPLite Book Balance (before reconciliation) | 1,57,500 |
| Add: Pandey Stores receipt | +35,000 |
| Less: Bank charges | -500 |
| Less: OD interest | -1,200 |
| ERPLite Book Balance (after reconciliation) | 1,90,800 |
| Bank Statement Balance | 1,90,800 |
"They match!" Meera says, relieved.
"That is the goal," Sharma Sir says. "After reconciliation, your book balance and bank balance should be exactly the same."
Step 5: Mark as Reconciled
- In ERPLite, mark all matched entries as "Reconciled"
- Click Complete Reconciliation
- ERPLite saves the reconciliation for the record
"You should do bank reconciliation at least once a month," Sharma Sir says. "Some busy businesses do it weekly. The more often you do it, the easier it is — because there are fewer items to check."
Uncleared Cheques — A Special Case
"Meera, there is one situation we did not encounter today but you must know about," Sharma Sir says.
"Sometimes you issue a cheque, and the vendor takes a few days to deposit it. You have already recorded the payment in your books. But the bank has not deducted it yet."
Example: On 29th October, Bisht Ji writes a cheque for Rs 8,000 to a supplier. Meera records it in ERPLite on 29th October. But the supplier does not deposit the cheque until 3rd November.
- ERPLite balance on 31st October: Rs 1,82,800 (lower — because the payment was recorded)
- Bank balance on 31st October: Rs 1,90,800 (higher — cheque not yet cleared)
- Difference: Rs 8,000 (the uncleared cheque)
"In this case, during reconciliation, you note the cheque as 'issued but not yet cleared.' It is not an error. It will resolve itself when the cheque is deposited."
"ERPLite has a column for this — 'Cheque Clearing Date.' You leave it blank until the cheque appears on the bank statement."
Payment Modes — A Quick Reference
Meera makes a neat reference table:
| Mode | Full Form | Speed | Limit | When to Use |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| NEFT | National Electronic Funds Transfer | 30 min to 2 hours | No upper limit | Regular vendor payments |
| RTGS | Real Time Gross Settlement | Instant (during bank hours) | Minimum Rs 2 lakh | Large payments |
| IMPS | Immediate Payment Service | Instant (24/7) | Rs 5 lakh per transaction | Urgent smaller payments |
| UPI | Unified Payments Interface | Instant | Rs 1 lakh (some banks Rs 2 lakh) | Small payments, retail |
| Cheque | — | 2-3 working days to clear | No limit (based on balance) | When other modes are not available |
| DD | Demand Draft | 2-3 days | No limit | When guaranteed payment is needed |
"Which mode is best?" Meera asks.
"It depends on the amount and urgency," Negi Bhaiya says. "For most vendor payments, NEFT is fine. For big payments like the truck, RTGS is better because it's instant and suitable for large amounts. UPI is great for small, quick payments."
Tips for Managing Bank Accounts
Sharma Sir shares his years of experience:
Tip 1: Never Mix Personal and Business
"Bisht Ji must never use his personal bank account for business transactions. Keep them completely separate. Otherwise, the tax department may question personal deposits as business income."
Tip 2: Record Every Transaction the Same Day
"Don't let bank entries pile up. If a payment is made today, record it today. The longer you wait, the more you forget, and reconciliation becomes a nightmare."
Tip 3: Keep UTR/Reference Numbers
"Every digital payment has a reference number — UTR for NEFT/RTGS, UPI reference ID, cheque number. Always record these in ERPLite. If there is ever a dispute, this is your proof."
Tip 4: Reconcile Monthly Without Fail
"I have seen businesses that did not reconcile for a year. When they finally sat down, there were hundreds of mismatches. Some were genuine errors, some were fraud that went unnoticed. Monthly reconciliation catches problems early."
Tip 5: Watch for Unusual Charges
"Banks sometimes charge fees you did not expect — SMS charges, debit card fees, minimum balance penalties. During reconciliation, review every bank charge. If something looks wrong, call the bank."
Quick Recap — Chapter 26
Bank accounts in ERPLite: Set up with bank name, account number, IFSC, and opening balance.
Payment Batch: Bundle multiple vendor payments into one batch. Review, approve, export to bank, and process in one go. Saves time, reduces errors.
Bank Export: ERPLite can generate files in your bank's bulk payment format for direct upload.
Bank Reconciliation: Comparing your books with the bank statement. Differences arise from: uncleared cheques, bank charges, interest, direct deposits.
Goal: After reconciliation, book balance = bank balance.
Payment Modes: NEFT (regular), RTGS (large amounts), IMPS (urgent), UPI (small/quick), Cheque (when needed).
Golden Rule: Reconcile every month. Record every transaction the same day. Keep personal and business accounts separate.
Practice Exercise — Try This Yourself
Exercise 1: Bisht Traders' ERPLite shows an SBI balance of Rs 1,45,000 on 30th November. The bank statement shows Rs 1,62,000. Identify the possible reasons for the difference from the clues below:
a) A cheque for Rs 12,000 was issued to a supplier on 28th November but not yet deposited. b) A customer paid Rs 8,000 via UPI on 29th November, but Meera has not yet recorded it in ERPLite. c) The bank charged Rs 1,000 for annual maintenance, not yet recorded in ERPLite.
Calculate the reconciled balance.
Exercise 2: Create a payment batch for the following vendors:
| Vendor | Amount (Rs) | Invoice |
|---|---|---|
| Sharma Electricals | 15,000 | SE/056 |
| Nainital Paper Mills | 8,500 | NPM/112 |
| Garhwal Logistics | 22,000 | GL/089 |
What is the total batch amount? If TDS of 2% applies on Garhwal Logistics (transporter, firm), what is the actual payment to them?
Exercise 3: Match each situation with the correct reconciliation action:
| Situation | Action |
|---|---|
| Bank credited interest of Rs 350 | a) Record a receipt in ERPLite |
| Customer paid Rs 5,000 via NEFT, not recorded | b) Record an expense (bank charges) in ERPLite |
| Bank debited Rs 200 as SMS charges | c) Record interest income in ERPLite |
| Cheque of Rs 10,000 issued but not cleared | d) No action needed — it will clear on its own |
Answers:
Exercise 1:
- Book balance: Rs 1,45,000
- Add: UPI from customer not recorded: +8,000
- Less: Bank charges not recorded: -1,000
- Adjusted Book Balance: Rs 1,52,000
- Bank balance: Rs 1,62,000
- Less: Cheque not yet cleared: -12,000 (bank hasn't deducted it yet, but we have)
- Wait — let's recalculate. The bank balance is higher because the cheque hasn't been deducted. So: Bank balance Rs 1,62,000 minus uncleared cheque Rs 12,000 = Rs 1,50,000. But adjusted book balance is Rs 1,52,000. Hmm — that leaves Rs 2,000 unaccounted. Check if there are other items!
- Actually, let us reconcile properly: Book balance Rs 1,45,000 + Rs 8,000 (UPI) - Rs 1,000 (bank charges) = Rs 1,52,000. Bank balance Rs 1,62,000 - Rs 12,000 (cheque not cleared) + Rs 8,000 (UPI already in bank) - Rs 8,000 (already counted) = wait, the UPI is already in the bank statement but NOT in the book. And the bank charge is already in the bank statement but NOT in the book. And the cheque is in the book but NOT in the bank statement. So: Adjusted Book = 1,45,000 + 8,000 - 1,000 = 1,52,000. Adjusted Bank = 1,62,000 - 12,000 = 1,50,000. Difference of Rs 2,000 remains — there must be another item to investigate!
Exercise 2: Total batch = 15,000 + 8,500 + 22,000 = Rs 45,500. TDS on Garhwal Logistics: 2% of 22,000 = Rs 440. Actual payment to Garhwal Logistics: 22,000 - 440 = Rs 21,560. Total actual batch payout: 15,000 + 8,500 + 21,560 = Rs 45,060.
Exercise 3: Bank interest = (c), Customer NEFT = (a), SMS charges = (b), Uncleared cheque = (d).
Fun Fact
India's UPI system is one of the greatest fintech innovations in the world. In 2024, UPI processed over 13,000 crore transactions — that is more than all credit card transactions in Europe and America combined! Countries like Singapore, UAE, France, and Sri Lanka have started adopting UPI for payments.
And here is something amazing: UPI was built by the National Payments Corporation of India (NPCI), and it launched in 2016. Just 8 years later, even a spice wholesaler in Haldwani uses it to pay his transporter in Almora. Even the vegetable vendors near the bus stand accept it. Technology that was once only for big banks is now in everyone's pocket.
When Meera reconciles Bisht Ji's bank account, she is participating in this digital revolution — making sure every digital rupee is accounted for, just like Sharma Sir used to account for every paper rupee decades ago. The tools change. The principles don't.
Meera has now learned TDS, payroll, depreciation, and bank management — the "beyond basics" of accounting. In the next part of the book, she will look at what all this knowledge means for her career. Where can it take her? Let's find out.
Career Paths — Where This Knowledge Takes You
It was a Saturday morning. Sharma Sir had given Meera the day off — "You've earned it," he said. Meera was sitting at the chai stall near Haldwani bus stand when she saw a familiar face. Pooja! Her school friend from Bageshwar, wearing a crisp white shirt and carrying a leather handbag. Pooja had moved to Haldwani two years ago. "Pooja! What are you doing here?" Meera jumped up. Pooja hugged her tight. "I work at the bank now — Uttarakhand Gramin Bank, the branch near the railway crossing. Come, let's have chai. I want to hear everything about your new job!"

Two Friends, Two Paths
Meera and Pooja ordered cutting chai and samosas. They had been classmates in Bageshwar until 10th board exams. Both had passed. Neither had gone to college — Pooja's family couldn't afford it, and Meera's father wanted her to learn a practical skill.
"So you're working at Sharma Sir's CA office?" Pooja asked. "What do you actually do there?"
Meera smiled. Six months ago, she couldn't have answered this question. Now she could.
"I do bookkeeping — I record all the transactions for Sharma Sir's clients. I prepare vouchers, post them in the ledger, make trial balances. I also help with GST return filing — GSTR-1 and GSTR-3B. And I've learned to use ERPLite, which is an accounting software."
Pooja's eyes widened. "That's amazing, Meera. You sound like a real accountant."
"I'm getting there," Meera said. "But tell me about you. How did you get the bank job?"
Pooja stirred her chai. "It wasn't easy. I'll tell you the full story. But first — do you know how many different careers you can build with what you've learned? You have more options than you think."
That conversation changed how Meera saw her future. Let us walk through every career path that is open to someone who has learned bookkeeping and GST.
Career Path 1: GST Practitioner (GSTP)
What is a GST Practitioner?
A GST Practitioner is a person who is officially registered on the GST portal and is authorized to file GST returns on behalf of other taxpayers. Think of it like this — many small business owners don't have the time or knowledge to file their own GST returns. They hire a GST Practitioner to do it for them.
Sharma Sir himself is a GST Practitioner. But you don't need to be a CA to become one.
Who Can Become a GSTP?
There are two routes:
| Route | Requirement |
|---|---|
| Route 1: Education | You must be a graduate (BA, BCom, BSc, or any degree) OR a CA / CS / CMA |
| Route 2: Experience | You must have passed 10th class AND have at least 5 years of experience in filing GST returns or working in a tax practice |
This second route is important. If you are a 10th-pass person working in a CA office — like Meera — you can become a GSTP after 5 years of experience. No degree needed.
How to Register as a GSTP
- Go to the GST portal: www.gst.gov.in
- Click on "Register as GST Practitioner"
- Fill in your details — name, address, Aadhaar, PAN, experience proof
- Pass the GSTP exam conducted by NACIN (National Academy of Customs, Indirect Taxes and Narcotics)
- Once approved, you get an official GSTP enrollment number
The exam tests your knowledge of GST law, return filing, and ITC rules. If you have studied everything in this book, you already know most of what is on the exam.
What Does a GSTP Do Every Day?
- Collects sales and purchase data from clients
- Prepares and files GSTR-1 (sales return) every month or quarter
- Prepares and files GSTR-3B (summary return) every month
- Files GSTR-9 (annual return) once a year
- Helps clients claim Input Tax Credit (ITC)
- Handles notices from the GST department
- Keeps clients updated about due dates and rule changes
How Much Can You Earn?
| Scenario | Monthly Earning |
|---|---|
| Just starting out — 5 to 10 clients | Rs 15,000 — Rs 20,000 |
| Established — 20 to 30 clients | Rs 25,000 — Rs 35,000 |
| Well-known in the area — 40+ clients | Rs 40,000 — Rs 50,000 or more |
Most GSTPs charge between Rs 500 and Rs 2,000 per client per month, depending on the size of the business and the number of transactions.
The Best Part
You can work from home. All you need is a computer, an internet connection, and your GST portal login. Many GSTPs in small towns across Uttarakhand — Almora, Pithoragarh, Champawat — serve clients without ever leaving their town.

Career Path 2: Bookkeeper
What Does a Bookkeeper Do?
A bookkeeper maintains the day-to-day financial records of a business. This is exactly what Meera has been doing at Sharma Sir's office.
Daily tasks include:
- Recording sales and purchase transactions
- Posting vouchers — receipt, payment, journal, contra
- Maintaining the ledger for all accounts
- Reconciling bank statements
- Preparing trial balances
- Tracking accounts receivable (who owes us) and accounts payable (whom we owe)
- Filing invoices and keeping records organized
Two Ways to Work as a Bookkeeper
Option A: Employed Bookkeeper — You work in one company or one office. You have a fixed salary, fixed hours, and one boss. This is good for stability and for learning on the job.
Option B: Freelance Bookkeeper — You serve multiple small businesses. Each one pays you a monthly fee. You visit them once or twice a week, or they send you the data by WhatsApp and you do the work from home. This gives you more freedom and can pay more, but it requires discipline and self-management.
| Employed Bookkeeper | Freelance Bookkeeper | |
|---|---|---|
| Number of clients | One company | 5 to 15 small businesses |
| Income | Fixed salary: Rs 10,000 — Rs 20,000/month | Variable: Rs 12,000 — Rs 25,000/month |
| Stability | High — regular paycheck | Medium — depends on keeping clients |
| Freedom | Low — fixed hours, one office | High — choose your hours and clients |
| Best for | Beginners who want to learn | People with 1-2 years of experience |
No Degree Needed — Skills Matter
Here is the wonderful thing about bookkeeping. No one asks for your degree. They ask: "Can you post a voucher correctly? Can you prepare a trial balance? Do you know GST?" If the answer is yes, you have the job.
"Meera," Pooja said, "you already know all of this. You could start freelancing tomorrow if you wanted."
"I want to learn more first," Meera said. "But it's good to know the option is there."
How to Get Clients as a Freelance Bookkeeper
- Start with people you know — local shopkeepers, family friends, relatives who run businesses
- Offer to do one month free as a demo — "Let me show you what organized books look like"
- Ask Sharma Sir for referrals — CA offices often have more small clients than they can handle
- Join local business WhatsApp groups and offer your services
- Put up a small poster at the local market, photocopy shop, or bank area

Career Path 3: CA Office Assistant
What is This Job?
Every CA office in India needs assistants. These are the people who do the actual daily work — data entry, voucher posting, return filing, client coordination. Sharma Sir's office has Negi Bhaiya in this role. Meera is learning to do the same work.
What Do You Do Every Day?
- Enter vouchers and invoices into the accounting software
- Post transactions to the correct ledger accounts
- File GST returns (GSTR-1, GSTR-3B) for multiple clients
- Prepare TDS returns (Form 26Q)
- Help prepare financial statements for audit
- Coordinate with clients — collect documents, answer questions, send reminders
- Maintain files — both physical (paper files) and digital
Earning Potential
| Level | Experience | Monthly Salary |
|---|---|---|
| Fresher / Trainee | 0-1 year | Rs 8,000 — Rs 12,000 |
| Junior Accountant | 1-3 years | Rs 12,000 — Rs 18,000 |
| Senior Accountant | 3-5 years | Rs 18,000 — Rs 25,000 |
| Office Manager | 5+ years | Rs 25,000 — Rs 35,000 |
The Growth Path
Working in a CA office is one of the best places to learn. You get exposed to many different types of businesses, many different problems, and many different areas of accounting and tax.
From CA office assistant, you can grow into:
- Senior Accountant — handle bigger clients, supervise juniors
- Article Assistant — if you decide to pursue CA or CMA later, your experience counts
- Tax Consultant — after enough experience, some people start their own tax practice
- GST Practitioner — after 5 years of experience, register as a GSTP
Negi Bhaiya joined Sharma Sir's office right after 12th. He is now 25 and earns Rs 22,000 per month. He handles 15 clients independently. In two more years, he plans to register as a GST Practitioner and start his own practice.
"That's Negi Bhaiya's plan," Meera told Pooja. "He started exactly where I am now."
Career Path 4: Bank Back-Office
This is where Pooja's story comes in.
"So tell me," Meera said, "how did you get into the bank?"
Pooja finished her samosa and wiped her hands. "Okay, so listen. You know I passed 10th, right? After that, I did a basic computer course — just typing, MS Office, and data entry. Then my mama ji told me that Uttarakhand Gramin Bank was hiring back-office staff through an outsourcing agency."
"What is back-office?" Meera asked.
What is Bank Back-Office Work?
The back-office is the part of the bank that customers don't see. It's all the work that happens behind the counter — processing transactions, maintaining records, generating reports.
Pooja's daily tasks include:
- Data entry — entering customer information, loan details, transaction records into the bank's system
- MIS reporting — MIS stands for Management Information System. It means creating daily and weekly reports on how many loans were given, how many accounts were opened, what is the branch's cash position
- Document verification — checking loan applications, KYC documents, address proofs
- Reconciliation — matching the bank's internal records with the records received from RBI and other banks
- Payment processing — helping process NEFT, RTGS, and IMPS transfers
How Did Pooja Get This Job?
"The outsourcing agency conducted a written test," Pooja explained. "It had basic maths, English, computer knowledge, and some banking terms. I passed, then there was an interview. They asked me if I could work with Excel and if I knew what a balance sheet was. I said yes — because I had learned a little bit from a free online course."
"The salary was only Rs 12,000 per month at the start. But now after two years, I'm getting Rs 18,000. And the best part — I get to learn everything about how a bank works from the inside."
Earning Potential
| Role | Monthly Salary |
|---|---|
| Data Entry Operator (contract) | Rs 10,000 — Rs 14,000 |
| Back-Office Assistant | Rs 12,000 — Rs 18,000 |
| MIS Executive | Rs 15,000 — Rs 22,000 |
| Back-Office Supervisor | Rs 20,000 — Rs 28,000 |
How to Apply
- Bank recruitment — Public sector banks (like Gramin Banks, SBI, PNB) sometimes recruit back-office staff directly
- Outsourcing agencies — Many banks use third-party companies (like Quess, TeamLease, or local agencies) to hire back-office staff. Look for openings in the employment newspaper or online job portals
- Walk-in interviews — Some banks and agencies conduct walk-in drives in district towns
"Meera, with your accounting knowledge, you would be amazing at this job," Pooja said. "You understand debits and credits, you know about reconciliation, you can read a balance sheet. Most back-office staff don't know any of that when they start."

Career Path 5: Bancassurance Agent
Pooja leaned in. "But let me tell you about the really interesting part of my job."
"What do you mean?"
"So after working in the back-office for a year, my branch manager asked if I wanted to sell insurance products. The bank has tie-ups with insurance companies — LIC, SBI Life, ICICI Lombard. When the bank sells insurance to its customers, it's called bancassurance."
What is Bancassurance?
Bancassurance is when a bank sells insurance products to its customers. The bank gets a commission for every policy sold, and the agent who sells it also gets a share of that commission.
What Does a Bancassurance Agent Do?
- Talk to bank customers who come for other work (like fixed deposits, loans, account opening)
- Explain insurance products — life insurance, health insurance, motor insurance
- Help customers choose the right policy
- Fill in the application forms and process them
- Follow up on renewals every year
Pooja's Experience
"I was scared at first," Pooja admitted. "I'm not a 'sales person.' I'm shy. But then I realized — I'm not selling. I'm helping. When an old uncle comes to the bank to deposit his retirement money, and I explain that he should also have a health insurance policy — I'm actually doing him a favor."
"Last month, I sold 8 policies. My commission was Rs 14,000 — on top of my regular salary of Rs 18,000. So I took home Rs 32,000 in one month!"
Meera nearly dropped her chai. "Rs 32,000? Pooja, that's more than Negi Bhaiya makes!"
Pooja laughed. "Not every month is that good. Some months I sell only 2-3 policies. But on average, I make Rs 22,000 to Rs 28,000 total."
Earning Potential
| Component | Amount |
|---|---|
| Base salary (back-office) | Rs 12,000 — Rs 18,000 |
| Insurance commission (varies monthly) | Rs 2,000 — Rs 25,000 |
| Total monthly income | Rs 14,000 — Rs 40,000+ |
How to Get Started
- First, get a job in a bank (back-office or even as a helper)
- Once you are inside, express interest in bancassurance to your branch manager
- The bank will arrange training and help you get your IRDA license (insurance selling license)
- Start selling to customers who walk into the branch
"The key," Pooja said, "is to be inside the bank first. Once you're in, opportunities open up."
A Comparison — All Five Paths at a Glance
Meera had been listening carefully to everything Pooja said. Now she wanted to see the full picture. Let us compare all five career paths.
| Career Path | Minimum Qualification | Starting Salary | Growth Potential | Work Style |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| GST Practitioner | 10th + 5 years experience OR Graduate | Rs 15,000/month | Rs 50,000+/month | Independent / Work from home |
| Bookkeeper | No formal requirement | Rs 10,000/month | Rs 25,000/month | Employed or Freelance |
| CA Office Assistant | 10th pass + basic skills | Rs 8,000/month | Rs 35,000/month | Office-based |
| Bank Back-Office | 10th/12th + computer skills | Rs 10,000/month | Rs 28,000/month | Bank office |
| Bancassurance Agent | Bank job + IRDA license | Rs 14,000/month | Rs 40,000+/month | Bank + field visits |

Skills That All These Careers Need
"Pooja, across all these careers, what skills matter the most?" Meera asked.
Pooja thought for a moment. "Honestly? Three things."
Skill 1: Accuracy
"In banking, in accounting, in GST — accuracy is everything. If you enter one wrong digit in a bank account number, somebody's money goes to the wrong person. If you file a wrong figure in GSTR-3B, there's a penalty. Being careful and double-checking your work — that is the most important skill."
Skill 2: Computer Literacy
"You don't need to be a programmer. But you must be comfortable using a computer. Typing speed matters. Knowing Excel matters. Being able to use accounting software matters. In my bank, everything happens on the computer. If you can't type fast and navigate software, you'll struggle."
Skill 3: Communication
"You need to talk to clients. In a CA office, you talk to business owners. In a bank, you talk to customers. You need to explain things in simple language, be polite, and follow up. Many people have the technical skills but can't communicate well. If you can do both, you stand out."
Meera nodded. She remembered how Sharma Sir always explained things so simply. That was a skill too.
Real People, Real Stories
Pooja and Meera ordered a second round of chai. Pooja shared some stories of people she knew.
Ravi from Pithoragarh
Ravi passed 12th from a government school. He joined a CA office in Haldwani at Rs 7,000 per month. For three years, he learned everything — Tally, GST, TDS, audit assistance. At age 23, he registered as a GST Practitioner. Today, at 27, he has 45 clients and earns over Rs 50,000 per month. He bought a small office space near the bus stand.
Sunita from Almora
Sunita was a housewife who learned bookkeeping from a free government training program. She started doing books for three small shops in her town — a kirana store, a clothing shop, and a medical store. She charges Rs 2,000 per month per shop. With three shops, she earns Rs 6,000. It's not a lot, but she does it from home while managing her house. She plans to add more clients.
Deepak from Rudrapur
Deepak worked as a data entry operator at a bank for two years. He then moved to the loan processing team. He learned about balance sheets, income statements, and credit analysis. Now he works in a private bank as a loan officer, earning Rs 35,000 per month.
"These are real people," Pooja said. "Not from Delhi or Mumbai. From our hills. From our towns."
What About Higher Studies?
"Pooja, should I think about doing graduation or some course?" Meera asked.
"It depends on what you want. Let me lay it out."
| Goal | What to Study | How Long | Cost |
|---|---|---|---|
| Want to become a CA | CA Foundation (after 12th or graduation) | 4-5 years | Rs 20,000 — Rs 50,000 |
| Want a degree for eligibility | BA / BCom through distance education (IGNOU, Uttarakhand Open University) | 3 years | Rs 15,000 — Rs 30,000 total |
| Want quick certification | NSDC skill certification or NACIN GST certification | 3-6 months | Rs 2,000 — Rs 10,000 |
| Want software skills | Tally Prime course from a local institute | 2-3 months | Rs 3,000 — Rs 8,000 |
"My advice," Pooja said, "is to keep working and earning. But study part-time. A BCom from IGNOU only costs about Rs 10,000 per year. You can study on weekends. In three years, you'll have a degree AND three years of work experience. That combination is gold."
Meera wrote this down in her notebook.
Meera's Realization
As the chai stall owner collected their empty glasses, Meera looked at Pooja with new eyes. Two years ago, they were both scared girls from Bageshwar who had just passed 10th. Today, Pooja was earning Rs 25,000 a month at a bank. Meera was filing GST returns and preparing financial statements.
"Pooja, you know what surprises me?" Meera said.
"What?"
"Nobody in school ever told us about these careers. They always said — doctor, engineer, teacher, government job. Nobody said bookkeeper. Nobody said GST Practitioner. Nobody said bank back-office. These are real careers. Good careers. And we can do them."
Pooja nodded. "The world is full of jobs that nobody tells small-town girls about. But they exist. And they're waiting for people who have skills."
They hugged and promised to meet every Saturday for chai.

Quick Recap — Chapter 27
Five career paths for someone with bookkeeping and GST skills:
GST Practitioner — File returns for multiple clients. Need 10th + 5 years experience or a degree. Can work from home. Earn Rs 15,000 — Rs 50,000/month.
Bookkeeper — Maintain financial records. No degree needed. Employed or freelance. Earn Rs 10,000 — Rs 25,000/month.
CA Office Assistant — Data entry, voucher posting, return filing. Start at Rs 8,000/month, grow to Rs 35,000/month.
Bank Back-Office — Data entry, MIS reports, document verification. Earn Rs 10,000 — Rs 28,000/month.
Bancassurance Agent — Sell insurance through a bank. Base salary + commission. Earn Rs 14,000 — Rs 40,000+/month.
Key skills needed: Accuracy, computer literacy, communication.
Higher studies: Consider BCom through distance education while working. NACIN GST certification and Tally Prime course are quick and useful.
Practice Exercise — Explore Your Options
Exercise 1: Self-Assessment
Take a piece of paper. For each career path, rate yourself on a scale of 1 to 5:
| Career Path | How interested am I? (1-5) | How ready am I today? (1-5) | What do I need to learn? |
|---|---|---|---|
| GST Practitioner | |||
| Bookkeeper | |||
| CA Office Assistant | |||
| Bank Back-Office | |||
| Bancassurance Agent |
Exercise 2: Research
Visit the GST portal (www.gst.gov.in) and find the "GST Practitioner" section. Read the eligibility requirements and the exam syllabus. Write down three things you already know from this book that are covered in the exam.
Exercise 3: Local Survey
In your town or city, find out:
- How many CA offices are there? (Ask around or search on Google Maps)
- Which banks have branches here?
- Are there any outsourcing agencies that provide bank staff?
Write down at least three places where you could apply for a job today.
Exercise 4: Talk to Someone
If you know anyone who works in accounting, banking, or a CA office — talk to them. Ask them:
- How did you get your job?
- What do you do every day?
- What advice would you give to a beginner?
Write down what they say. Real conversations teach more than any book.
A Word of Encouragement
Here is something important. Every expert was once a beginner. Every CA was once a scared student. Every bank manager was once a trainee. Every successful GST Practitioner once filed their first return with shaking hands.
You have already done the hardest part — you have learned the basics. You understand debits and credits. You can read a balance sheet. You know what GSTR-1 and GSTR-3B are. You can use accounting software.
From a small town in Uttarakhand, you have built a foundation that many people in big cities don't have. Be proud of that. And keep going.
On Monday morning, Meera walks into Sharma Sir's office with a new question: "Sir, I know these career paths exist. But how do I actually prepare for a job interview? How do I show people what I know?" Sharma Sir smiles. "That," he says, "is exactly what we'll talk about today."
Job Readiness — Show What You Know
Monday morning. Meera reached the office at 9:30 sharp. Negi Bhaiya was already at his desk, typing furiously — it was GST filing season. Sharma Sir arrived at 10 with his steel tiffin and newspaper, as always. He settled into his chair and looked at Meera. "So, Meera. Pooja tells me you two had a good conversation about career options." Meera was surprised — "You know Pooja?" Sharma Sir laughed. "Her branch manager is my client. Small town, small world. Now sit down. Today's lesson is the most important one. You've spent months learning accounting, GST, ERPLite, TDS, payroll. All of that knowledge is inside your head. But when you go for a job interview, the knowledge inside your head is invisible. You need to make it visible. You need to show what you know."

Step 1: Build a Portfolio of Your Work
What is a Portfolio?
A portfolio is a collection of work samples that prove your skills. A painter shows paintings. A tailor shows stitched clothes. An accountant shows financial records they have prepared.
"Meera, over the past few months, you have prepared hundreds of vouchers, several trial balances, complete financial statements, and dozens of GST returns. That is your portfolio," Sharma Sir said.
What to Include in Your Portfolio
Sharma Sir helped Meera make a list. Here is what you should collect:
| Item | What It Shows | How to Prepare |
|---|---|---|
| Sample Vouchers (5-6 types) | You know how to record different types of transactions | Take screenshots or photocopies of vouchers you prepared — receipt, payment, journal, contra, sales, purchase |
| A Trial Balance | You can compile and verify accounts | Print one trial balance you have prepared. Make sure the totals match. |
| Profit & Loss Statement | You can prepare a complete income statement | Print one P&L statement from a real or practice set of books |
| Balance Sheet | You understand assets, liabilities, and equity | Print one balance sheet — format should follow Schedule III |
| GSTR-1 Summary | You can file a sales return | Take a screenshot of a filed GSTR-1 (remove client's GSTIN and name for privacy) |
| GSTR-3B Summary | You can file a monthly summary return | Take a screenshot of a filed GSTR-3B (same privacy rule) |
| Bank Reconciliation | You can match books with bank statement | Print one reconciliation statement you have prepared |
| ERPLite Screenshots | You can use accounting software | Take screenshots of your work in ERPLite — voucher entry screen, report screen, ledger view |
"But Sir," Meera said, "some of this is confidential client data. I can't show other people's business numbers."
Sharma Sir nodded approvingly. "Good thinking. There are two ways to handle this."
How to Handle Confidentiality
Option 1: Use Practice Data — Create a set of books for a fictional business. Call it "Meera General Store" or "Practice Company Ltd." Enter transactions, prepare statements, file practice returns. This shows your skills without revealing anyone's private data.
Option 2: Redact Real Work — If you want to show a real GSTR-1 or a real balance sheet, blank out or cover the client's name, GSTIN, PAN, and any identifying details. Show the format and your work, not the client's data.
How to Organize Your Portfolio
Get a simple plastic folder with clear sleeves — the kind you can buy at any stationery shop for Rs 50-80. Organize it like this:
- Cover page — Your name, phone number, email
- Table of contents — List of items inside
- Voucher samples — One of each type
- Financial statements — Trial Balance, P&L, Balance Sheet
- GST return samples — GSTR-1 and GSTR-3B screenshots
- Bank reconciliation
- ERPLite screenshots
- Any certificates — Computer course, accounting course, NACIN certification
"When you walk into an interview with this folder," Sharma Sir said, "you are already ahead of 90% of other candidates. Most people come with just a resume and say 'I know accounting.' You come with proof."

Step 2: Create Your Resume / CV
What is a Resume?
A resume (also called a CV — Curriculum Vitae) is a one-page or two-page document that summarizes who you are, what you know, and what you have done. It is the first thing any employer sees.
"Let me show you how to make a good one," Sharma Sir said. He opened a blank document on the computer.
What to Include
Here is the format, section by section:
MEERA JOSHI
Phone: 98XX-XXXXXX | Email: [email protected] | Haldwani, Uttarakhand
OBJECTIVE
Seeking a position as a bookkeeper or accounting assistant where I can use my skills in double-entry accounting, GST return filing, and accounting software to contribute to the organization's success.
SKILLS
- Double-entry bookkeeping (journal, ledger, trial balance, financial statements)
- GST compliance (GSTR-1, GSTR-3B, ITC reconciliation, e-way bills)
- Accounting software: Udyamo ERPLite
- TDS basics (deduction, challan payment, return filing)
- Payroll processing (salary computation, PF, ESIC, professional tax)
- Bank reconciliation
- MS Excel (data entry, formulas, basic charts)
- Hindi and English (reading, writing, speaking)
WORK EXPERIENCE
Trainee Accountant — V.K. Sharma & Associates, Chartered Accountants, Haldwani (Month Year — Present)
- Record daily transactions and prepare vouchers for 10+ clients
- Maintain ledgers and prepare monthly trial balances
- File GSTR-1 and GSTR-3B returns for clients with annual turnover up to Rs 1 crore
- Assist in preparing annual financial statements and GSTR-9
- Handle bank reconciliation and payment tracking
- Use Udyamo ERPLite for all bookkeeping tasks
EDUCATION
- 10th Pass — Government Inter College, Bageshwar, Uttarakhand (Year)
ADDITIONAL LEARNING
- Bookkeeping and GST — Trained under CA V.K. Sharma (6 months)
- Basic Computer Course — (Institute name, if applicable)
REFERENCES
Available on request.
What NOT to Include on Your Resume
Sharma Sir was very clear about this:
| Do NOT Include | Why |
|---|---|
| Your father's name, mother's name, caste, religion | Not relevant. Employers should not ask. You should not offer. |
| Your full postal address with PIN code | City and state are enough. Full address is a privacy risk. |
| Your date of birth | Not needed at this stage. Share only if asked in a form. |
| Your photograph (unless specifically asked) | It can lead to bias. Include only if the job posting asks for it. |
| Hobbies like "reading, listening to music, watching cricket" | Every resume in India says this. It adds zero value. |
| False claims | Never claim skills you don't have. You will be caught in the interview. |
| Long paragraphs | Use bullet points. Short lines. Easy to scan. |
| Spelling mistakes and poor formatting | Proofread three times. Ask someone else to check it. An accountant must be detail-oriented — your resume is the first proof of that. |
"Remember," Sharma Sir said, "your resume should be one page. Maximum two pages if you have a lot of experience. For someone starting out like you, Meera, one page is perfect."
Tips for a Strong Resume
- Use action words — "Prepared trial balances" not "was involved in trial balance work"
- Use numbers — "Filed GST returns for 10+ clients" is better than "Filed GST returns for clients"
- Put skills before education — When you don't have a degree, lead with what you CAN do
- Match the job posting — If a job asks for "GST knowledge," make sure "GST" appears prominently on your resume
- Save as PDF — When emailing, always send your resume as a PDF. It looks the same on every computer. A Word file might look different on someone else's machine.
Step 3: Prepare for the Interview
Negi Bhaiya pulled his chair over. "Meera, let me help with this part. I've been through a few interviews myself."
"What do they ask?" Meera asked nervously.
"Don't worry. For accounting jobs at our level, the questions are quite predictable. Let me give you the most common ones."
Common Interview Questions and How to Answer Them
Question 1: "Tell me about yourself."
This is the most common opening question. Do NOT recite your entire life story. Keep it to 4-5 sentences.
Sample answer: "My name is Meera Joshi. I am from Bageshwar, Uttarakhand. For the past six months, I have been working as a trainee accountant at a CA firm in Haldwani. I handle bookkeeping, GST return filing, and work on accounting software called ERPLite. I am looking for a full-time accounting role where I can use and grow these skills."
Question 2: "What is double-entry bookkeeping?"
Sample answer: "Double-entry means every transaction is recorded in two accounts — one is debited and one is credited. The total of all debits must always equal the total of all credits. This is how we catch errors and keep the books balanced."
Question 3: "What is the difference between debit and credit?"
Sample answer: "Debit means the left side of an account. Credit means the right side. When an asset increases, we debit it. When a liability increases, we credit it. For expenses, we debit. For income, we credit."
Question 4: "What GST returns have you filed?"
Sample answer: "I have filed GSTR-1, which is the monthly or quarterly return for outward supplies — sales invoices, B2B and B2C. And GSTR-3B, which is the monthly summary return showing total tax liability, ITC claimed, and net tax payable. I have also assisted in preparing GSTR-9, the annual return."
Question 5: "What is Input Tax Credit?"
Sample answer: "ITC is the GST you paid on your purchases, which you can subtract from the GST you collected on your sales. So you only pay the difference to the government. For example, if you collected Rs 1,800 GST on sales and paid Rs 1,200 GST on purchases, you only pay Rs 600 to the government."
Question 6: "What accounting software have you used?"
Sample answer: "I have used Udyamo ERPLite for all my bookkeeping tasks — creating masters, entering vouchers, generating reports like trial balance, P&L, and balance sheet. I am familiar with the full sales cycle and purchase cycle in the software. I am also willing to learn Tally Prime or any other software your office uses."
Question 7: "Can you prepare a trial balance?"
Sample answer: "Yes. A trial balance lists all the ledger accounts with their debit or credit balances. The total of the debit column must equal the total of the credit column. If they don't match, it means there is an error somewhere in the books that needs to be found and fixed."
Question 8: "Why should we hire you?"
Sample answer: "I have practical experience in bookkeeping and GST filing. I have worked with real clients at a CA office. I am careful with numbers, I can use accounting software, and I am eager to learn. I also have a portfolio of work samples that I can show you."
Then open your folder and show them.
Interview Tips from Negi Bhaiya
"Some general advice," Negi said:
- Dress simply and neatly — Clean clothes, combed hair, polished shoes. You don't need expensive clothes. You need clean clothes.
- Arrive 15 minutes early — Never be late for an interview. If the office is far, go the day before to check the route.
- Carry your portfolio folder, resume, and original documents — 10th marksheet, Aadhaar card, any certificates. Keep photocopies too.
- Speak clearly and honestly — If you don't know the answer to a question, say "I don't know, but I am willing to learn." This is much better than making something up.
- Ask questions too — At the end, when they say "Do you have any questions?" — ask something. For example: "What software does the office use?" or "How many clients would I be working with?" or "Is there an opportunity to learn new things?" This shows you are serious and interested.

Step 4: Demonstrate Your ERP Skills
"Here's a tip that will set you apart," Sharma Sir said. "When you go for an interview, offer to do a live demo."
What is a Live Demo?
Instead of just saying "I know ERPLite," offer to show them. If they have a computer available, ask if you can open the software and demonstrate:
- Creating a new account in the chart of accounts
- Entering a sales voucher
- Posting a payment receipt
- Generating a trial balance or P&L report
"Most candidates just talk," Sharma Sir said. "When you sit down and actually DO the work in front of them — their jaws will drop. I have hired people on the spot because of this."
What if They Use Different Software?
"Sir, what if they use Tally Prime instead of ERPLite?" Meera asked.
"Good question. The concepts are the same. A voucher in ERPLite is a voucher in Tally. A ledger is a ledger. The screens look different, but the logic is identical. If you can use one accounting software confidently, you can learn another in a week."
"In the interview, say: 'I have experience with ERPLite. I understand the full accounting workflow in an ERP system. I am confident I can learn your software quickly because the accounting logic is the same.'"
Step 5: Keep Learning — What to Study Next
Sharma Sir sat down with Meera and mapped out a learning plan for the next year.
1. Tally Prime
Tally is the most widely used accounting software in India. Almost every CA office, small business, and trading company uses it. Learning Tally Prime should be your very next step.
How to learn:
- Join a local Tally coaching institute (2-3 month course, Rs 3,000 — Rs 8,000)
- Or learn free on YouTube — search "Tally Prime full course in Hindi"
- Practice on the free trial version of Tally Prime
What you will learn:
- Company creation and ledger setup
- Voucher entry (same concepts you already know, different screen)
- GST setup and return preparation in Tally
- Inventory management
- Payroll in Tally
"Since you already understand accounting concepts," Sharma Sir said, "learning Tally will be very fast for you. Most Tally courses spend the first month teaching accounting basics — you already know all of that."
2. Advanced Excel
Excel is used everywhere — not just in accounting but in banking, insurance, government offices, and every corporate job. The basics (typing data, simple formulas) are not enough. You need intermediate-level Excel skills.
What to learn:
| Excel Skill | Why It Matters |
|---|---|
| VLOOKUP / XLOOKUP | Look up values from one table in another — essential for matching data |
| Pivot Tables | Summarize thousands of rows of data in seconds — used in MIS reporting |
| IF, SUMIF, COUNTIF | Conditional formulas — calculate only when certain conditions are met |
| Data Validation | Create dropdown lists and rules so that data entry is error-free |
| Conditional Formatting | Highlight cells automatically — show overdue payments in red, for example |
| Basic Charts | Turn numbers into bar charts and pie charts for reports |
How to learn:
- Free YouTube courses: search "Excel for accounting Hindi"
- Practice daily — even 30 minutes a day for a month will make you competent
3. Income Tax Basics
GST is one type of tax. Income Tax is the other major one. If you want to work in a CA office long-term or become an independent tax practitioner, you need to understand income tax.
What to learn:
- What is income tax and who has to pay it
- The five heads of income (salary, house property, business, capital gains, other sources)
- ITR filing — how to file an income tax return
- TDS returns — you already know the basics from this book
- Basic tax planning — how to save tax using Section 80C, 80D, etc.
How to learn:
- The Income Tax department has a free e-learning portal: www.incometax.gov.in
- CA coaching institutes offer short-term ITR filing courses
- Learn by doing — file your own family members' ITR first
4. Company Accounts
If you want to work in a larger company (not just small shops and traders), you will need to understand some additional concepts.
What to learn:
- Share capital and types of shares
- Company financial statements as per Schedule III of the Companies Act
- Audit basics — what happens during a statutory audit
- MCA (Ministry of Corporate Affairs) compliance — annual filings
This is more advanced and can wait until you have 1-2 years of experience.
5. Online Certifications
| Certification | Offered By | Cost | Duration |
|---|---|---|---|
| GST Practitioner Certification | NACIN (govt body) | Exam fee only | Self-study + exam |
| Accounting and Bookkeeping | NSDC (National Skill Development Corporation) | Free or nominal | 2-3 months |
| Tally with GST | Tally Education | Rs 5,000 — Rs 10,000 | 2-3 months |
| Advanced Excel | Many online platforms (Coursera, Udemy) | Free to Rs 500 | Self-paced |
6. LinkedIn Profile
"Meera, do you have a LinkedIn profile?" Sharma Sir asked.
"What is LinkedIn?"
"It's like Facebook, but for professionals. Companies post jobs there. Recruiters search for candidates there. You should create a profile."
How to set up LinkedIn:
- Go to www.linkedin.com and create a free account
- Add a professional photo (simple background, neat appearance, facing the camera)
- Write a headline: "Accounting Trainee | Bookkeeping | GST | ERPLite"
- Write a short summary: 3-4 sentences about your skills and experience
- Add your work experience (same as your resume)
- Add your skills — bookkeeping, GST, double-entry accounting, ERPLite
- Connect with people you know — Sharma Sir, Negi Bhaiya, Pooja, classmates
- Follow companies and CA firms in Haldwani, Dehradun, and other cities you'd like to work in
"Many recruiters in Uttarakhand now search LinkedIn for accounting staff," Negi said. "I got a job offer last month from a Dehradun firm just because they found my profile there."

Step 6: Meera's Learning Roadmap
Sharma Sir drew a timeline on the whiteboard.
| Time Period | What to Do |
|---|---|
| Now — Month 3 | Continue at Sharma Sir's office. Start learning Tally Prime (evening classes or YouTube). Build your portfolio. |
| Month 3 — Month 6 | Learn Advanced Excel. Start filing income tax returns with Sharma Sir's guidance. Create LinkedIn profile. |
| Month 6 — Month 12 | Enroll in BCom through IGNOU (distance education). Take the NACIN GST certification exam. Start handling clients independently. |
| Year 2 | Either continue at the CA office at a higher salary, or start freelancing as a bookkeeper/GSTP. Continue BCom. |
| Year 3 | Complete BCom. Register as GST Practitioner (if eligible). Consider whether to pursue CA/CMA or build your own practice. |
"This is not a fixed plan," Sharma Sir said. "Life will throw opportunities and challenges at you. But if you have a direction, you won't get lost."
The Phone Call
It was Thursday afternoon. Meera was posting vouchers for Bisht Traders when her phone buzzed. Unknown number. She almost didn't pick up.
"Hello?"
"Hello, is this Meera Joshi?"
"Yes, speaking."
"This is Rajesh Pandey from Pandey & Associates, Chartered Accountants, Haldwani. We saw your resume — Sharma ji had sent it to us. We have an opening for a junior accountant. Would you be available for an interview this Saturday at 11 AM?"
Meera's heart started racing. She looked at Sharma Sir. He was pretending to read his newspaper, but she could see a small smile behind it. He had sent her resume without telling her.
"Yes, Sir. I will be there. Thank you."
She put down the phone. Her hands were shaking slightly.
"Sir... you sent my resume?"
Sharma Sir folded his newspaper. "Meera, Pandey ji is a good man. He runs a bigger office — eight staff members, over a hundred clients. He needs someone who can handle GST independently. I told him about you."
"But Sir, I'm still learning—"
"You have been learning for six months. You have filed real GST returns. You have prepared real financial statements. You have used ERP software. You know more than many people who have been doing this for years. You are ready."
Negi Bhaiya spun around in his chair. "Meera! This is great news. Don't worry about the interview. Remember everything we talked about. Carry your portfolio. Speak clearly. Show them what you know."
Getting Ready
That evening, Meera sat in her small rented room near the bus stand. She laid out everything on the bed:
- Her portfolio folder — neatly organized, with voucher samples, a trial balance, P&L statement, balance sheet, GST return screenshots, and ERPLite screenshots
- Her resume — one page, printed on clean white paper, saved as PDF on her phone too
- Her certificates — 10th marksheet (original + photocopy), computer course certificate, Aadhaar card
- A clean kurta and pants — ironed and ready
- A pen and small notebook — to write down anything important during the interview
She rehearsed her answers one more time:
- "Tell me about yourself" — practiced in front of the mirror, timed at 45 seconds
- "What is double-entry?" — clear, simple explanation
- "What GST returns have you filed?" — GSTR-1, GSTR-3B, assisted with GSTR-9
- "Why should we hire you?" — practical experience, portfolio, eagerness to learn
She called Pooja.
"Pooja, I have an interview on Saturday!"
"MEERA! I'm so proud of you! You'll do great. Just be yourself. And remember — you KNOW this stuff. You're not pretending. You actually do this work every day."
Meera smiled. Pooja was right.
She called her father in Bageshwar.
"Papa, I have a job interview."
There was silence on the line. Then her father's voice, a little rough: "Meera... I always knew you would do well. Your mother would have been proud."
Meera wiped her eyes, set her alarm for 6 AM, and went to sleep.

Saturday Morning
Meera reached Pandey & Associates at 10:45 AM. It was a bigger office than Sharma Sir's — a proper reception area, four cabins, and a row of computers where junior staff were working.
The interview lasted 30 minutes. Pandey Sir asked her about double-entry, GST, TDS, and ERPLite. She answered each question calmly. When he asked "Can you show me any work you've done?", she opened her portfolio folder.
He looked through it — the vouchers, the trial balance, the balance sheet, the GST return screenshots.
"You prepared all of this?" he asked.
"Yes, Sir. Under Sharma Sir's guidance."
Pandey Sir nodded. "One last thing. Can you show me how you would enter a sales voucher in accounting software?"
He pointed to a computer with ERPLite open on the screen.
Meera sat down. Her fingers found the keyboard. She opened the sales voucher module, selected the customer, entered the item, the quantity, the rate. The GST calculated automatically. She saved the voucher, then pulled up the ledger to show the posting.
It took her less than two minutes.
Pandey Sir watched silently. Then he smiled.
"Meera, when can you start?"
Quick Recap — Chapter 28
Building your job readiness:
Portfolio — Collect work samples: vouchers, trial balance, P&L, balance sheet, GST returns, ERPLite screenshots. Organize in a folder.
Resume — One page. Lead with skills, not education. Use action words and numbers. Save as PDF.
Interview prep — Practice common questions. Prepare clear, simple answers. Carry your portfolio.
Live demo — Offer to demonstrate your ERP skills. Doing the work in front of them is more powerful than talking about it.
Keep learning — Tally Prime, Advanced Excel, Income Tax basics, online certifications, LinkedIn profile.
Most important lesson: You are ready. You have real skills. Go show the world.
Practice Exercise — Your Action Plan
Exercise 1: Build Your Portfolio
Start today. Create a practice company (make up a name and some transactions). Prepare the following:
- 6 vouchers (one of each type)
- A trial balance with at least 15 accounts
- A simple P&L statement
- A simple balance sheet
Print them. Put them in a folder.
Exercise 2: Write Your Resume
Using the format in this chapter, write your own resume. Fill in your real details. If you don't have work experience yet, focus on:
- Skills you have learned from this book
- Any practice exercises you have completed
- Computer skills you have
- Languages you speak
Ask a friend or family member to read it and check for spelling mistakes.
Exercise 3: Practice Interviews
Find a friend or family member to ask you these questions:
- Tell me about yourself.
- What is double-entry bookkeeping?
- What is GST? What returns have you studied?
- What accounting software do you know?
- Why should we hire you?
Practice answering out loud. Record yourself on your phone and listen back. Are you clear? Are you confident? Keep practicing until you are.
Exercise 4: Create Your Learning Plan
Using the roadmap in this chapter, write down your own plan for the next 12 months. What will you learn? When will you learn it? What resources will you use?
| Month | What I Will Learn | How I Will Learn It |
|---|---|---|
| Month 1-3 | ||
| Month 4-6 | ||
| Month 7-9 | ||
| Month 10-12 |
A Final Word — From Sharma Sir
On her last day at the old office, before she moved to Pandey & Associates, Sharma Sir asked Meera to stay back after Negi Bhaiya left.
"Meera, sit down. I want to tell you something."
She sat.
"When you walked into this office six months ago, you didn't know what a debit was. You didn't know what GST stood for. You didn't know how to turn on the accounting software. You were scared and quiet."
Meera nodded. She remembered.
"Today, you can prepare a complete set of books from scratch. You can file GST returns. You can read a balance sheet and tell me if a business is healthy. You can use ERP software better than many people who have been in this field for years."
He paused.
"Do you know what made the difference? It wasn't talent. It wasn't a fancy degree. It was this: you showed up every day. You asked questions. You made mistakes and learned from them. You practiced until you got it right."
"That is all any career needs. Show up. Ask questions. Practice. Keep learning."
He reached into his drawer and pulled out a small wrapped box. "A gift."
Meera opened it. Inside was a simple calculator — a Casio with a green display — the same model Sharma Sir himself used.
"Every accountant needs a good calculator," he said, his eyes twinkling.
Meera held it to her chest. "Thank you, Sir. For everything."
"Go," Sharma Sir said. "Go and do great work. And when you have your own office someday, train someone the way I trained you. That's how this chain continues."
Meera stepped out of Sharma Sir's office into the Haldwani afternoon sun. The same narrow lane. The same stationery shop below. But she was not the same girl who had walked up those stairs six months ago. She had a skill. She had confidence. She had a job waiting for her on Monday.
She looked up at the small blue board — V.K. Sharma & Associates, Chartered Accountants — and smiled.
Then she turned and walked toward the bus stand. Not to go back to Bageshwar. To go forward.

Glossary — Accounting Terms
This glossary covers all the important terms you learned in this book. Each term has its Hindi equivalent and a simple one-line definition. Use this as a quick reference whenever you forget a word.
Basic Accounting Terms
| English Term | Hindi Term | Simple Definition |
|---|---|---|
| Account | खाता | A record that tracks all transactions related to one person, item, or category. |
| Accounting | लेखांकन | The process of recording, organizing, and reporting all money transactions of a business. |
| Accountant | लेखाकार | A person whose job is to keep and check financial records. |
| Audit | लेखा परीक्षा | An official check of a business's accounts to make sure they are correct. |
| Balance | शेष | The difference between the total debits and total credits in an account. |
| Bookkeeping | बही-खाता | The daily work of recording every money transaction in an organized way. |
| Capital | पूँजी | The money or property that the owner puts into the business to start or run it. |
| Cash | नकद | Physical money — coins and notes — that you can hold in your hand. |
| Credit (Cr) | जमा | The right side of an account; an entry that increases income or liabilities. |
| Debit (Dr) | नामे | The left side of an account; an entry that increases assets or expenses. |
| Double Entry | दोहरा लेखा | A system where every transaction is recorded in two accounts — one debit and one credit. |
| Entry | प्रविष्टि | A single record of a transaction written in the books of account. |
| Fiscal Year | वित्तीय वर्ष | The 12-month period used for accounting, in India it runs from 1st April to 31st March. |
| Journal | रोजनामचा | The book where transactions are first recorded in date order before posting to the ledger. |
| Ledger | खाता बही | The book that contains separate pages for each account, showing all its transactions. |
| Narration | विवरण | A short description written below each journal entry explaining what the transaction was. |
| Opening Balance | प्रारंभिक शेष | The balance in an account at the start of a new financial year. |
| Closing Balance | अंतिम शेष | The balance in an account at the end of a financial year. |
| Posting | खतौनी | The process of transferring entries from the journal to the individual ledger accounts. |
| Transaction | लेन-देन | Any exchange of money, goods, or services between two parties. |
| Voucher | प्रमाण पत्र | A document that serves as proof that a transaction happened. |
| Receipt | रसीद | A written proof that money has been received. |
| Payment | भुगतान | The act of giving money to someone in exchange for goods or services. |
| Contra Entry | विपरीत प्रविष्टि | A transaction between two cash or bank accounts, like depositing cash into the bank. |
| Drawings | आहरण | Money or goods that the owner takes out of the business for personal use. |
| Goodwill | साख | The extra value of a business above its physical assets, based on its reputation. |
Financial Statement Terms
| English Term | Hindi Term | Simple Definition |
|---|---|---|
| Assets | संपत्ति | Everything a business owns that has value — cash, machines, land, stock. |
| Liabilities | देनदारियाँ | Everything a business owes to others — loans, unpaid bills, credit from suppliers. |
| Equity | स्वामी की पूँजी | The owner's share in the business, calculated as assets minus liabilities. |
| Revenue | राजस्व | Money earned by the business from selling goods or services. |
| Expense | व्यय | Money spent by the business to run its operations — rent, salaries, electricity. |
| Profit | लाभ | When revenue is more than expenses — the business has earned money. |
| Loss | हानि | When expenses are more than revenue — the business has lost money. |
| Net Profit | शुद्ध लाभ | The final profit after subtracting all expenses, including taxes, from revenue. |
| Gross Profit | सकल लाभ | Sales minus the cost of goods sold, before subtracting operating expenses. |
| Balance Sheet | तुलन पत्र | A statement showing what the business owns (assets) and what it owes (liabilities) on a specific date. |
| Profit & Loss Account | लाभ और हानि खाता | A statement showing all income and all expenses for a period, ending with profit or loss. |
| Trial Balance | तलपट | A list of all ledger accounts with their debit or credit balances, used to check if the books are balanced. |
| Cash Flow Statement | नकद प्रवाह विवरण | A report showing how much cash came into and went out of the business during a period. |
| Schedule III | अनुसूची III | The format prescribed by the Companies Act 2013 for preparing balance sheets and P&L statements. |
| Current Assets | चालू संपत्ति | Assets that can be converted to cash within one year — stock, debtors, bank balance. |
| Fixed Assets | स्थायी संपत्ति | Assets meant for long-term use — land, building, machinery, furniture. |
| Current Liabilities | चालू देनदारियाँ | Debts that must be paid within one year — creditors, short-term loans. |
| Depreciation | मूल्यह्रास | The decrease in value of a fixed asset over time due to use and wear. |
| Accounts Receivable | प्राप्य खाते | Money that customers owe to the business for goods or services already delivered. |
| Accounts Payable | देय खाते | Money that the business owes to suppliers for goods or services already received. |
| Cost of Goods Sold (COGS) | बेचे गए माल की लागत | The total cost of buying or making the goods that were sold during a period. |
| Working Capital | कार्यशील पूँजी | Current assets minus current liabilities — the money available for daily operations. |
| Provisions | प्रावधान | Money set aside for an expected expense that hasn't been paid yet. |
| Reserve | आरक्षित निधि | Profits kept aside by the business for future use instead of distributing to owners. |
GST Terms
| English Term | Hindi Term | Simple Definition |
|---|---|---|
| GST | वस्तु एवं सेवा कर | Goods and Services Tax — a single tax on the supply of goods and services across India. |
| CGST | केन्द्रीय वस्तु एवं सेवा कर | Central GST — the part of GST that goes to the central government on sales within a state. |
| SGST | राज्य वस्तु एवं सेवा कर | State GST — the part of GST that goes to the state government on sales within a state. |
| IGST | एकीकृत वस्तु एवं सेवा कर | Integrated GST — the GST charged on sales between two different states. |
| GSTIN | जीएसटीआईएन | A 15-digit unique identification number given to every GST-registered business. |
| HSN Code | एचएसएन कोड | Harmonized System of Nomenclature — a number code used to classify goods for tax purposes. |
| SAC Code | एसएसी कोड | Services Accounting Code — a number code used to classify services for tax purposes. |
| Input Tax Credit (ITC) | इनपुट टैक्स क्रेडिट | The GST paid on purchases that can be subtracted from the GST collected on sales. |
| GSTR-1 | जीएसटीआर-1 | The monthly or quarterly return that reports all outward supplies (sales). |
| GSTR-3B | जीएसटीआर-3बी | The monthly summary return showing total tax liability, ITC claimed, and net tax payable. |
| GSTR-9 | जीएसटीआर-9 | The annual return that summarizes all monthly returns filed during the financial year. |
| E-Way Bill | ई-वे बिल | An electronic document required for transporting goods worth more than Rs 50,000. |
| Composition Scheme | कम्पोजीशन योजना | A simpler GST scheme for small businesses with turnover up to Rs 1.5 crore, with lower tax rates and fewer returns. |
| Reverse Charge | रिवर्स चार्ज | A situation where the buyer pays GST directly to the government instead of the seller. |
| Place of Supply | आपूर्ति का स्थान | The location where goods are delivered or services are provided — it decides whether CGST+SGST or IGST applies. |
| Tax Invoice | कर चालान | A bill issued by a GST-registered seller showing the details of goods sold and GST charged. |
| Credit Note | क्रेडिट नोट | A document issued when goods are returned or the invoice amount needs to be reduced. |
| Debit Note | डेबिट नोट | A document issued when the invoice amount needs to be increased. |
| B2B | बी2बी | Business to Business — sales made from one registered business to another registered business. |
| B2C | बी2सी | Business to Consumer — sales made from a business to an end customer who is not GST-registered. |
| GST Portal | जीएसटी पोर्टल | The government website (www.gst.gov.in) where all GST registration, filing, and payments happen. |
| GST Practitioner | जीएसटी प्रैक्टिशनर | A person officially registered to file GST returns on behalf of other taxpayers. |
| Nil Return | शून्य रिटर्न | A GST return filed when there are no transactions during the period — still mandatory to file. |
| Late Fee | विलम्ब शुल्क | A penalty charged for filing GST returns after the due date. |
TDS Terms
| English Term | Hindi Term | Simple Definition |
|---|---|---|
| TDS | स्रोत पर कर कटौती | Tax Deducted at Source — tax cut from a payment before it is given to the receiver. |
| TAN | टैन | Tax Deduction Account Number — a 10-digit number required for anyone who deducts TDS. |
| Deductor | कटौतीकर्ता | The person or company that cuts TDS from a payment and deposits it to the government. |
| Deductee | जिसका कर काटा गया | The person who receives the payment after TDS has been cut from it. |
| Form 26Q | फॉर्म 26क्यू | The quarterly TDS return for payments other than salary (rent, professional fees, contract payments). |
| Form 24Q | फॉर्म 24क्यू | The quarterly TDS return for salary payments. |
| TDS Certificate | टीडीएस प्रमाण पत्र | A document (Form 16 / 16A) given by the deductor to the deductee as proof that TDS was deducted and deposited. |
| Form 16 | फॉर्म 16 | TDS certificate given by an employer to an employee showing salary and TDS details for the year. |
| Form 16A | फॉर्म 16ए | TDS certificate for non-salary payments like rent, professional fees, or contract payments. |
| Challan | चालान | A payment slip used to deposit TDS to the government through a bank. |
| PAN | पैन | Permanent Account Number — a 10-character alphanumeric number issued by the Income Tax department. |
| Section 194C | धारा 194सी | The section of the Income Tax Act under which TDS is deducted on payments to contractors. |
| Section 194J | धारा 194जे | The section under which TDS is deducted on professional or technical service fees. |
Payroll Terms
| English Term | Hindi Term | Simple Definition |
|---|---|---|
| Payroll | वेतन पत्रक | The process of calculating and paying salaries to all employees of a company. |
| CTC | सीटीसी | Cost to Company — the total amount a company spends on an employee in a year, including all benefits. |
| Gross Salary | सकल वेतन | The total salary before any deductions — includes basic pay and all allowances. |
| Net Salary | शुद्ध वेतन | The salary actually received by the employee after all deductions (PF, ESIC, TDS, PT). |
| Basic Pay | मूल वेतन | The core part of salary, usually 40-50% of gross salary, on which PF and gratuity are calculated. |
| HRA | मकान किराया भत्ता | House Rent Allowance — an amount paid to employees to help cover rental expenses. |
| DA | महँगाई भत्ता | Dearness Allowance — an amount paid to employees to offset the impact of inflation. |
| PF | भविष्य निधि | Provident Fund — a retirement savings scheme where both employee and employer contribute 12% of basic pay. |
| ESIC | कर्मचारी राज्य बीमा | Employees' State Insurance Corporation — a health and disability insurance scheme for employees earning up to Rs 21,000/month. |
| Professional Tax | व्यावसायिक कर | A state-level tax deducted from the salary of employed persons, usually Rs 200/month. |
| Gratuity | उपदान | A lump-sum payment made to an employee who has completed 5 or more years of continuous service. |
| Bonus | बोनस | An extra payment given to employees, often during festivals or based on company performance. |
| Pay Slip | वेतन पर्ची | A document given to the employee each month showing salary breakdown and deductions. |
| Attendance | उपस्थिति | The record of how many days an employee was present at work during the month. |
| Overtime | अतिरिक्त समय | Extra hours worked beyond normal working hours, usually paid at a higher rate. |
| Leave Encashment | छुट्टी नकदीकरण | Payment received by an employee for unused leave days. |
Banking Terms
| English Term | Hindi Term | Simple Definition |
|---|---|---|
| Bank Account | बैंक खाता | A record maintained by a bank that tracks money deposited and withdrawn by a customer. |
| Current Account | चालू खाता | A bank account used by businesses for frequent transactions with no limit on deposits or withdrawals. |
| Savings Account | बचत खाता | A bank account for individuals that earns interest on the money kept in it. |
| NEFT | एनईएफटी | National Electronic Funds Transfer — a system for transferring money between bank accounts in batches. |
| RTGS | आरटीजीएस | Real Time Gross Settlement — a system for instant transfer of large amounts (Rs 2 lakh and above). |
| IMPS | आईएमपीएस | Immediate Payment Service — a system for instant transfer of smaller amounts, available 24x7. |
| UPI | यूपीआई | Unified Payments Interface — a system that lets you transfer money instantly using a mobile phone app. |
| IFSC | आईएफएससी | Indian Financial System Code — an 11-character code that identifies a specific bank branch for electronic transfers. |
| Cheque | चेक | A written order to a bank to pay a specific amount from your account to another person or company. |
| Bank Reconciliation | बैंक समाधान | The process of matching the business's bank records with the bank's own statement to find differences. |
| Bank Statement | बैंक विवरण | A document from the bank listing all deposits, withdrawals, and the balance for a period. |
| Overdraft | अधिविकर्ष | A facility where the bank allows you to withdraw more money than you have in your account, up to a limit. |
| Fixed Deposit | सावधि जमा | Money deposited in a bank for a fixed period at a higher interest rate than a savings account. |
| KYC | केवाईसी | Know Your Customer — the process of verifying a customer's identity using Aadhaar, PAN, and address proof. |
ERP and Software Terms
| English Term | Hindi Term | Simple Definition |
|---|---|---|
| ERP | ईआरपी | Enterprise Resource Planning — software that manages all business operations (accounting, inventory, sales, purchases) in one system. |
| Master | मास्टर | A permanent record in the software — like a customer master, item master, or account master — that stores basic details. |
| Voucher (in ERP) | वाउचर | A data entry form in accounting software used to record a transaction. |
| Posting (in ERP) | पोस्टिंग | When a voucher is saved and its effect is recorded in the ledger accounts. |
| Draft | ड्राफ्ट | A voucher that has been started but not yet finalized — it can still be changed. |
| Submitted | प्रस्तुत | A voucher that has been finalized and posted — it cannot be easily changed. |
| Approval | स्वीकृति | A step where a senior person reviews and approves a voucher before it is posted. |
| Chart of Accounts | खातों का चार्ट | The complete list of all accounts used by a business, organized by category. |
| Report | रिपोर्ट | A summary of data generated by the software — trial balance, P&L, sales register, etc. |
| Dashboard | डैशबोर्ड | The main screen of the software showing key numbers and quick links at a glance. |
| Backup | बैकअप | A copy of all your data saved separately, so that you don't lose everything if the computer fails. |
| User Role | उपयोगकर्ता भूमिका | The set of permissions given to a person — what they can see, enter, edit, or delete in the software. |
| Fiscal Year (in ERP) | वित्तीय वर्ष | The accounting period set in the software, usually April to March. |
| Opening Entry | प्रारंभिक प्रविष्टि | The first entry in a new financial year that brings forward all the closing balances from the previous year. |
Other Useful Terms
| English Term | Hindi Term | Simple Definition |
|---|---|---|
| Invoice | बीजक / चालान | A bill sent by a seller to a buyer listing the goods or services provided and the amount to be paid. |
| Quotation | कोटेशन | A document offering to sell goods or services at a stated price, before the actual sale happens. |
| Purchase Order | क्रय आदेश | A formal order sent by a buyer to a seller, confirming what goods are needed and at what price. |
| Delivery Note | डिलीवरी नोट | A document that goes with the goods when they are delivered, listing what is in the package. |
| Stock / Inventory | माल / भण्डार | The goods a business has available for sale or use. |
| Turnover | कारोबार | The total value of sales made by a business during a period. |
| Audit Trail | लेखा परीक्षा निशान | A record that shows who made each entry, when, and what changes were made — used to track and verify work. |
| Accrual | उपार्जन | Recording income or expense when it happens, not when the money is actually received or paid. |
| Cash Basis | नकद आधार | Recording income or expense only when the money is actually received or paid. |
| Bad Debt | डूबत ऋण | Money owed to the business that will probably never be collected. |
| Reconciliation | समाधान / मिलान | The process of checking two sets of records to make sure they agree with each other. |
| Financial Year (FY) | वित्तीय वर्ष | The 12-month period from 1st April to 31st March used for all accounting and tax purposes in India. |
| Assessment Year (AY) | कर निर्धारण वर्ष | The year after the financial year, in which income tax is calculated and filed for that financial year. |
| Compliance | अनुपालन | Following all the rules and laws — filing returns on time, paying taxes correctly, keeping proper records. |
| Penalty | जुर्माना | An extra amount of money charged by the government for not following the rules or missing deadlines. |
| Interest on Late Payment | विलम्ब ब्याज | Extra money charged when tax or any payment is made after the due date. |
| Digital Signature | डिजिटल हस्ताक्षर | An electronic way of signing documents online, used for filing returns and official submissions. |
| Aadhaar | आधार | A 12-digit unique identity number issued by the Indian government to every resident. |
How to Use This Glossary
- Keep this glossary handy when you are studying or working.
- If you hear a word you don't understand, look it up here first.
- Try to learn 5 new terms every day. In 20 days, you will know all 100+ terms.
- Use the Hindi column to explain terms to friends or clients who are more comfortable in Hindi.
- This glossary covers the terms used in this book. As you continue learning, you will encounter more terms — add them to your own personal glossary notebook.